AHandbookonPiping 10071000

PREFACE
T here many things which every engineer is assumed to

are
know about piping but the source s of such information are not
,
alway s so readily available as to j ustify thi s assumption In .
designing some pieces of work requiring the use of piping th e ,
designer h as often been under th e necessity of sear ching thr ough

collections of cat al ogs handbooks and even fittings them selves
, , ,
perhaps without finding the detail s desired The inconvenience

.
and loss of time resul ting from th e lack of a ready source of infor
mation regarding the use of pipe and its accessories woul d seem
to j ustify the publi cation of a book devoted to it .
T his work is thus offered for th e purpose of supplying in con

venient form information and data regarding piping fittings , ,
pipe joints valves piping dr awings and pipe lines and their
, , ,
accessories It is hope d that th e variety and extent of th e t ables

.
,
ill ustrations and formulae will be suffi cient to make it of value

to both engineers and students The table s have been pre pared
.
with care and are all uni form in arrangement to facili tate their
, ,
use. In th e case of tables of size s the names of the different com

panics have been given whi ch it is believed will add to their
,
value The illustrations have all been especially drawn for the
.
book A list of books and reference s is given in Chapte r XIX

.
with a view to extending th e usefulness of this work .
Various auth orities have been consul ted and no clai m for
,
orginali ty can be made for the substance of the information thus
obtained but it is hoped that the form of presentation will com

,
T he thor wishes to express his appreciation of the complete

au
and valuable responses with whi ch h is inquiries were met by the

iv PREFAC E
companies and individual s

mentioned in the text and in par
,
ticular th e services of Prof T homas E French and M r W J

. . . . .
Norris .
g
Su gesti ons and criticisms will omed by both publishers
be welc
CARL L SVEN SEN

.
C omnmus , Om o .
April 8, 1 91 7
CONT ENT S
PAGE
PREFACE
C HAPT ER I
o o o o o o o o o
dSte
o o o o o o o o
t
His orical Wrought Iron an el Briggs S t
andard Out
side Diame er Pip e t
M anufac ure of S t t
eel Pip e C as t Iron
C opper Brass Lead Rive e d Pipe t S t
reng th of M aterials .
C HAPT ER II
DIME N SIO NS A ND STRE N GTH or PI PE
G eneral Formula Formul ae for C ast Ir on C as Iron C ylinder t
T es s t t
Cas Iron Hub and Spigo Pipe Pl ain C as Iron Pipe t t
t
Briggs S andard Dimens ions Burs ing Pressures of Pip e t
M ill T es s t
English Pip e Rive e d Pipe C opper and Brass t
Pipe Le ad Pipe Wooden S ave Pipe t .
PIPE T m m s
Ameri can Pip e Th reads t
S andard Pipe Th read Gages Pip e
Threading Pipe T ools English Pipe Threads Foreign Pipe
T hreads .
C HAPTER I v
PIPE FITT IN GS
Screw Fi ings tt C p
ou lings Elbows Te s, C rosses , Bushings, e
C aps, Plugs Nipples C as Iron Fi ings t
S crew e Reducing tt d
tt
Fi ings Brass Fi ings tt
M alleable Iron Fi ings Ex ra tt t
t t
Heavy C as S e el S crewed Fi ings S reng h of Fi ings tt t t tt
Flanged Fi ings tt
Reducing Fi ings C as S eel Fi ings tt t t tt
Ammoni a Fitting s t
Bri ish S t
andard Pipe Flanges and tt
Fi ings .
CHAPTER V
PI PE Jos
Welded J ow s t S crew Uni ons — Flange Uni ons Bolt Circles
and Drillings Flange Facing Fl ange Joint s for t
S e el Pipe
vi C ON TENTS
Pipe Flange T ables Special C onnec ions C onverse oin s t J t

t J t
M a h eson oin s Flanges for C opper Pipe Lead Pipe oin J t s
J t t
oin s for Rive e d Pipe oin s for C as Iron Pipe J t t .
C HAPT ER VI
STANDARD VALvEs
Valves M a erials t
Globe and Ga e Valves Valve ea s t S t
t
G a e Valves By-Pass Valves Valve S em Arrangements t
t t
S reng h of Ga e Valves t t
S andard Pressures and Dimensions
Ch eck Val ves Opera ion of Valves t
L o ca ion t .
CHAPTER VII
SPECIAL VALVEs
tt
Bu erfly Valves Bl ow-off alves Plug Valves V
Boil er S op t
Valves t
Fos er Au oma ic Valve t t
Emergency S op Valves t
Crane-Erw ood Au om a ic Valve t t
Reducing Valves Re ducing
Val ve S izes Pump G overnors Back Pressure Valves Au o t
t
ma ic Exh aus t S afe y Valves — iInstall ation of
Relief Valves t
Pop S afe y Valves t t
Ex racts from Rep or of American Socie y t t
of M echanical Engineers Boiler C o de C o mmi ee
’
tt .
CHAPTER VIII
STEAM PIPIN G
G eneral C onsidera ions t
Header Sys em Direc ys em wi h t tSt t
C ross-over Header Ring Sys e m Duplica e Sy s em t S e am t t t
Vel oci y t
Size of Pipe Equaliz a i on of Pipes Superh ea e d t t
t
S e am Efi’
t
ect of Hi gh T emp era ur e on M e als and All oys — Live t
t
S eam Header t
C onnec i ons be ween Boil er and Header tPipe
Lines from M ain Header Auxiliary and Small S eam Lines for t
Engines, Pumps, etc S e am L oop . t
Inj ec or Piping Live t
t
S eam Feed Wa er Purifi er t M e h o d of Piping Purifier Wa ert t
C olumn Piping The Placing of T hermome ers in Pipes S eam t t
Gages .
C HAPTER IX
DRIP AND BLO W-OFF PIPIN G
Drainage Sep ara ors t
Drip Pocke s S t t eam T raps Drips
t
from S eam C ylinders Drainage Fi ings tt t
Au oma ic Pump t
and Re ceiver Bl ow-OE Piping .
C HAPTER X
Ex HAUsT PI PIN G AND C ONDE N sERs
Exhaus Piping t Exh aus from S mall Engi nes, t
umps, e tc P .
Exhaus Heads t Vacuum Exh aus Pipes Classes of C ondensers t

Surface C ondensers Piping for Surface Condenser Jet C on
CONTENTS vii
densers Jet C ondenser Piping Barome ric C ondenser Pip t

ing for Barome ri c C ondenser t
M ul i-j et Educa or C ondenser t t .
C HA PTER XI
FEED WATER HEATERS
Uses and T yp es of Heaters Clos d e Feed Water Ht ea ers
C l osed Hea t
er Piping Open Feed Water Heaters — Op en
Hea t er Piping .
C HA PTER XII
PI PI N G FO R HEATI NG SYS TEM S
Piping for Hea ing Sys ems t t
Hea ing Piping Sys ems S t
eam t t
t t
S eam R adi a or Pip e C onnec ions t
Sizes of S eam Hea ing Pipes t t
t
Hot Wa er Hea ing Sys ems t
Expansion T ank s t
Hot Wa er t
t t
R adi a or Pipe C onnec i ons — Sizes of Hot Wa e r Pip es — Exh aus t t
t
S eam Hea ing t
T h e Webs er Vacuum Sys em of S eam Hea ing t t t t
t
R adia or Pipe C onnec i ons t
T yp ical Arrangemen Webster t
Sys ems t t
A mospheric Sy s e m of S eam Hea ing t
C en ral S ta t t t
t
ion Hea ing t
Underground S e am M ains Underdrainage t
Inst ll tio i Wood C i g
a a n n as n s Exp ansion and C on t tion
rac
Int io Piping f C t l St tio

er r or en ra a n Hea t .
CHAPTER XIII
WATER A ND HYDRAULI C PIPIN G
Water Piping Gravity Pipe Lines Flow of Water in Pipes
Pump Suction Piping Pump Disch arge Piping Boiler Feed
Pipi ng Interior Water Piping Hydrauli c Pipe and Fittings
Hydraulic Valves .
C HAPT ER X IV
C OM PR ES SE D AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPI N G
C ompressed Air Piping C ompressed Air Transmission Th e
t
Ai r Lif Pump ing Sys em G as Fi ing t
M a eri als Lo ca ion tt t t
of Piping Sizes of Pipes T es ing Gas M e ers Gas Piping t t
Specifica ions t
Pressure T es Obs ruc ions and oin ing t t t J t
Sl op e of Piping Pro ec ion of Piping O u le st t Gas Engine t t
C onnec ion t
Explana ion of Piping S ch edule tUse of Piping
S chedul e Plan of Piping S ems Arms General Oil t
P iping — Oil Piping for Lubri ca ion — Ri ch ardson Individual Oil t
ing Sys em t
Phenix Individual Oiling Sys em Oil Pipe Fit t
t
ings Oil Piping Drawing Sigh Feed Lubrica or C onnec t t
t
i ons Oil Fuel Piping .
C HAPTER XV
ERECT ION WORKMAN S HIP M IS CELLAN EO US
Handling Pipe Pu ing Up Pipe Pipe D opes tt Gaskets
C ON TEN TS
Valves t
Vibra ion and Supp or Exp ansion Pipe Bends t
Bending P i pe N o zzles Pip e Saddles Supp or ing Large T hin t
Pipe Flexible M e al Hose t
Al uminum Pip ing and Tubing
Brass and C opper Tubing B oil er T ubes C olor Sys em o Des t t
ignate Piping .
C HAPTER XVI
PIP IN G IN S ULATIO N
Pipe C overi ngs T es s on Pipe C overings t Low Pressure S e am, t
Hot and C old Wa er Pipes t
C old Pipes Form s of Pipe C over
ings Underground Piping Out-of-D oors Piping .
C HAPTER XVII
PI PI N G DRAWIN GS
t
C lassifi ca ion of Piping Drawings — Erecti n rawmgs C on OD
ventional Represen a ion tt
Dimensi oning Flanges Coils
t
Ske chi ng D evel oped or Single Plane Drawin gs Isome ri c t
D rawing Obli que Drawings .
CHAP TER XVIII

S PEC IFI C ATI ON S
t
S andard Piping S ch edule S andard Sp ecifica ions t t (S one t
t
Webs er) M odel Specifica ions (Walw or h ) t t .
CHAPTER XIX
LI S T OF BOOKS AN D REFEREN CES
INDE X
APPEN DIX
Pla t e 1 M ain S t eam Lines Plan .
Pla t e 2 Ma in St eam Lines Eleva ions t .
Pla t e 3 Auxiliary Exh aus Lines t Pl an .
Pla t e 4 Auxiliary Exh aus Lines t El eva ions t .
Pla t e 5 Boiler Feed Lines Plan .
Pla t e 6 Boiler Feed Lines Eleva ion t .
Pla t e 7 Boil er Bl ow- OE Lines .
t
Pla e 8 Hea ter t
S uc i on and Ci y t Water Lines .
A HA NDBOOK ON PIPING
C HAPTER I
PIP E
Hi storical . branches of engineering involve the con

All
veying of flui d s gas air water etc , For this purpose pipes
, ,
.
made of various materials are used Wood was probably one .
of the first piping materials and a piece of early wood piping is

,
sh own in Fi g 1 Pipes made of holl ow hemlo ck logs were used

. .
with the first waterworks constructed in America at Boston , ,
M assachusetts in 1 652 ,
.
In tropical countries b amboo tub es are used for conveying

water short distance s and it is likely that the practice dates from
Fig 1
. . A Piece of Wood Piping .
ancien t times Tubes made of potte ry have been found in pre

.
hi storic ruins and lead pipes were in use as early as the first cen
tury A D Wrought iron tubes were first m ade for gun barrels
. . .
T he metho d employed was to b end an iron plate to form a skel p .
A smi th then wel ded th e edges of th e red hot met al piecem eal
by hamm erin g over a rod M achinery for welding tub es was
.
patented in 181 2 by an Englishman named Osborn For convey .
ing gas for lighting purposes Old gun b arrel s were s crewed together
to form the first continous pipes In 1 824 James Russell filed a
.
spe cifi cation for an improvement in th e manufacture of tubes

”
for gas and other purposes by whi ch the weld could be formed
,
either wi th or without a mandrel and th e e dges butte d against,

2 A HAN DBOOK ON PIPING
eac h other T he basis of th e present process was invented by

.
C ornelius Whitehouse in 1 825 Between 1 830 and 1 8 34 th e first

.
butt weldi ng furnace in th e United States was built by M orris

-
,
T asker and M orris in Philadelphi a In 1 84 9 Walworth N ason .
built the Wanalancet Iron Tube Works at M alden M ass of ,

.
which Robert Briggs was construction engineer O ther early .
pipe mi lls were those of Griffith Brothers Allison Company , ,
and G irard T ub e C om p any Philadelphia and S eyfert M cM anus

, , ,
C om pany Reading Pa
, ,
.
M ate rial s ordinarily used for pipe are clay cement cast iron , , ,
wrought iron or steel steel plate brass copper lead lead lined
, , , , ,
and tin lined iron or steel .
Wro ugh t Iron and S teel Wrought iron or steel pipin g is

.
m ost generally used for conveying steam gas air and water , , , .
Wrought iron pip e because of its expense h as been largely dis

placed by steel pipe T hrough custom the term Wrought
.
Iron Pip e is often taken to refer to th e Briggs S tandard si e s z
rather than to the m aterial of whi ch the pipe is m ade and so it is

necessary to sp ecify e actly wh at is want ed
“
Steel
” “
wrought
,
”
x .
,
“
stee and wrought pipe are term s sometimes used and refer
,
to welded pipe made of steel If real wrought iron pipe made

”
.
“
from pudd ed iro is required the term s genuine wrought ir on
l
”
n ,
“
guaranteed wrought iron or the manufacturer s brand or name
,
’
should be used T here are differences of Opinion as to the superi

.
ority of one over th e other e speciall y in th e m att er of corrosion

, .
S ome people consider that th e cinder whi ch rem ains in th e wrought

ir on breaks up the co ntinuity of th e m etal and t end s to imp ede
c orrosion. M any authoritie s hold th at there is little or no dif
ference in the rust resisting qualities of the two m aterial s S teel
-
.
pipe h as a higher tensile strength than wrought iron In 1 91 5 .
approximately 90 per cent of th e wrought pip e was m ade of steel

.
,
a reversal of conditions of twenty years ago when wrought iron
was m ostly used .
Briggs S tandard Both wrought iron and steel pipe are m ade
.
to the same standard of sizes Standard pipe is kn own by its .
nominal inside diameter T his nomi nal diameter di ffers from

.
th e actual diameter by varying am ounts as an inspection of

T able 4 in Chapter II will S how It is necessary to guard against
”
.
“
u n de r ght p pe known as m erchant weight of which the
we i i ,
reputable companies have given u p the manufacture This .

PIPE 3
r s from standard full weight pipe and is usually 5 to 1 0 pe

va ie r
cent .thinner It should be carefully avoided in Work of any

.
importance as the extra cost of maintenance will soon over

balance the small difference in first cost Besides standard weight .
there is made extra strong and double extra strong pipe The
"
outside diameter remains the same but the thickness is increased ,
by decreasing the inside diameter Fig 2 sho ws sections of the . .
three weights of pipe of t he same nomi nal inside diameter .
Above 1 25 pounds per square in ch extra strong pip e should be

‘
used S t andard weight is some times used forpressures up to 200

.
Fig 2
. . Sec t
ions ”
of t St
, andard , t H vy
Ex ra ea , and D ouble Ex t
ra Heavy
W ough t Pip
r e .
pounds pe square inch but thi s is not advisable Double extra

r , .
strong pipe is used for hydraulic work .
O utside Diam eter Pipe Above 1 2 in che s in diameter pipe

.
is known as O D or outside diameter pipe

. . It is then S pecified .
by its o utside diameter Th e thickne ss varies with th e diameter

.
and th e use for which it is re qui red For large sizes it is alway s .
advis able to spe cify the outside diam eter and th e thi ckne ss of
th e metal “ Especially is thi s true if the pip e is to be threaded ,
a suffi cient thickne ss must be all owe d to m aint ain th e strength

s
of the pipe after cutting the threads The t hickne ss should not .
be less than fig inche s "

.
When used for water wrought iron or steel pipe may be gal
va ni ed or otherwi se tre ated to prevent corrosion and pitting
z , .
M anufacture of S teel Pipe The m anufacture of steel pipe

'
by the National Tub e C ompany is des cribe d in one of their books ,
from whi ch the following is abstracted :

“
Welded tubes and pipe are made either by the lap or butt
weld pro cess .
The lap weld proce ss consists of two Operations b ending and

-
,
welding T he plate, roll ed to the nece ssary width and gage for
.
4 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
the size of pipe intended is brought to a red heat in a sui table

,
furnace and then passed through a set of roll s which bevel th e

,
e dge s so th at when overlapp ed and welded th e seam w ill be neat

,
and sm ooth It now passes imme diately to the b ending m achin e

.
where it takes roughly th e cylindrical shap e of a pi pe with th e

two edge s overlapping In thi s form it is again heat ed in another
.
furnace Fig 3 and when brought to the welding tem perature

,
.
,
the b ent skel p is pushed out of the furnace into the welding roll s ,
Lap-Weld Furnace Ben t Pl ta e ready to C h arge .
4 . h of these roll s h as a semi circular groove forming a

Eac -
cir cular p ass corre sponding t o th e size of pip e b eing m ade

,
A .
cast iron b all or m and rel held in posi tion b et w een th e welding
, ,
rolls by a stout bar serves to support the inside of th e pipe as

,
it is carried through T his b all or mandrel is sh ap ed lik e a

‘ ’
.
proj ectile and the pipe slides over it on being drawn through the
rolls Thus every portion of the lapped edge is subj ected to a
.
compression b etwe en th e b all on th e inside and th e roll s on th e
outside whi ch reduces th e lap to the same thickness as th e rest

,
of the pipe and welds the overlapping portions solidly together

, .
T h e pip e then enters simil arly shaped roll s called th e si zin g

rolls which correct any irregularities in shape and give the exact
,
PIPE 5
t
ou side meter required Any variation in gage makes a pro
dia .
portional variation in the internal diameter Finally the tube .
is p assed thro ugh the strai ghtening or cross roll s consisting of ,
two roll s set with their axes askew The surface s of these roll s
.
are so curved that the tub e is in contact with each for the whole
Fig 4 . . Welding Rolls t

for Lap-Weld, M andrel in Posi ion .
length of roll and is passed forward and rapidly rotated

the ,
when the rolls are revolved T he tube is made practically strai ght
.
by the cross roll s and is al so given a clean fini sh with a thi n

, ,
firmly adhering scale .
After thi s last Operation the tube is roll ed up an inclined cool

ing table so that the m etal will cool off slowly and uni forml y
,
without internal strain When cool enough th e rough ends are

.
removed by cold saws or in a cutting off machine after which the

-
.
tube is ready for inspection and testing In the case of threaded .
pipe the ends are threaded before testing .
“
In th e case of some sizes of double extra strong pipe (3 inch - - -
to 8 inch) made by the lap weld process two pipes are first made
- -
,
to such sizes as will telescope one withi n the other the respective ,
welds b eing placed opposite each other ; the se are then returned
to the furnace brought to the proper welding heat and given
, ,
a p ass thr ough the welding roll s While a pip e m ade in thi s
.
way is in respect to its resistance to int ernal pressur e as strong

, ,
or stronger than when made from one piece Of skelp it is not neces ,
saril y welded at all poin ts between the two tubular surfaces;
Fi g 5. . t
Drawing Bu t-Weld Pipe .
however each piece is first thoroughly welded at the seam before

,
te lescoping .
Skelp used in making butt welded pipe com es from the rolling
-
department of th e steel mill s with a specified lengt h width and , ,
gage according to the size pipe for whi ch it is ordered

,
T he .
edges are sli gh tly beveled with the face of the skel p so th at th e ,
surface of the plate which is to become \the in side of the pipe

is not quite as wide as that whi ch forms th e outside ; thus when
the edge s are brought together they meet squarely .
T he skelp for all butt welde d pipe is heat ed uni forml y to the
-
welding temp erature T he strips of steel w hen prop erly heated

.
are seized by their ends with tongs and drawn from th e fur
nace s through bell sh ap ed dies or bell s as they are called

‘ ’
-
, ,
Fig 5. The inside of the se b ell s is so curved that th e plate is

.
PIPE 7
gradually formed in the shape Of a tube the edges being forced ,
squarely together and welded For some sizes the pipe is drawn .
thr ough two bell s consecutively at one heat one hell being j ust ,
behind the other th e second one being of a slightly smaller

,
diameter than the first .
Th e pipe is then run through sizing and cross roll s similar to

those used in the lap weld process to secure th e correct outside
-
,
diameter and fini sh .
Th e pull requir ed to draw double e tra strong (hydraulic) - x
pipe by this process is so great on account of the thickness of ,
th e skelp that it is found nece ssary to weld a strong bar on the

,
e nd of the skel p thereby more evenly distributing the strain

, .
With thi s bar the skelp is drawn through several bells of decreas
Fig 6. . t
C as Iron Pipe Fi g 7 . . C as tIo r n Pipe Bell and
Flanged . Sp igo t
.
ing si e and is reheated between draws until the seam is thor

z ,
oughly welded It is evident that the skelp is put to a severe

.
test in thi s operation and unless the metal is sound and homo
geneous the end s are likely to be p ull ed off
,
” , ,
Cast Iron C ast iron i s comm only used for underground

.
water pipe s gas m ains and sani tation piping and it may be
, , ,
used for any low pressure work Because of its uncertain nature .
it Should not be used for high pressures C ast iron does not co . r
rode as readily as wrought iron or steel pipe It is cheap and .
easily shaped Cast iron pip e must be well supported because of

‘
its great weight Supports should be placed from ten to twelve

.
feet apart Cast iron pipe is made with either flanged ends
.
,
Fig 6 or b ell and spigot ends Fig 7

. ,
For sanitation piping and ,
. .
underground work th e b ell and spigot end pipe is use d There .
is a certain am ount of flexibili ty with thi s form of joint which

adapts it to variations in level T he joint is leaded and calked . .
Flanged pipe is bolted together with gaskets between the flanges .
Thi s is the usual form when th e pipe is above ground .
Copper C opper pipe is expensive , and is used only where

.
its flexibili ty m ake s it sup e rior to other m ate rials, such as on

shi pboard or for exp ansion b end s , for small oil piping , and for
stills and chemi cal work At high temperature it becomes .
brittle C opper pipe is sometim es wound with steel or copper

.
wire under tension to increase its strength Th e sam e result is .
Fig 8. . S t
rai gh t Ri t d Stve e eel Pipe .
secured by using steel hoops at frequent spaces C opper pipe may .
be made by brazing plate s together (in w hich case s th e join t is a

source of weakness) or they may be solid drawn in iron pipe si es z .
Brass Bras s pip e is s afe and strong but is too e xpensive for
.
general use It is used for hot water where iron would corrode
.
rapidly generally in small si es Up to four inches di ameter

,
'
z .
seaml e ss dr awn brass t ub es com e in t welve foot lengths in iron
pipe sizes Such pipe is called iron pipe size to distinguish it

.
from thin brass tubing and plumbers brass pipe ’

.
Fig 9 . . Spiral Rive ed S t t

eel Pip e .
Lead . piping is used for water and waste pipes and

Lead
for acid and various chemi cal solutions whi ch w oul d rapidly cor
rode iron pipe It is made in si es up to twelve inches diameter
. z
and of th e thi cknesses and qualitie s of lead as given in T able
1 4 in Chapter II .
Pipe is also m ade of tin of lead lined with tin and of steel , ,
lined with lead for special pur poses or conditions .
Riveted Pipe Large pipes m ay be m ade up of steel plate s

.
forming riveted steel pipe They may be either strai ght riveted
.
,
10 A HANDBOOK ON PIPIN G
The gun bron e is suitable for all composition valves four

z
hs
inc e in di a meter and above ; exp ansion joints fl anged pi pe
,
fittings gear wheels bolts and nuts mi scellaneous bras s castings

, , , ,
all p arts where strength is requi red of brass cas tings or whe re ,
subj ected to salt water and for all purposes where no other
,
all oy is sp ecified . Composition valves ; safety and relie f feed , ,
che ck and stop , surface blow drain air and water cocks m ain
, , ,
stop thr ottle reducing sea safety sluice and m anifolds at pum ps
, , , , .
T his gun bronze h as an ultimate tensile strength (mi nimum)

of pounds yield poin t (mini mum) of
,
pounds and ,
elongation in tw o inche s (mi nimum) of 1 5 per cent Th e brass

.
listed is sui table for composi tion s crewed fittings T his brass
.
h as an ul timate tensile strength (minimum ) of about

pounds yield point (minimum) of about
, pounds and
el ongation in tw o inche s ( minimum ) of about 20 p er cent No .
physical tests are specified however .

CHAPT ER II
DIM ENS IO NS AN D S TRENGTH OF P IPE
All kinds of pipe are now manufactured in standard sizes and

thicknesses so that it is not often necessary to figure them Vari
,
.
ous formul ae are here given for use where it is desirable to check
sizes to have pipe made to specifi cations or for any other reason
, ,
.
The properties of m aterial s a e given in th e tabulation at th e end

r
of Chapter I .
G eneral Fo rmula T h e general formula for cyli nders subj ect

.
to internal pressure is Obtained as follows :

In Fi g 1 0 let d . in side di ameter in inches
, .
t thi ckness of cylinder wall in inches .
1 length of cyli nder wall in inches .
1) internal flui d pressur e in lbs per sq in . . .
f stress induced in material in lbs per sq in . . .
Fig 10 . . General Formula for Pipe . Fig 1 1

. .
T he pre ssure will be exerted at right angles to the surface .
C onsidering a very small portion of the cir cumference w Fig 1 1 , ,

.
,
the arc may be assumed equal to th e chord and the area about ,
point C will be wl square inches The pressure at C will then be

.
pwl .
Let an angle 0 O B
’
Le t O C pressure at C p wl
Th e vertical component of 0 C will then be plw si n a
Each point may be treated in th e s ame manner , and th e al ge
braic sum of the upward pressures will equal th e al gebrai c sum
of the downward pressures T his will be a m easure of the tend
.
ency to sep arate the cylinder at A and B and is equal to
2 plw si n a pld
st g this pressure is the metal
Resi in at A and B, the strength
of which is 2ltf .
Equating this to th e pressure give s
pld t f
2tf
d
pd
or t
2f
s form ula m ay be used for wrought iron or steel assum ing

T hi ,
a proper factor of safety For cast iron it do e s not give practical

.
thi ckne sses and a constant is generally added

, .
Formulae for Cast Iron S everal formul ae a e here given

. r
for cast iron pipe The formula for pressures above 100 pound s
.
per square inch is
Another c ommon formul a is

pd
2000
(4)
r
T he Am e ican S ociety of M echanical Engineers ’
formula for
cast ro p p
i n i e is
d + o 333
. 1 (5)
in whi ch f 1 8 00
Fanning s formul a for cast iron water pipe is
’
t (h 230) d 0 0033d
. .
in which h head in feet

DIM ENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 13
Francis
’
formula for cast iron water pipe is
t hd 0 01 52d
.
Cast Iron C linder Te ts y s r

In th e A S M E T ans Vol 1 9,
. . . . . . .
g
pa e 597, Pr j of g s
C H Ben amin ive th e e ult
. . . r s s of s m t sts of
o e e
cast o
ir n cylinder s m s
ade at C a e S c l hoo of pp
A li ed S cience .
The cylinders were 1 0 inches in diam eter 20 inches long , ,
inches thi ck and h ad covers bolted on the ends Water pressure .
was used .
C ylinder
t
Burs ing 1350
1 0200
Cast Iron Hub and Spigot Pipe The di

. mensions of hub and
b s
T a le 1 and 2 are from the Standard
Fig 1 2
. . t
C as Iron Bell and t
Spigo Pipe .
Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe of th e American for

T esting M aterials w hich give compl e te information as to m a
,
terial s allowable variatio n in w eight methods of insp ection

, , ,
testing etc The hydrostatic te sts for various classes of pipe

, .
are given as follows :

o
Plain Cast Ir n Pipe For flanged cast iron pipe the weigh t
.
of fl g s m st
the an e u be added to the weight of the plain pip e .
The weight of two flanges is equal to the weight of one foot of

pipe Table 3 gives the approximate weight per foot of length
.
for cast iron pipe of various thi cknesses .
TABLE 3
WEI GHT IN POUN DS P ER FO OT OF PLA IN CAS T IRON PIPE
T h ickness of l
M eta i n Inch es
Bri ggs S tandard Dimensi ns o . Wrought

on and steel pipe ir
as use d for steam gas air and water is known as the Briggs
, , ,
St andard th e dimensions of w hich h ave b een est ablished as noted

,
in Chapter I T h e sizes and information are g iven in T ables 4 5

.
, ,
and 6 for standard weight extra stron g and double extra strong
, ,
pipe .
T ABLE 5
EX TRA STR ON G WROUGHT PI PE
Thi ck
Inches
As stated in Chapter I pipe above 1 2 inches is call ed 0 D

, . .
pipe because it is known by its ac tual outside diameter The .
inside diameter changes with th e variation in thi ckness In .
formation concerning 0 D pipe is given in Table 7

. . .
Pipe is sold in random lengths whi ch are 1 8 to 21 feet for stand

ard and 1 2 to 22 feet for ext ra strong and for double extra strong
,
pipe These lengths have re cently b een doubled and pipe is

.
now made in length s from 35 to 42 fee t Ordinarily standard

.
pipe is threaded and supplied with couplings while extra and ,
double extra pipe h ave pl ain ends .
Bursting Pr e s sur es of Pipe From an investigation and com

.
parison of five formulae Re id T Stewart in a paper in A S M E

,
.
. . . .
Trans Vol 34 conclude s that for all ordinary cal culations per
. .
taining to the bursting strength of commer cial tubes pipes and , ,

DIM ENSION S AN D ST RENGTH OF PIPE 19
cylinders Barlow s formula is to be preferred Thi s formula

,
’
.
assumes th at because of th e elasticity of th e material the difierent ,
cir cumferential fibres will h ave their diameters increased in such
T ABLE 6
DOUBLE Ex TRA ST RON G WRO UGHT PIPE
Externa l Interna l
Feet Feet
.950
TABLE 7
WEIGHT OF OUT S I DE D IA ME TER WRO UGHT PIPE
W eig h t in Pounds p er Foo t
Thick
a manner as to keep the area of cross section constant ; and

that the length of the tube is unaltered by the internal fluid
pressure As neither of these as sumptions is t heoretically cor
.
rect the resul t is approximMe Barlow s formula is .

’
P t 17
p ; t =
%D
f D f
D outside diameter in inches .
t nomi nal or average thi ckness of wall in inche s .
1) inte rnal fluid pressure in pounds per square inch .
f fibre stress in pounds per square inch .
77. safety factor based on ul timate strength .
for butt welded steel pipe

-
for lap welded steel pipe

-
for seaml ess steel tubes
for wrought iron pipe
The rg s of f are based on a large number of tests

ave a e value
on commercial tube s and pip es made at one of the mill s of the
National T ub e C ompany whi ch gave the following val ues :

,
Butt w ld d t l pip
- e e s ee e .
Butt w ld d w ought i o pip

- e e r r n e
L p w ld d t l pip
a - e e s ee e .
L p w ld d w ught i on pip
a - e e ro r e
T he r g bursting pressures for a numb er of the tests t e

ave a e
ferred to above are Shown graphi cally in Fig 13 . .
It is understood that recent improvements in th e m anufacture

of butt welded pipe
- 3 inches and smaller have resul ted in ,
such strengthening of the weld that the bursting strength is

approximately eq ual to that of lap welded pipe -
.
M ill Tests T h e various pipe mill s h ave their own standard

.
of test pressures which are applied to wrought pipe National .
Tube Company test pressures are as foll ows :

DIM ENSIONS AN D STRENGTH OF PIPE 21
STANDARD PI PE
N ominal Size t
M e h od of M anufac tu re
t
inch o 2 inches (inclusive) t
Bu t-weld
2 34 inches and 3 inches
t
Up o 8 inches
9 and 1 0 inch es
1 1 and 1 2 inch es
1 3 and 1 4 inches
1 5 inch
[0 0 0
5 6 7 8 3
13 . Diagram Sh owing Burs ing St t th of W ought I

reng r o
r n and
S teel Pipe .
E X TRA STRON G PIPE
N ominal Siz e t
M e h od of M anufacture
36 inch to 1 inch (inclusive) Bu tt w ld
-
e
1 M inches to 3 in h c es (inclusive)
PA and 2 inch es
256 to 4 in h (inclusive)
c es
to 6 inches ( inclusive)
7 inches to 9 inches (inclusive)
1 0 inch es
1 1 and 12 inch es
t
1 3 inch es o 1 5 inch es (inclusive)
DOUBLE E X
TRA STRON G PIPE
N ominal Siz e t
M e h od of M anufacture t
T es Pressure
36 inch to 1 inch (inclusive) t

Bu t-weld 700 p ounds
1 % inches to 2% inches ( incl us ive) 2200
1 56 inches to 3 inches (inclusive) 3000
3 % inch es and 4 inch es 2500
4% inch es to 8 inches (inclusive) 2000
g
En lish Pipe g sh standard wrought pipe differs slightly
. En li
fro
m the B i r ggs Standard The ruling dimension is the external
.
diameter but th e size s are de signated by the nominal internal

,
diameter T hese nominal sizes were m ainl y e stabli shed in the

.
Engli sh T ub e trade b etween 1820 and 1840 T able s 1 8 and 1 9 .

,
Ch apter III give th e dimensions of English pip e

,
T he Bri tish .
Board of T rade rule for l ap welded wrought ir on pip e when the

thickness is greater than inch is
pd
”
6000
h h
in w ic
thi ckness in inches
t .
p pressure in pounds per square inch .
d diameter in inche s .
Rivete d Pipe For spiral ri veted steel pipe the foll owing
.
formula may be used .
pd
in which e efficiency of riveted j oin t in per cent .
Th e dimensions and weight of Root spiral Ii veted pipe, m ade

by Ab endroth Root , as given in T able 8 , are for piping to be
used for conveying water , oil , gas, exhaust steam , com pressed
air, etc .Spiral riveted pipe is two thirds stronge r and is m ore
-
rigid than straight seam pipe of equal weight Thi s great rigidity .
is due to th e absence of seam s h avi ng a t endency to weaken th e

pipe, there b eing but one continuous helical seam from one end
to th e other, and thi s forms a stiffening rib When spiral riveted .
pipe has been tested to destruction, fracture h as alway s o ccurred

toward the center of the strip rather than at th e seam .
For underground water work sy stem s and exposed work where

th e temperature is less th an 1 00 degree s F asphal te d pipe is .
,
advised It is made in lengths up to 30 feet

. For co nveying .
DIM ENSIONS AN D ST RENGTH OF PIPE 23
h st steam paper pul p and all hot li quids especially such as

ex au , , ,
are acid or alk aline gal vanized pipe is advi sed

,
It may be single .
or double gal vanized and is made in lengths up to 20 feet .
TABLE 8
AnENDROTH AN D ROOT BLA C K SPIRAL RIVE I‘ED PIPE '
W eig h t in Lbs p er 1 00 Fee t

.
Diameter Thickness
B W Gaug e W'fh A Gr R
in Inch es . .
l '
F ang es . Bo ts
and G ask ets
l Bo
With
l Roo t
ted J OIN S
TABLE 1 0
TAYLOR’ S SPIRAL RIVETED PIPE
Extra Heavy Thickness

.
App roximate App roximate

Weigh t Bursting
per Foot Press ure in
l
Asp ha ted Poun ds p er
Po unds q
S uare I nch
TABLE 1 1
T AYLOR SPIRAL RIVE TED PI PE

’
S
Double Extra Heavy Thickne ss
Ap proximate App roximate App roximate

Weight Burs ti ng Wei gh t Bursting
per F oo t Press ure in p er F oot Pressure in
l
As ph a t ed Pounds p er l
As p ha ted Pounds pe r
G auge
Pounds q
S uare Inch Pounds q
S uare In ch
DIM ENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 27
Some of the advantages claimed for riveted pipe as comp ared

with cast iron pip e in large sizes are given in a pamphlet by Edwin
Burhorn, M E These are uniformi ty in thickness and materials,
. .
absence of blo w holes , no shrink age str ain s , lessened freight and
“
haulage charges (straight riveted pipe can be shipped kno cked
”
down and nested, the sheets b eing properly curved, punched,
fitted, and marked ready for erection) , cheapened erection and
handling cost s as its weight is only about one third that Of cor
responding cas t iron pipe lessened resistance to flow of contents
, ,
safety against damage due to hidden defects The pamphlet .
also describes and illustrates strai ght riveted pipe which h as been
buil t and which is advocated for high pre ssure steam mains ,
exhaust steam systems vacuum exhausts for engine s and tur

,
bines discharge pipe from hydraulic dredges water power dis

, ,
tribution pneumatic power and air supply gas power and pipe
, ,
lines etc
, .
The thi ckness of mat erial and charac te r of the joint on riveted
pipe depend entirely upon the servi ce for whi ch the pipe is re '
quired The lap and butt joint m ay be single double or triple

.
, ,
riveted designed for the spe ial conditions and flanges may be
, c ,
either single or double riveted to th e pip e .
When pipe is strai ght riveted the computation becomes the

same as for a steel tank or boil er shell Information with regard
.
to straight riveted pipe is given in T able 1 2 .
T ABLE 1 2
STRAI GHT S EAM R IVETED PI PE

DIMENSIONS AN D STRENGTH OF PIPE 29
T he safe working heads given in the Table are theoretical and

are b ased on or dinary worki ng conditions so j udgment should ,
be used in deciding the safe head s for a p articular case Th e .
value s given in th e T able are for double riveted longitudinal -
seam s and Single riveted circumferential seams Proper allow

-
.
auces Should be m ade for possible w ater h ammer settling expan , ,
sion and contraction of the pipe and causes which woul d tend to
,
c oll apse the pip e .
Copper and Brass Pipe C opper pipe may be figured by the

.
British Bo ard of T rade rul e whi ch for well made pipe with brazed
joints is
and for solid drawn pipe of 8 inches diameter or less

pd 1
+
6000 32
tthickness in inches .
p pressure in pounds per square inch .
d diame ter in inches .
Table 13 gives di mensions and weights of brass and copper
TABLE 1 3
SEAMLESS DRAWN BRAS S AN D C OPPER PIPE

S ta ndard Wei ght Extra Hea sy
App roxi ma te Weight

Nomina lInside O utsi de N o mi na l
Inside l
p er Linea Foot
D iam D iameter Di ame ter D iam D iameter
eter Inch es I nch es e ter Inch es
Brass C opp er
Pounds Pounds Pounds
TABLE 13 ( Continued)
SEAML ESS DRAWN BRASS AN D C OPPER PIPE
S tand ard Wei ght Extra Heasy
Approximate Weigh t
Inside Outside Insi de per Li ned Foot
Di ameter Di ame ter

Inch es Inch es
Pounds Pounds
Lead Pipe . As mentioned in C hapter I, lead pipe was in use

in very early times It was m ade by th e Romans by b endin g
.
sheets of lead and soldering the seams Le ad pipe is now made

.
by extrusion, using th e hydraulic press to pro duce continuous

pieces of almost any length For lead pipe the Chadwick-Boston
.
C ompany give the follo wing formulae and T able s 1 4 and 1 5 :
pd
2!
M
750
t thickness in inches .
(1 diamete r in inches .
f fibre stress in pounds per square in ch .
p internal flui d pres sure in pounds per square inch .
h head in feet .
TABLE 1 4 ( Continued)
SIzEs AND WEI GHT S OF LEAD PIPE
A O uts ide Di ameter. Inch es
B Weig h t p er Foot, Pounds . O unces
A 22 W 3 av.
B 3—8 7—0 1 1- 0 1 4- 0 1 8—0
A 3 ’ /z
B 4—0 8 —0 1 0 —0 1 3—0 1 6—0 17—0 19-0
A 3 2V» 4
B 1 0—0 1 5—0 1 9—0
A 4 1 9/ u /24
B 5—0 1 0- 0 1 2—0 1 8 —0 2 1—0
A 5
B 7—0 1 4- 0 20—0
A
B 8—0 1 5 —0
A
B 12—0
TABLE 1 5
WEI GHT OF LEAD PI PE FO R VARI OUS PRES S URE S
Press ure in Po unds p er S quare I nch
lbs . oz . lbs . oz . l bs . oz . lbs . oz . lbs . Os .

Introducing a coefficient C to allow for the stress due to swelling

of the wood including a factor of safety of four or five for the
bands this equation becomes
,
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
It is not o r desir able to have the b and spacing exceed

c nside ed
1 0 inches and good pr actice often indicates even close r sp acing

, ,
regardless of pressure requirements .
Bull etin 15 5 of th e U S D ep art m ent of Agricul ture by S O

,
. .
,
. .
J ayne gives considerable inform ation on thi s subj e ct and has

, ,
been referred to in the preparation of the foregoing article .

C HAPT ER III
PIPE THREADS
r t
S c ew hr ead s form a part of many ty pes of joints and fittings
s for p p
u ed i ing T h e ki nd s used for such p urposes will be de
.
s rb
c i ed in th s hapter
i c .
Am erican Pipe Threads T h e thread used on piping in the

.
United S tates is known as the Briggs St andar d T his standard .
Fig 1 5
. . Enlarged Sec tion
”
of 29 Pip e Thread .
“Am i
is due to Rob ert Briggs C E wh o prep ared a paper on
, . .
, r e
can Practice in Warming Buildings by S te am for the Institu ,
tion of Civil Engineers of Great Britai n Thi s paper was presented .
and read aft er hi s death An enl arged l ongitudinal section of

.
a nomi nal 2 / inch pip e is shown in Fi g 1 5 T he end of the

1
r . .
pipe h as a taper of 1 in 1 6 or inch per foot Fig 16 T he , . .
thr ead h as an angle of 60 degrees and is rounded at the top and

bottom so that the depth of th e thr ead is 8 of the pit ch Fig 1 7
,
. . .
shows thi s form The length

.
of perfect thread which is the

,
dist ance the pip e should enter ,
is given by th e formula
Fi g 1 6
. . T aper of Threaded Pipe End .
1
L s o)
D t t r diameter of pipe
ac ual ex e nal .
N numb er of threads per inch .
Preceding th e p erfect threads are two thread s perfect at the

bottom and imperfect at th e top Preceding these are four .
th reads imperfect at both top and bottom The numb er of .

36 A HA NDBOOK ON PIPING
thread s per inch is arbitrary and comes from usage along with
,
the nominal size of th e pip e T hey are finer in pit ch than ordi
.
nary bolt threads b ecause of the thinne ss of th e met al and to
Fi g 1 7
. . Form of Briggs’ Pipe Thread .
maintain a tight joint . b

T a le 16 give s the di mensions for pipe
thread s
.
TABLE 1 6
S rAN DARD PIPE T HREADS
O utside
Diamete r
D ep th of N umber of
of Threads
Th reads Perfect
at End
I nch es Thre ads
of Pi p e
I nch es
PIPE THREADS 37
r
S tandard Pipe Th ead Ga es g In or r to o
.de r to
av id va ia i n
in th e nu mb r of thr s h h p p
e ead w ic sr
i e will c ew in to fitt gs
in
t pp
a r t shops
ed at diffe en ss r to h
it is nece a y fi t st
ave a de ni e and
ard for the prop r pth of thr

e de ead Th efo o g fro
ll win is
. m the
r port of
e the comm tt t r t o of p hr s of
i ee on S anda diza i n Pi e T ead
the American S o ciety of M echanical Engineers .
Th e gages shall consist of one plug and one ring gage of each
The plug gage shall be the Briggs standard pipe thread as

adopt ed by th e m anufacturers of pip e fittings and valves and ,
recommended by Th e American Society of M echanical Engi

neers in 1 886 The plug is to have a flat or not ch indicating the
.
distance that th e plug sh all enter th e ring by hand .
T h e ring gage is to be kn own as th e American Briggs st andard

adopte d by th e M anufacturers Standardi ation C ommittee in
’
z
1 9 13 and recomm ended by T h e American S o ciety of M echanical

,
Engineers th e C ommi ttee on International Standard for Pipe

,
T hreads and th e Pratt

,
Whitney C omp any manufacturers of
,
gages T he thickness of the ring is given in T able 1 7 It shall

. .
be flush with th e sm all end of th e plug T his will lo cate th e flat

.
not ch on the plug flush with the l arge side of the ring .
TABLE 1 7 (FIG 18 )
.
S T ANDARD PIPE T HR EAD G AGES

The Table indicate s th e dime nsions of th e ring gage, A , shown

in Fig 1 8 , whi ch are th e figures adopted by the M anufacturers
’
.
Standardi zation C ommittee .
“
In th e use of th e plug gage shown in Fig 1 8 , th e not ch on .
th e plug is to gage, and one

thread large or one thread
small m ust be the inspe ction
In the use of the ring

gage mal e threads are to ,
gage when flush with small

end of ring and one thread ,
large or one thread small

must be inspection limits ” .
P ip e T h r e ad i ng Pi pe —
threads nay be cu? either by

Fig 1 8 S t nd d Plug nd Ri g G g
a ar !
a n a e
hand or In a machi ne When
. . .
cut by h and a pip e t ap or di e is used shown in F i g 19 For ,

. .
machine threading a lathe may be used setting a properly ,
shaped tool at right angle s to the axi s of th e pipe not per ,
pendi cul ar to th e taper A S aunders pip e thr eading machine is

’
.
shown in Fig 20 A good threaded joint require s clean smoothly

. .
,
Fi g 1 9 . . Pipe Reamer, Hand T ap, Di e and Die S t

ock .
cut threads To make sure of such threads the di e must be made

.
with prope r consideration as to li p chip sp ace clear ance le ad , , , ,
and suffi cient numb er of ch asers Val uable information al ong .
th e foll owing lines is given in N ational Tube C omp any s Bulletin

’
No 6 . .
PIPE THREADS 39
T he lip is th e inclina i t on of th e cutting ed e g of the chaser to

s rf
the u ace of
the i e, as pp shown in Fig 21 . . T his lip angle should
Fi g 20
. . Pipe T hreading M achine .
be from grees to 25 degree s dependi ng upon conditions and

1 5 de , ,
may be obtained by mil li ng th e cutting face of th e ch aser as

shown by the full lines or inclining th e chaser as in the dotted
,
Fi g 21
. . tt
Thread C u ing . Fi g 22
. . tt
Thread C u ing .
line s Chi p sp ace should be provided as shown in th e figure, as

.
otherwise th e chi ps will clog and tear the threads Fig 22 show s . .
th e working of a prop erly made chase r .
Clearance is th e angle b e tween th e threads of the ch asers and

those of the pipe Lead is the angle w hich is ground or machi ned
.
on th e front of each ch aser to enable th e di e to start on th e pip e
and to distribut e th e work of cutting The proper amount of .
Fig 23
. . Pipe Vises .
lead is bout three threads The number of chasers to obtain

a .
good results in threading at one cut is as foll ows :

"
to 4 sh ould h ave appr xi o mately 6 ch asers
4
” 7
” l‘ U ( f
8 U
7
” 10” 10
10
" 12 ” 12
12 14
” 14
14
” 18
” 16
18 20
” 18
ss tt g tools should be kept well lubricated with

In all ca e th e cu in
goo r or r
d la d oil ottonseed oil
c ude c .
Pipe T ool s Example s of vari ous forms of Vi ses cutting tools

.
, ,
wrenches etc for use in the threading and making up of pip e

, .
,
are illustrated and named in Figs 23 and 24 . .
“
English Pipe Thre ad s British S tandar d Pipe T hreads
.
,
as given in the re port of th e Engineering S t andar ds C ommi ttee

,
PIPE THREADS 43
Th e Whitworth Standar d
hreads T are given in b
T a le 1 9 for
sizes up to 4 inches in diameter .
TABLE 19
WHIT woRTH ST ANDARD PI PE THREAD S
Actua l Diameter
at NoDiamet er
. of
N o mi Outside
Botto m T h rea ds of
of p er Tap Dri ll
Thread Inch Inches
Inch es I nch es
. 33 67
oreign Pipe Threads The author is indebted to M r Wil

F . .
liam J Bal dwin for note s on forei gn practi ce In the practice of

. .
G ermany and France ( com paring th e G erman and Fre nch sys
tems with th e Briggs system) G ermany uses strai ght t hreads
,
nearly al together T he pit ch and form of thr ead is about th e

.
same as the Engli sh except that th e thr ead as a whole is not

t apered France is more irregul ar in practice the N avy follow
.
,
ing one m etho d and private shops other methods Th e French .
Navy however le ans toward t apered threads

, , .
South Ame rican countries have no fixed st andar ds but import ,
from the Uni ted States and England and use the method of the
country from w hich they import C anada uses th e Briggs stand
.
ard .In M exico a gr

eat deal of American pip e and fittings is used ,
but M exico and the South and C entr al Am erican countries use
the metho ds of those from whom they buy as a general rul e , .
C HAPT ER IV
PIPE FITTINGS
S crew Fittin gs Since there is a practical limi t to the length

.
of p s of p pe as well as the necessity for connections and

iece i
c onvenient ch anges in direction pip e fittings h ave b een devis ed
,
.
T here are two gener al classes of fittings namely : s crewed fittings

,
and fl anged fittings As a rule th e screwed fittings are used with

.
Fig 26
. . tt
Pipe Fi ings .
th e smaller sizes of pipe and for low pressure work Th e flanged .
fittings are used for higher pressures and for larger si es of pipe z
”
.
“
Fi g 2 6 show s a vari ety of screwed fitt gs for
. in m k g up
a in
standard pipe .
C ouplings For joining two lengths of pipe couplings are

.
,
used T hese may h ave right hand thr eads at both end s or m ay
.
have right hand thr eads at one end and left hand threads at the
other for convenience in connecting and di sconnecting Ri ght .
and left co uplings generally h ave b ars running lengt hwise to
di stingui sh them from couplings with right hand thr eads S ome .
times reducing couplings are used where a change in si e of pipe z
is desired C ouplings are made of cast iron wrought iro n steel

.
, , ,
PIPE FITTINGS 45
malleable iron and brass A coupling is included on one end of

,
.
each full length of st andard pip e Forms of couplings are shown

.
Fig 27
. . C oupli ngs .
b
in Fig 27 and T a le 20
. gives th e dimensions of standard wrought
ro o p gs
i n c u lin .
T ABLE 20
STANDARD WROUGHI ’ ‘
IRON C OUPLIN GS
Elb ws o . t
g corners elbow s or ell s are used Fig 28
For urnin , . .
Reducing ell s are used to change th e size of pipe at a corner .
S om etimes ell s are provided with an op ening at th e side in which

cas e they are called side outlet elbows Elbows are als o made .
90 E /b a w Re am /by E /k wy
P/a/ h El b ow f /a t Bea d fl aaw Round B e a d El b ow S tree t El b ow
Fig 28. . Elbows .
for angles other than 90 degrees and a e then specified by th e r
angle as 45 degree ell 30 de gree ell or 60 de gree ell et c

, , It , , .
be noticed th at th e angle is th e one m ade with th e axis or run of

th e pip e .
Te e s Cro sses Bushing s Caps Plugs

, , For a br anch at right
, , .
angles to th e pip e t ees are used When th e three openings are .
Fig 29 . . Tees .
the same th e fitting is specified by th e size of th e pipe as a 1 inch

, ,
-
tee or 2 inch tee etc

,
-
When th e branch is of a different size
,
.
th e size of run is given first and then th e outlet as tee , .
When th e three op enings are different they are all specified giv ,
PIPE FITTINGS 47
ing the ize s s of first as th e run tee as sho wn at,

” ”
2 x l / x 1
l
z ,
C in Fi g 29 Side o utlet t ees are also made For a branch at

. . .
other angles a Y Fig 30 may be used Note that the angle is

,
.
,
.
Fig 30 . . Y Branches
-
.
th esmaller of the two made with th e un Of th e pipe The use r .
of a cross is evi dent from th e figure as well as th e n ot ation .
Figs 3 1 and 3 2 show other fittings A bushing is used to bush

. .
or reduce th e size of an opening so that a smaller pipe may be
Fig 3 1
. . Bushings and Plugs .
s
u ed os g o
For cl in an penin
. g a pipe plug is used For closing .
th e endof p p
a s
i e a cap is u ed A pipe nut is sometime s used as .
a l o cknut w hen a pip e is screwed into shee t met al T here are .
m any special forms Of fittings and th e cat al ogs of standard m anu

f cture s sho ul d be consul t ed
a r .
T abl es 20 to 3 5 in thi s ch ap
te give dimensions of s crewed
r
fittings sufiiciently close for

most purposes .
Nippl es S hort piece s of

.
Fig 32 Pip Nut nd C p

pipe used to join fittings which . . e a a .
are near toge the r are call ed nipples and m a

y be p ur chased wi th ,
threads out ready for use T hey are kn own as close ni pples when
.
th ethreads run the entire length (A Fig S hort or shoulde r

, .
nipple s when there is a sm all amount Of unth readed pipe ( B ,
Fig . Long ni pples and extra l ong nipple s have various

lengths Ext ra l ong ni pples range from sizes given up to twelve
.
Fig 33. . Nipples .
in c he s g h Table 21 give s th e ordinary sizes of

in len t . ought
wr
ron
i nipp s hen both ends have right hand threads
le w .
TABLE 21
WROUGHT IRON NIP PLES
L ength of Nipp l e in Inch es
C los e S h ort
TABLE 22 ( Fm 34)
.
WA LWORTH C o ST AN DARD C A ST IRO N FITT IN GS

.
Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es I nch es In ch es
T ABLE 23 (FI G 34)

.
WALW ORTH C o EXTRA HEAVY CAS T IRO N FITT IN GS

.
Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es Inch es In ch es

PIPE FITTINGS 51
Fig 3 5
. . t
Long Sweep Cas Iron Fi ings tt .
T ABLE 24 (FI G . 35)
WALW ORTH C O LON G SWE EP CAST IRON FITT IN GS

.
Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es
T ABLE 25 (FIG 3 6)
NATIO NAL TUBE COMP AN Y ST AND AR D C AST IRO N FIT I D TGS ‘
I nch es I nch es I nch es Inch es I nch es

.
Fig 36 . . tt
S crewed Fi ings .
5
o ,
} TABLE 26 (FI G 36)

.
N ATI ONAL T UB E C OMPANY , EXTRA HEAV Y C AS T IRO N FrTT ns

A A—A
Inch es In ch es
Fig 37 . . L ong Sweep C ast Iron Fi ings tt .
TABLE 27 (FI G 37)

.
N AT I ONAL T UBE C OM PAN Y , LON G S WE E P C AS T IR ON FITT I N GS
I nch es Inch es In ch es I nch es Inch es

PIPE FITTINGS 53
Fi g 34
. . tt
Screwed Fi ings .
T ABLE 28 (FI G 34)

.
C OM PAN Y, STAND AR D C AST IRO N FI TT IN GS
Inch es In ch es Inch e s In ch es
Fig 38
. . S crewed Fi tting s.
TABLE 29 (FI G 3 8)
.
CRANE C OM P ANY, EXT RA HEAVY C AS T IRO N FITT IN GS
In ch es I nch es Inch es
Sc rewed Reducing Fittings T h e centre to face and face to

.
face dimensions for Walworth Standard Weight cast iron s crewed

reducing tees and crosses Fig 39 are determined as follows :
,
.
,
For A A face to face add to th e o utside ,
diameter E of o utlet b ead twi ce th e width ,
F of th e run b ead Fo A centre to face

-
. r ,
add to th e wi dth F of outlet b ead one h alf ,
th e diam eter E of th e run bead T hus for a

”
-
.
2 x tee the di mensions are
/Is
11
AA
Fig 39
. R educing
.
A 1 1 1 / 16 2 h
” 1
T ees and Cr osses

See T able 22 for necessary dhnensions
.
Bras s Fitting s Brass fittings are m ade in both st and ard and
.
extra heavy w eights T hey are used for feed water pipe s where
.
bad wat er m akes steel pipe s undesir able Brass fittings m ay be .
h ad in iron pipe sizes T he dimensions as m ade by th e Lunken

.
heimer C ompany are given in T able 30 for pressures up to 1 75

pounds . and in b
Ta le 3 1 for pressures up to 3 00 pounds .
PIPE FITTINGS 55
Fig 40
. . tt
Brass Fi ings .
T ABLE 30 (FI G 40)

.
LUN KE N HEIME R BRONZ E FITT I N GS , M EDIUM PATT ERN
Inch es Inches Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es
TABLE 3 1 (FIG 40)

.
LUNKENHE IME R BRON zE FITT IN GS , EXTRA HEAVY PAT rERN

‘
A B
I nch es Inch es I nch es Inch es
M all e abl e Iron Fittings . M alle able iron fittings are m ade
plain and b eaded and for various pressures Plain fittings are .
for low pressure work onl y Standard beaded fittings m ay be

.
used up to 1 50 pounds ; ext ra he avy beaded fittings up to 250
pounds and double extra heavy fittings for hy drauli c work up

,
to 800 pounds T he principle dim ensions Of malleable fittings as

.
made by the N ational T ub e C om pany are given in T ables 3 2 an d

33. E tra he avy m alleable iron fittings for pressure s up to 250
x
pounds as made by Crane C ompany are dimensioned in T able 34 .

Fig 41
. . S t
andard M alleable Fi ings tt .
TABLE 3 2 (FI G . 41 )
NATIONAL T UBE C OM PANY STANDARD FLAT BEAD M ALLEAB LE

fa Size of
Pip e
Inch es In ch es Inch es Inch es
Fi g 36. . Screwed Fi ings tt .
TABLE 33 (FI G 36)

.
NATIONAL T UB E C O MPAN Y , EXTRA HEAVY FLAT BEAD M ALLEABLE FITT IN GS

A A B
Inch es Inch es I nch es Inch es I nch es

eve r ,
is termining factor as fittings must withstand
not th e de ,
th e strain of ex p ansion contraction weight of piping se ttlin g

, , , ,
and water hammer and there i s also th e possibili ty of non uni

,
-
f o r m t hi ckne s s .
For cast iron th e

bursting pressure is
3 0 00
generally in excess
of 1000 pound s ,
and for malleable
iron in exce ss of
pounds .
Fl ange d Fittin gs .
Flanged fittings ,
Fig . 43 , are to be
preferred for im
portant or hi gh
p re ssure w ork .
Regular fittings are

n o w In a d e w i t h
di mensions of th e
American Standard
w oo as devised by a
c omm i tt ee O f th e
A S M
. . . E .
, and a
fac t ur e r s M an u
’
commi ttee T his 20 24

.
Fig 42 Bu ting St gth of Fl ng d Fitting

rs ren
st andard fixes th e
a e s.
di m en S I ons f o r
. .
.
standard weight fittings ( 125 lbs ) from 1 inch to 1 00 inches and

.
for extra heavy or hi gh pressure fittings (250 lbs ) from 1 inch to .
48 inches T h e foll owing t able s give th e dimensions revise d to

.
M ar ch 7th and 20th 1 9 14 T h e dimensions in T able 35 are

,
.
comm on to all fittings for 1 25 pound s w orking pressure and ,
those in Table 3 6 are comm on to all fittings for 250 pounds

working pressure T able s 3 7 and 38 give th e thi ckne ss of
.
metal and Tables 39 and 40 the dimensions of pipe flange s

, .
T h e foll owing explanatory notes as well as th e T ables and

data here given a e from the A S M E committee s report ’
r . . . . .
(a) Standard and Extra Heavy Reducing Elbow s carry same

dimensions centre to face as re gul ar Elbows of l arger straight size .
PIPE FITTINGS 59
()
b S t and ar d an d E xtr a H ea v y T ees , Crosses , and Lateral s,
reducing on run only, carry same dimensions face to face as

larger strai ght size .
(c) If F lan ge d Fi ttin gs for l o we r w ork ing pr essure than 1 25
pounds are made, they shall conform in all dimensions except

thi ckness of shell , to thi s standard and shall h ave the guarant eed
°
4 5 £7l
R e d uc e r R e d uc e /
Fig 43
. . A S M E Flanged Fi ings
. . . . tt .
w orking pressure cast on each fitting Flange s for these fittings

.
must be Of standard dimensions .
(d) Where Long Radius Fi ttings are specified it has reference ,
onl y to Elbows whi ch are made in two centre to face dimensions ,
and to be k no wn as El bo ws and Long Radius Elbows the l atter ,
being used only when so specified .
(c) All standard weight fittings must be guaranteed for 1 25

pounds working pressure and Extra Heavy Fittings for 250
pounds working pressure and each fitting must have some mark
,
cast on it indicating th e mak er and guarantee d working steam
pressure .
(1) All extra heavy fittings and flanges to have a rai sed sur
face oi / inch high inside of bolt holes for gaskets Fig 44
‘
Is , . .
S tandard weight fittings and fl ange s to be plai n faced Bolt .
holes to e /g inch larger in di ameter than bolts Bolt holes to

b l .
straddl e centre line .
(9) Size of all fittings scheduled indicate s inside diameter of

port s .
(h) Th e face to face dimension of reducers either strai ght or ,
eccentric for all pre ssure s shall be th e s ame face to face as given
, ,
in table of dimensions .
(12) S quare head bolts with hexagonal nuts are recomm ended .
For bolts inch diamet er and larger stud s with a nut on

, ,
each end are sati sfactory Hexagonal nuts for pipe size s 1 inch
‘
to 46 inch on 1 25 pound s ,
M a n: a '
st andard and 1 inch to 1 6 ,
inch on 250 pounds standard

can be conveniently pulled
Fig 44 R i d F Fl ng
a se
up Wi
th
ace on
op en wrenche s Of
a e
mi mmum desi gn of heads
. . .
,
Hexagonal nuts for pipe size s 48 inch to 1 00 in ch on 1 25

pounds and 1 8 inch to 48 inch on 250 pound standard s can be
,
conveni ently p ull ed up with box or so cke t wrenche s .
(3) T win Elbows whether strai ght or reducin g carry same

, ,
dimensions centre to face and face to face as regul ar straight size

ell s and t ee s Side Outlet Elbows and Side Outlet T ees whether
.
,
straight or reducing si es carry same dimensions centre to face

z ,
and face to face as regul ar tee s h aving s ame reductions .
(19) Bull Head T ees or T ees increasin g on outlet will h ave

f
,
s ame centre to face and face to face dimensions as a strai ght fit

ting of th e size of th e outlet .
“
(l) T ees and C rosse s 1 6 inche s and down reducing on the
, ,
outlet use the same dimensions as strai ght sizes of the l arge r port
, .
Size 1 8 in ch and up reducing on the outlet are m ade i n two

, ,
lengths depending on the si e of th e outlet as given in th e t able

,
z
of dimensions Laterals 1 6 inches and down reducing on th e

.
, ,
branch use the same dimensions as strai ght sizes of the larger
,
port .
(m) Sizes 1 8 inches and up reducing on the branch are made , ,
in two lengths depending on the si ze of th e branch as giv en in

, ,
th e t able of dimensions T he dimensions of reducing flanged

.
fittings are always regulated by the reductions of th e outlet or

branch Fittings reducing on the run only the long body pattern
.
,
PIPE FITTINGS 61
will s be used Y s are special and are made to sui t condi

alway .
’
tions Double sweep tees are not made reducing on the run
. .
(11) S teel Flanges, Fi tti ngs, and Valves mmended for

”
are reco
S uper h ated S team

e .
TABLE 35 (FI G 43)

.
AMERICAN ST ANDARD FL AN GED M m
1 25 P ounds Working Pressure
Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es Inch es Inch es

TABLE 35 ( FI G . 43) (Conti nued)

AMERICAN STANDAR D FLAN GED FITTI N GS
1 25 Pounds Worki ng Pressure
Inch es
PIPE FITTINGS 63
T ABLE 36 (FI G 43 )
.
EXTRA HEAVY AME RI CAN STANDARD FL AN GED FIT TIN GS
250 P ound s Worki ng Pressure

B C D E
I nch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es I nch es
TABLE 39 (Conti nued)

AM ERICAN STA N DARD PI PE FL AN GES 1 25 P ound s Worki ng Pressure
Le ng th Of
Diameter T hi cknes s
l l
_
S tud s Wi th
0f F ansee 0f F an8 es
T wo N uts
Inch es Inch es
I nch es
PIPE FITTINGS 67
TABLE 40
E XTRA HE AV Y AM ERI CAN ST AN DARD PIPE FLANGES
250 P ounds Worki ng Pressure
In ch es
Reducin g gs
Fittin . T he si es for reducing fittings
z are given
in Tables 41 , 42, 43 , and 44 .
On all reducing tees and crosses from 1 inch to 1 6 inches in ,
clusive, the centre to face dimension of the vari ous outlets is the
same on fittings of the same size run Thus a 5 x 5 x 1 tee has .
th e s ame centre to face dimensi on as a 5 x 5 x 5 tee and is inter ,
ch angeable with any com bin ation of 5 inch cross For sizes 18 .
inches and up interchangeabili ty exists in two classe s one for ,
short body patterns and one for long body p atterns .
Fig 45
. . t
Sh or Body Reducing Crosses and Tees .
TABLE 41 (FIG 45).
AMERICAN STANDARD Rnnucm s TEES AND CROSS ES
S ho rt Body P attern
1 25 Pound s, Worki ng Pressure
S ize l
Out et B- B
and
In ch es Sm ll
a er Inch es Inch es l
S ma l er In ch es In ch es Inch es
Inch es Inch es
PIPE FITTINGS 69
TABLE 42 (FIG 45) .
AM E RICAN S rANDARD REDUCIN G TEEs AND C RO SSES

S hort Body Pattern
250 P ound s . Worki ng Pressure
Inch es ll
S ma er Inch es In ch es I nch es Inch es Inches
Inch es
t
Sh or Body Reducing Fig 47 . . Long Body Reducing
t
La erals . t
La erals .
AMERICAN S rANDARD REDUCIN G LATERALS
Short Body P attern (FI G 46) .
1 25 P ound s Worki ng Pressure
Inches Inch es I nch es I nches

Long Body Pattern (FIG 47) .
In ch es
TABLE 44
LATERALs
S hort Body Pattern (FI G 46) .
Inch es I nch es
Long Body P attem ( FIG 47) .
Si ze of Branch D
Inch e s Inch es Inches . In ch es Inch es Inch es
Cast S teel Fittings Walw orth Company list cast steel fit

.
tings for steam pressure s up to 350 pounds working pre ssure and ,
total temperature of 800 degrees or working water pressures of

,
pounds for 2 inch to 4 inch sizes .
800 pounds for inch to 8 inch sizes .
500 pounds for 9 inch to 24 inch sizes .

PIPE FITTINGS 71
T hese fittings have the same di mensions as extra heavy cast iron
fittings but are made from steel having a tensile strength of
,
pounds .
Ammo nia Fitting s For ammonia piping malleable iron

.
screwed fittings are m ade with a recess for soldering to insure

tightness Flange fittings are made tongued and grooved and
.
provided with gaskets The flanges may be round square or

.
, ,
Fig 48
. . Flanged Ammonia Fi ings tt .
oval Fig 48 shows some flanged amm onia fittings and Table
. .
,
45 gives the size s of lead or rubb er gaskets for tongued and grooved
ammoni a joints as made by th e Walworth C omp any
,
.
TABLE 45
AM M O NI A G AS KET S FO R T ON GUE D A ND GROOVE D JOI NT S

British S tandard Pipe Flanges and Fitti n s g . mensions

The di
for standa d r pp fl g s s
i e an e u ed in En land are g given in Tables 46
and 47 .
T ABLE 46
Bnrrrs n ST ANDARD PIPE FLAN GES
For Worki ng S team Pressures up to 55 Pound s per S q uare I nch , and for
Water Pressure up to 200 P ound s per S q uare I nch .
T his t bl
a e does not apply to boil feed pipes or other
er , t
wa er pipes j
sub ec t
to exceptional sh ocks .
T hi ckness of F l
ang es
I nte rna l Diameter D iamete r Numb er D iameter 0 88 1? Iro n

Diameter of Bo t l of of l
Bo ts M d S tee l
of Flang e
Circ l l
B o ts or I ron
l
e
We d e d on
t
Bol -h oles . For -inch and 1 3-inch
7 t
bol s th e diam e ers of th e h oles t
to be l
/ u-inch larger th an t t
the diame ers of th e b ol s, and for larger sizes of
bolt s, inch . t
Bol -h oles to be drill ed ofi cen re lines t .
General dimensions for Bri tish Standard Flanged Fittings are

given in Tables 48 and 49 for short tees and bends of cast material
and for long bends of wrought iron and steel .
Fig 49
. . Bri ish St t nd
a ard t
Sh or T ees and Bends .
T ABLE 48 (FI G . 49)
BRITIS H STAN DAR D Sno rer BEND s AND h as
325 Pound s Worki ng Pressure
Inches Inch es Inches
50 . t
Bri ish S t
andard Long Bends .
C HAPTER V
PIPE JOINTS
T here are a great many kinds of joints used for connecting

pieces of pipe Some forms are described in thi s chapter but
.
there are many othe rs whi ch sp ace does not p ermi t showing T he .
ideal arrangement woul d be to h ave th e pip e in one continuous

piece but this is not practicable although the number of joints
, ,
Fig 5 1 . . t
A woo d Line Weld .
can begreatly reduced by using welded j oints The question of .
joints shoul d receive very careful attention and the type selected
whi ch will b est meet the conditions inv olved .
Welde d Jo ints Any m eans of reducing th e numb er of joints

.
to be made in pipe lines is distinctly worth whil e as it makes
Fig 52
. . In terl ck o Welded N ecks .
fewer chances for leakage lessens repairs and is generally com

, ,
mendable The oxy acetylene blow torch is used by the Pitts

.
-
burg Valve Foundry and C onstruction C ompany for doing

, ,
PIPE JOINTS 77
welded w ork strated in the patented joints shown in Figs

as illu
”
.
,
“
5 1 and 52 Th e Atwoo d line weld
. Fig 5 1 allows the fabrica ,
.
,
tion of pipes into lengths as long as can be handled for shipment ,
with a consequent reduction by about fifty per cent of th e number
Figs 53. and 54 . Screwed Uni ons .
of flange joints in the line For conne ting branch lines of wrought
”
. c
pipe in mains of th e same materi al interlock welded necks

“
,
are made use of to elimi nate c st fittings T his appears to goo d

a .
advant age in welde d heade rs where th e weight is reduced in addi
tion to doing away with a large number of joints The method .
of making thi s connection is shown in Fig 52 . .
S crew Uni o ns For joining two lengths of small s crewed

.
pipe couplings a e in general use as described in C hapter IV

,
r , ,
Figs 55 and 56
. . Screwed Uni ons .
Table 20 When the joint must be unmade frequently, or for

.
maki ng the last joint in a line, unions may be used Fi g 53 shows . .
a uni on made of m all eable ir on wi th a brass seat forced into place
so that contact is between iron and brass . B oth ends are ground
together making a tight joint Fig 54 shows a union made of

, . .
malleable iron using a metallic gasket to make a tight joint The

, .
Kewanee Union Shown in Fi g 55 is made by the National Tube

.
C ompany Part A is m ade of brass giving a brass to iron thread

.
,
connection and a brass to iron b all joint seat

, Fi g 56 shows . .
the Dart Uni on having inserted brass seats

, Uni ons are al so .
made entirely of brass T able 50 gives the dimensions of Crane

.
Comp any Uni ons .
57 . S crewed Uni ons .
T ABLE 50 (FI G . 5 7)
M ALDEARLE IRO N UNI ON S , UN IO N ELLE UNI ON TEES
Inch es
PIPE JOINTS 79
Flan ge Unions For many purposes especiall y for the larger

.
,
sizes fl ange uni ons Fi gs 58 and 59 are to be preferred

, ,
. T hese
,
.
are made in a large variety of forms Th e obj ect of using them .
is to facilit at e th e erection and disassem bling of th e piping The .
Kewanee Fl ange Union is Shown in Fig 59 . .
Figs 58 . and 59 . Fl anged Uni ons .
o
B lt Ci rcles and Drilling T he diamet ers of bol t cir cle s
.
,
sizes of bolts and bolt holes number of bolts etc are given, , .
,
in T ables 39 and 40 C hapter IV for th e Am erican S tandard

, ,
which is generally used in th e United S t ates When cast .
steel flanges a e used the bolt holes are spot faced T hi s is

r .
done by facing off around the bolt hole s on th e b ack side of

th e flange where th e nut or head of the bolt b ears
, T hi s .
give s a truer and firmer bearing than can be h ad with a

rough casting .
Flange Facing T here are a large number of methods of

.
facing flanges and providing for the holding of gaskets to make

tight joints These may be li sted as
.
traight plain face

S Rai sed face for gasket
C orrugated plain face Raised face for ground joint
,
Scored pl ain face ,

T ongue and groove
G rooved plain face M ale and femal e
,
Fig 60 show s th e plain straight faced flange comm onl y employed

.
-
for pre ssures up to 1 25 pounds on steam and water Either a .
full face or ring gasket is used The full face gasket is a little .
easier to put in place and to centralize wi th the bore of th e pipe .
Very goo d re sul ts can be obt ai ned by a rin g gasket of fai r thick
ne ss so that the gasket will h ave suffi cient pre ssur e e e rt ed upon
,
x
it by th e bolts to make a tight joint before th e outside ed ges of ,
th e flange meet .
A corrugated plain face flange is made by cutting co ncentric

,
curve s with a roun d nosed tool Th e corrug ations have a tend .
Fig 60 . . S t
raigh tF
aced Flange . Fig 61 . . R aised Face Flange .
ency to prevent the gaskets from bl owing out Their use is .
desir able when th e fluid co nveye d require s extra thi ck gask e ts .
A scored pl ain face flange is one whi ch h as concentric rings scored

,
upon th e face by a diam ond pointed tool When lead gaskets

- .
must be used as on oil and acid lines thi s form of flange is de

, ,
sirable The lead gasket sq ueezes into the scores and helps to
.
maintain a tight joint without brin ging undue strain on the bolts .
Same forms of grooved flanges are used in whi ch contact is m ade

by a copper or le ad wire pressed into a groove cut in to both
flanges This joint is effective but the flanges must be strong
.
,
to withstand th e stre sses set up when the bolts are tightened .
A very satisfactory joint for hi gh pressure steam line s is m ade

by raising the face of the flange between the inside of the bolt
through then the flan ge and pipe are faced ofi together It is

,
.
advi sable to h ave th e gasket be ar on th e end of th e pipe to insure
tightness The threading weakens the pipe so that for hi gh

.
pressures some of the foll owing types are advi sable Fl ange s .
Fi g 64
. . Wal co Weld Flange
-
. Fig 65 . . t
Flange wi h C alking R ecess .
are made of cast iron semi steel malleable iron cast steel and
, , , ,
forged steel suitable for the method of joining to th e pipe and th e

pre ssur e to be met .
T h e Wal co Weld flange Fig 64 m ade by th e Wal w orth C om

-
, .
,
pany is made by half threading on th e flange and then welding

,
-
th e b ack by th e oxy acetylene me tho d thereby completely climi

-
,
nating th e possibility of an imp erfect or in com pl ete weld as ,
sometime s occurs with

th e f u r n a c e w e l d e d -
flange Flanges with a .
calkin g rece ss Fig 65 , .

,
are m ade by th e C ran e
C omp any by cutting a

recess in th e hubs on
th e backs of th e flanges .
T hi s rece ss is inch
in depth inch wide ,
at top and inc}! ,

F g 66 i
Wl de at bottom
. .
W ld d Fl n g
e e a e.
It .
can be applied to ext ra
heavy flanges in sizes from 2 to 24 inch Flange s so fitted are .
inch higher than th e regul ar flange s When th e fl ange s are .
used on col d wat er th e rece sse s are filled with lead and when
, ,
used on steam the re cesse s are filled wi th soft coppe r whi ch is ,

PIPE JOINTS 83
k
cal ed firmly to keep the flanges from leaking where they are
in
made on pipe .
Welded joints are made by welding a wrough t steel flange to

the pipe making them into one piece as sho wn in Fig 66 Fig
, ,
. . .
67 shows a form of rolled

joint A groove is turned
.
into th e flange and the pip e

rolled into it The shrunk .
joint is shown in Fig 68 . .
The flange is first bored to a

shrink fit and then heate d
,
and pl aced over th e end of th e
pipe which is peened into the

recess in th e flange Afterwards a facing cut is taken across the
.
end of the pip e and flange The gaske t shoul d b ear on th e end
.
of the pipe as the joint b etween pipe and flange may not be
absolutely tight Shrunk joints are also made with either single
.
or double riveting .
Th e Walmanco joint Fig 69 was developed in th e Walworth

,
.
,
shops in 1 897 Some of the advantages of thi s form as stated by

.
the makers are : first th e pipe is not weakened by cutting into

the wall ; seco nd th e gasket bears on th e face of the l ap and ,
Fig 69
. . Walmanco Joint . Joint Fi g 70
. . Cranelap .
absolutely prevents leak age through th e bore of the flange ; third
the advantage of th e flange swivelin g on the pip e is obvious to

the fitter ; fourth th e flange h as m aximum strength and is ,
not subj ect to torsional str ains in attaching .
The Cranelap joint made by C rane C om pany is shown in Fig .
70 The face of the flange is b evelled to the width of the lap to

.
,
84 A HAN DBOOK ON PIPIN G
compensate for the difference in the thi ckness of th e pipe between

th e inside and o utside portions of the l ap caused by drawing over ,
th e pipe and the lap is m ade with a sq uare corner so th at th e

,
inside of the pip e run s straight to th e face of th e joint as illus ,
trated in Fig 70 Th e flanges in these joints are loose and swi vel
. . .
This is a great convenience w hen it is ne ce ssary to change the

position of bolt holes w hich this makes possible
,
.
Pipe Flange Tables T h e prin cip al di mensions for th e vari

.
ous fl ange joints are given in T able s 5 1 to 5 6 inclusive For .
Am erican standard pipe fl ange s and British standard pipe fl ange s

see T abl es 39 40 46 and 47 of C hapter IV
, , .
Ha5 F7a I7g 0 5 Lo Ho b f /o fly e s S b or / Ho b F l a ng e s

%
t o0 9
@e a’ S fe e / Mo/[eoé/e f as t li nea l
Fi g 71 . . Cranel ap Fl anges .
TABLE 5 1 (FIG 71 )
.
ExTRA HE AVY C RAN EL AP PIPE J O INT S
250 P ound s Worki ng Pressure
Q G T 0 N A
Inch es Inch es I nch es Inch es Inch es Inch es
PIPE JOINTS 85
Ca s f /r o n M o /Aaoé/e
5 /e e / b S fe c /
’
For g e d ye a
Fig 72
. . Walmanco Flanges .
TABLE 52 (FI G 72)

.
ST AN DARD WEI GHT WALM AN CO FL AN GES
Ne w Sty l
e Low Hub Hi gh Hub
Diameter T hi ck ness T hi ckness

l
'
Pi 9 ° S W
of F ang e th rough Hub at Edge
Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es

TABLE 53 (FI G 72)

.
Ex TRA HEAVY WAL MANCO FLAN GES
Inches
In ches
125/ u
TABLE 5 4 (FI G 68)

.
Su m AND PEEN ED FLAN GES -

Ex TRA HEAVY
Inch es
PIPE JOINTS 87
'
g 73
. . T ongued and Grooved Flanges .
S 2
! <<}
a a
< 3
\ \
2 \ \
! \ S 2 \
2
2
a 3 1”
}
;
S 2
~ ~ n ° ~
! !
a a
!
o
; .
N N u N N N m n m n
wd r —t —d —d
v v-i s-t H N N N C‘ I N N N N N M M f-
‘O CQ
Fig 74
. . M ale and Femal e Fl anges .
T ABLE 56 (FI G 74)

.
Ex TRA HEAVY M ALE AND FE MALE FLAN GES
l
C ast F ang es l
Forged F a ng es
C A
S pecial C onnections Several forms of special connections for

.
lap-wel ded steel pipe as m ade by th e Ameri can S piral Pipe Works
, ,
are shown in Figs 75 to 8 0

. T h e fl ange s a e all m ade of forged
. r
steel Fig 75 show s a riveted steel flange connection which is

. .
m ade in different standard s for hi gh and low pre ssure w ork Fig . .
76 show s a welded steel fl ange wi th foll o wer rin gs a form of con ,
nection e sp ecially sui t ed for hi gh pressure work A field rive t ed .
joint suitable for long lines where facili ties are ample for rivet
ing up at de stination is Shown in Fi g 77
, It po sse sse s m any
. .
advant ages over the ordinary fiel d joint as th e t ap er end m ay
be inserted into the fl ared end without diffi cul t y thus enabli ng ,
holes to be brought qui ckly into alignment .

Converse Joints . onverse lock joint pipe Fig 8 1 and

Th e C ,
.
,
the M atheson joint pipe Fig 82 are made by the National Tube
, .
,
C ompany in sizes ranging from 2 inches to 30 inches outside

di ameter, and about 18 feet l ong T he joints are mad e with
.
Fig 8 1 . . C onverse Joint .
lead The C onverse Lo ck J oint is m ade by m eans of a cast iron

.
h ub whose inner surface h as an inwardly proj ecting rin g at mid

length ; on each Side of thi s ring are two wedge-shaped po ckets,
diametrically opposite ; near each m outh of th e h ub is a re cess
for lead Close to each end of th e pipe are two strong rivets,
.
placed at such distance from the end that when the pipe is inserted
into th e h ub and
s l i g h t l y rotated,
th e rivets engage
th e sl op es of th e
ge shaped pock wed -
ets and force the
end of the pipe

against th e central
ring of the hub .
Lead is then pour

ed in to th e rece ss
Fig 82 M th on Joint a es
p r o v i d e d f o r it
. . .
and securely calked T able 57 gives standard siz es thi cknesses

.
, ,
etc for C onverse joint pipe

.
,
.
M ath e son Joints M atheson joint pipe is a pip e wi th a joint

.
of a bell and Spigot type very simil ar in appearance to a cast iron

,
PIPE JOINTS 91
T ABLE 57 (FI G 8 1 )
.
C ONVERSE LOC K Jow r PIPE
Hub Cas t Iron

Fo ot
E xt e rna l Thi k
c Lead
of C omp ete, l
l l
for Fi e d Inc udi ng Tes t
End Hub Lead ed
pipe joint The joint is made by belling out or expanding one

.
end of the pipe in such a manne r as to pe rmi t the bell end to sli p
over the plai n or spigot end of th e next length of pipe leaving ,
enough sp ace b etween the two for the lead whi ch is to make th e
joint After the end of the pipe has been shaped a wrought band
.
is Shrunk on the outside of th e bell to reinforce it at thi s point

and to kee p it in S hape to withstand the calking of the lead Th e .
spigot end of the pipe has a recess turned in it which prevents the
lead from bl owing out or th e pip e from pulling out T his pipe is .
extensively used for w ater servi ce in the west T able 58 gives .
standard sizes thicknesses etc for M atheson pipe

, , .
, .
A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
TABLE 58 (FI G 82) .
M ATR ES O N J OI NT PIPE
Figs 83, 84,

. and 85 . Flanges fO
r Copper Pipe .
Joints for Riveted Pipe S trai ght Ii veted pipe may be joined
.
by riveting while in th e course of erection, by flanges riveted on

to the end of the pipe, or in some cases by a slip joint Spiral .
riveted pipe may be joined by flanges Ii veted to the ends of the
Fig 90 . . Slip Joint .
p ip e ,
slip joint Fig 90 by means of a crimped end and
by a ,
.
,
S leeve Fig 91 or by bol ting Figs 80 and 92

,
.
,
Th e makers h ave ,
. .
their own standard for dim ensions of flanges and drilling so that
th e Am erican S tandard is not suppli ed unle ss call ed for T able .
59 give s th e S piral pipe m anufacturers standard di mensi on s for

’
flanges .
T h e R oot bolted joint Fig 92 is recomm ended for both asphalted

,
.
,
and galvani ed pipe when used to convey water

z T h e joints shown .
in Figs 90 and 9 3 are from li terature of th e Am e ri can Spiral Pipe

.
Fig 9 1
. . Crimped End and Sleeve .
Works gs Shown in Figs 90 and 91 are for the purpose

. T h e lu .
of drawing up the pipe C alking is necessary to obtain a tight

.
joint Difference s in temperature cause a large amount of expan

.
sion and contraction on long lines of flanged pipe Either bolted .
joints Figs 80 and 92 or an expansion j oint Fi g 93 may be

,
.
,
.
,
PIPE JOINTS 95
s tr s of about 400 feet to take care of these changes in

u ed at in e val
length. The expansion joint consi sts of a cast body and brass
Sleeve with a gl and and packing as shown in th e figure
,
.
Fig 92
. . Bol t d Joint
e .
T ABLE 59
FLAN GES FOR R IVETED PIPE
Riveted P i pe M anufacturers S tand ard

’
N umber Di am ete r of
of l l
Bo t H o es
l
Bo ts Inch es
Joints for Cast Iron Pipe T wo form s of joints for cast iron
.
pipe are mentioned and illustrated in C hapter I Dimensions for .
cast iron b ell and Spigot joints a e give n in Table s 1 and 2 C h apt er
r ,
II. For fl anges the dim ensions for th e Am eri can S tandard are
given in Tables 39 andi40 C hapter IV
,
.
Fig 93
. . Expansion Joint.
T he form of joint Shown in Fig 94 is used on universal

.
cas t iron pipe mad e by th e C entral Found ry C ompany T he .
cont act surfaces are machined on a t ap er at sli ghtly different
angles and drawn together by bolts giving an iron to iron joint

,
.
The diflerent t apers permi t a deflection of three degrees so that

the joint allows for exp ansion and uneven ground settlement .
Fig 94
. . t
Universal C as Iron oin J t .
Straight lengths may be laid r of 1 50 feet radius Two

on a cu ve .
bolts per joint are suffi cient for pressures up to 1 75 pounds

”
.
Table 60 gives the thi cknesses and we ghts of universal pipe

i .
Lengths lay a full Six feet .

CHAPT ER VI
STAND ARD VALVES
Val ves . Valves of many form s are used to control th e convey

ing of fluids in pipes It will be impossible to descri be all of the
.
valve s m ade for the
rent purposes for

diffe
whi ch they a e re r
quired Th e general .
classe s and ty p es ,
however will be illus ,
trated and de scrib ed .
Th e figure s h ave been

chosen to illustrate
these typ es and it ,
d o e s not foll ow that

th e p articul ar design
or make shown is the
b est of its class as it ,
would be diffi cult to

make such a selection
from th e m any reli
ab l e valve s now
m anufactured .
Valve s a e m ad e r
with either screwed

or flanged ends It .
is not de sir able to use

screwed ends for si e s z
larger th an six inches

for steam pressure .
For high pressure s and

Fig 95 S tio l Vi w of Gl ob V l
ec na e e a ve
s u p e r h e a t e d steam
. . .
flanged end fittings should be used for all si e s It is good prs c

z .
tice to call for flanged fittings and valves in all cases for sizes
larger than inches .
STANDARD VAL VES 99
M aterial s Valves are made of various materials sui te d to

.
th e purpose in View Br ass or bronze valves are ordinarily made

.
in sizes up to and including three inche s These valves are used .
for steam up to inches and the larger sizes on boiler feed line s .
Valve s with cast iron bodie s are suitable for water or saturated
steam For steam under high pressure and superheat other
.
m aterial s are necessary , such as Ferrosteel and cast steel .
Globe and Gate Val ves There are two general classe s of
.
valves , globe valves and gat e valves The glob e valve h as a .
S pheri cal body and a circul ar op enin g at right angles to the axi s
of the pipe A section of a globe valve, together with the names

.
of the principal p art s, is Shown in Fig 95 . .
NAME S OP PARTS OF GLOBE VALVE
6 . Valve body
2 . Hand wheel 7 . Gland Nut
3 . Val ve stem 8 . Gland
4 Val ve
. nut 9 . Bonne t
5 . Valve (swivel) 10 . Bonne ring t
F G
Fig 96 . . Forms of Valve Seats .
A valve may be place of an elbow and a gl obe valve

use d in ,
in which case it is call ed an angle val ve Fig 1 07 A cross val ve ,

. .
is shown in Fig 1 07 T here are several obj ections to th e use

.
of globe valves among whi ch are the resistance which they offer
,
to th e fluid and the water pocket which is present when they

,
are use d for steam lines T hey are desirab le however when
.
, ,
throttling is necessary .
Val ve S eats A variety of val ve se ats are S hown in Fi gs 9 6

. .
,
97 an d 98
, .In Fig 96 A B and C are plain flat seats ; D is a
.
, ,
concave or spheri cal seat ; E and F are rounded seats ; G is a
square seat and H is a bevel seat Any of these forms may be

,
.
made as a part of the valve body or separ ate and either screwed ,
or forced into place The forms of valve di scs differ as shown

.
,
1 00 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING
in th e rious figures Th e valve seat Shown in Fig

va . . 97 is made
up of two coni cal surfaces and a groove The disc . is made in
Fig 97 . . S pring Valve Sea t

. Fig 98
. . Removable Disc Valve Sea t.
similar form The grooves permi t a certain am ount of Spring

.
and insure tightne ss wh en the v alve is closed T his form of seat .
is m ade by th e C rosby S team G age and Valve C ompany Fig 98 . .
show s th e use of a rem ovable

dis c inste ad of a soli d disc .
T h e disc holde r A is of brass

or other sui table m aterial and
th e di s c B of softer m aterial .
Wh en leakage take s place the

disc can be rem oved and re
placed by a new one Disc s .
are m ade by J enkin s Bro the rs
of vari ous compounds sui ting

them to different kinds of
service .
G ate Val ves A gate valve .

—
is shown in section in Fig .
99 and as will be obse rve d ,
h as its O peni ngs parallel to

th e cross section of th e pipe ,
so there is li ttle or no resist

ance to th e flow m aki ng it ,
preferable for m ost purposes .
T h e val ve disc whi ch close s

th e passage way may be a
soli d t apered wedge as in ,
Fig 99 m ay be in two p arts

G t V l S olid T p
.
, ,
fi g 99 a e a ved a ere
as in Fig 100 or m ay h ave
. .
W gd Ri in
eg S tem s e
.
,
parallel faces as in Fig 1 01

.
, . .
The gate valve shown in Fig 99 is made by Wal w orth C om .
pany It is of the solid wedge gate type in which the disc

.
,
structed so that the discs do not bear on the seats in opening or

closing T h e di sc s are hun g on th e stem and are se ated by a
.
wedge whi ch b ears on the centre s of the di s cs T h e lug on th e .
bottom of the valve body brings the wedge into action j ust before
the discs reach their lowe st At th e instant of st arting
Fig 1 03. . t
G a e Val ve wi h t
Fig 1 02
. . t
Hopkinson—Ferran i Val ve . By-pass .
to open th e valve the wedge is released T hi s valve is made by

.
th e N ational T ube C om pany .
A form of gate valve b ased upon th e prin ciple of th e Venturi

meter is th e Hopkin son Ferranti valve shown in Fig 1 02 T hi s
-
. .
form of valve is widely used in Englan d and h as found applica

tion in American practice Th e velocitie s are in creased in th e
.
ce ntral portion of th e valve wh ich i s only one hal f th e si e of th e z
pipe in whi ch the val ve is used The contour of the delivery side
.
is such as to reduce th e velo city and re store th e pre ssur e T he .
reduced size of the valve face s makes them less li able to distor
tion .T h e small valve seats make a by p ass valve unnece ssary
-
as the st eam can be thr ottled w hen O p ening A th o at p ie ce is

. r
drawn up when th e val ve is Opened and thi s form s a continuous

,
STANDARD VALVES 103
Venturi tube T hese valves are adaptable for steam li nes where
.
velo cities of le ss than 6000 feet per minut e are used .
By pass Val ve s
- T h e effort required to open a large valve
.
with the steam acting upon one side is considerable, and some
means of equali zing th e pressure on the two sides of the disc as
“
well to permi t
as rming wa
up is desir able T his is ao .
compli shed by mean s of a
small auxiliary v alve in the
passage joining th e two ends

of the valve call ed a by pass
,
-
.
Fig 1 03 show s an extra heavy

.
Walworth valve with a by

pass .
Valve S tem Arrange ments .
T here are two general a r
rangements of the valve stem

known as inside s crew and
outside screw The in side .
screw may be either rising

stem or non rising stem Fig
-
. .
1 04 show s a valve with an

inside s crew non rising stem ;
,
-
Fig 1 0 1 an inside screw ri sing

.
,
stem ; and Fig 99 an outside .
screw rising stem When th e

,
.
screw is outside it is protected

from stem corrosion and can
T h e rising Fig 1 04 G t V l
,
be kept oiled I id S w . . a e a ve — ns e cre
m g St m
.
N
stem is de sirable as its posi on- n s e '
tion clearly indicates whether th e valve is Open or closed In .
som e parts of the country laws require th e use of th e rising stem

on boil er stop valves and cert ain cl as s es of work
, Th e valve stem .
on small sizes i s generally made of bron e and larger si e s of st eel z z ,
nickel plated T he valve shown in Fig 1 04 is m ade by Cr ane

. .
C ompany for steam working pressure s up to 250 pounds It .
h as an inside s crew non rising stem T he seats are made of h ard

,
-
.
brass and screwed to shoulders in th e body of the valve T hey .
are renewable The gate is faced wi th hard brass

. T hi s v alve .
may be p acked while under pressure by opening the valve wi de

1 04 A HAN DBOOK ON PIPING
and runni ng the wedge tightly up to the top of the bonnet whi ch ,
draw s th e collar of the stem down ti ghtly to the flange of th e

bonnet forming a steam or water tight joint at A
, .
S trength of Gate Val ve s S ome actual bursting pressure s for

.
gate val ves as tested by Crane C ompany are given in T able 6 1 .
TABLE 6 1
STREN GTH or STAN DARD IRO N GATE VALVES
Sizes . Inches q
Pressure in Pounds per S uare Inch
1 000 to 1 500
t t
450 wi h ou breaking
3 00
STREN GTH or M EDI UM PRE SS URE GATE VALVES

q
Press ure in Po unds p er S uare In ch
Sizes , Inch es
1200 to 1900
STREN GTH or ExTRA HE AVY G ATE VAL VE S
q
Pre ss ure i n P ounds p er S uare I nch
Siam. Inch es
C as t Iro n
so
S tandard Pressures and Dimen i ns s g r
Valve are ene all y .
o str t for thr pr ss r s st

c n uc ed ee e u e , r m m
anda d, edi u , tr
and ex a
h eavy t r pr ss g r
S anda d
. e ure ene allym s
e an po s m m
1 25 und , ediu
1 75 po s r h
un d , and ext a eavy 250 po s h r f rr g to st
und , w en e e in eam .
Wh en used for water these val ue s m ay be greatly increase d de ,
pending upon the conditions of service Valves are made of cast .
steel sui table for steam pressures up to 350 pounds per square
inch The foll owing t able s give some of the dimensi ons for v ari
.
ous kinds of valves as made by different companies .

mg . 1 06
. J nkin
e s Ga t e Valves .
TABLE 64 (FI G 1 06) .
J
ENKIN S STANDARD GATE VALVES . BRAS S SCREWED
1 25 Pounds Working Pressure
G1 A 3
9 4'/s 4 1 3/ 1 0 9 “/u
5 1 1 V, 15
TABLE 65 (FIG . 1 06)

M EDIUM PRES S URE GATE VALVE S . BRASS S CRE WE D
AND FLAN GED
1 75 P ound s Working Pressure
E F G J
[ri t In ch es I nches Inches
2 1 V“ Va
2“/u 3 “/a 16
3 /s 4' /s
3 “/u 3 /n
4 6 3 6 7‘ /s
4 3 ‘ /z 7 8 i /g
5 7
6 6 °
/ xc 4' /s 4“/u 1 1 V.
7 5 1 01 /g 1 3 l /g
“h e 6 61 1 / u l 2 ‘ /r
STANDARD VALVES 107
T ABLE 66 (FIG 106)

.
J
ENKIN S EX TRA HEAVY GATE VALVES . BRA S S SCREWED AND FL AN GED
250 Pounds Working Pressure

S ize A B E F K L
I nch es Inch es Inch es Inch es Inches Inches Inch es Inch es
6 7/ u 7 13/
10
9 5 /s 12 1 /a
fil l / I s
G/M e Kr/r a
Fig 1 07
. . Crane Gl obe, Angl e, and Cross Valves .
TABLE 67 (FI G 1 07)

.
C RANE ST ANDARD WEI GHT GL OBE, AN GLE , A ND CROS S VALVES
1 25 P ound s Worki ng Pressure ,

I ron Body
Size B
A
Ins . Ins . Ins . Ins . I ns . Ins . Ins . Ins .
2 8 4 6 16 8 IZ V: l /n
‘
7 “h e 1 17 8 ‘/ a 1 3 V: l l /s
3 V4 20 10 16 1 '/ u
1 0 V: “h e 13 24 12 19
4 Il l
/z si / . 9 “h e 1 5 V. 28 14 21 1 ’ /a
12 6 30 15 1 Va
5 13 10 “h e 32 16 23 V:
14 7 11 19
Fig 1 08
. . Crane Gl obe, Cross, and Angle Val ves .
TABLE 68 (F m . 0
1 8)
C RAN E M E DI UM PRE SS URE GL O BE, AN GLE AND C R O SS VAL VES
1 75 P ounds Worki ng Pressure I ran Body
S ize
of By
P ass
I nch es I nch es I nch es I nch es I nch es I nch es In ch es
3 7/ s
8 4 1 25/ s
9
10
1 01 / z 10
1 7’ / s 12
12
14 7 14
17 81 / 2 14
18 V: 16
20
31 20
TABLE 69 ( FI G . 1 08 )
C RANE EXTRA HE AVY GLO BE , AN GLE , AN D C ROS S VALVE S
250 P ound s Wor ki ng Pressure, I r an Body
Si z e An g e l
J of By C r oss
L
P ass K
I nch es Inches I n c h e s I n c h es
9
10
10
14
14
16
18
20
24 1 3 V.
27 1 4 V;
30 2
36 2
36 2
TABLE 71 (FIGS . 1 09, 1 1 0, AND 11 1 )
WALWORTH M EDIUM PRESS URE GATE VALVES , WITH BY-PAS S, IRON

BODY
A B
Inch es Inches Inch es
T a le 72 b gives mensi ons of Wal wort h extra heavy ir on

the di
gate val ves for both screwed and
flanged ends The dim ensions for
.
size s from 6 inches to 12 inche s are

th e sam e with or without a by p ass -
val ve Th e dimensions given in

.
T able 72 hold for non ri sing stem -
valve s exce pt the di stances from

centre of valve to top of wheel and
diam eter of handwheel above th e 6

inch size The val ues for these two
.
dimensions are given in Table 73 .
T he dime nsion D is to th e top of

th e valve when it is wide op en The .
arrangement of th e valve stem and
th e kind of ends whether screwed or

,
Fig 1 1 1
. . Wal worth Gate flanged is shown in the figures
, .
Valve .
STANDARD VALVES 111
TABLE 72 (FI GS 1 10
. AN D 111)
WALWORTH EXTRA HEAVY GATE VALVE S WIT H BY —PA SS RI S IN G STEM ,

OUT SIDE S CREW AND Y
O KE , I RON BO DY — S CREWED AN D FLA N GED
250 Pound s Worki ng Pressure
S iz e o f
By
Pass
I nch es I nch es Inch es I nch es I nch es I nch es I nch es Inch es I nch es I nch es
T ABLE 73 (FI G . 1 09)
WAL W O RTH EXTRA HEAVY GATE VALVES WIT H BY PAs s , N ON-RI SIN G -
STEM , IRO N BODY S CREWED AN D FLAN GE D
25 0 P ounds Working Pressure
I nch es
C heck Valves There are a large variety of special forms of

.
valve s some of which will be mentioned

,
When necessary to .
permit flow in one direction and to prevent it in the opposite

dir ec i t on
h k or non return valve is used T hese are made
a c ec -
.
in m any form s ; Fig 1 1 2 show s a swing check valve Fig 1 1 3

.
,
.
shows a ball check valve Fig 1 1 4 a lift check valve and Fig
,
.
,
.
Figs . 1 12, 1 1 3 , and 1 14 . S wing C h eck V alve, Ball C h eck Valve, and Lif t
C h ec k Valve .
1 15 rge flanged check valve having a relief gate as m ade by

a la ,
Walworth C om p any It is desirable that there shoul d be pro

.
vi sion for re grindin g T h e swing check valve shown in Fig 1 12

. .
is m ade with or wi thout th e stop plug 5 T h e purpose of th e stop .
plug is to all ow for re grinding in the foll owing m anner Unscrew

— .
th e cap 2 and th e stop plug 5 place a small am oun t of abr asive ,
m oistened with so ap
or Oil on th e valve
seat 6 By inserting a .
screw driver through

th e stop plug O pening
and eng aging th e sl ot
in th e cl app er stud 4 .
th e di sc 3 can be ro
tated and re ground -
upon it s seat .
T he ir on body swing
che ck valve shown in
Fig 1 1 5 is for wat er .
Fig 1 1 5 L g Swing Ch k V l
ar e with G t
pr essure
ec
up to 1 50
a ve a e
pounds T h e relief
. . .
gate shown is used on size s larger than 1 6 inch These valves .
a e m ade w ith s crewed ends flanged ends and h ub end s and in

r , , ,
si es from
z to 24 inches .
O pe ration of Val ve s While the purpose of this book is not

.
to deal with Operation of valves and piping there are a few ,
points which are worth setting down A steam valve shoul d .

CHAPT ER VII
S PECIAL VALVES
T he purpose of thi s chapter is to describe some rather special

forms of valves whi ch are used for various purposes such as ,
blow off valves boiler stop valves reducing valves pum p gover
-
, , ,
nors b ack pre ssure valve s and relie f valve s

, ,
Th e large num b er
.
of special forms and arrangements m ake it impossible to do m ore

than suggest the types that are available and some of th e uses .
M anufacturers cat alogs should be consul ted for m ore complete

’
and det ailed de scriptions of S pecial valve s that are regul arly m ade .
Butterfly Val ve s In Fig 1 1 7 is shown a cross s ectional View

. .
-
of a butterfly valve which consists of a disc which may be re

,
volved ei ther in lin e wi th or
across th e O p enin g very mu ch ,
like th e dam per in an ordinary .
stove pipe These valve s can .
be used only for re gul atin g

purposes where absolute tight
ne ss is not e ssen tial .
Bl ow off Valves -
S p ecial .
valve s a e m ade for use in r
th e blow off pi pes of boilers

-
.
Such valves req uire as clear

a p assage w ay as possi ble ,
and th at it shall be wi thout
interfe rin g parts Several de .
signs are shown in Figs 1 1 8 .

,
1 1 9 and 120 whe re th e con

, ,
Fig 1 1 7 Butt fly V l
er a ve
str uction of each is clearly
. .
shown The obj ection to ordi

.
nary valves is that they afford an opportunity for s cale or sedi
ment to obtain lodgment and prevent closing The severe .
conditions of servi ce requi re that bl ow of f v alve s be of heavy

-
construction . Blow Off valves are made either straight angle

-
, ,
SPECIAL VALVES 1 15
or Y form Fig 1 1 8 is a Y blow Off valve made by Walworth

. .
-
,
C ompany . Often two valves are used together in the blow off -
pipe to make sure of a tight blow off Fig 1 1 9 shows a Crane -

. .
blow off co ck with a compensating spring 2 located between the

-
Fig 1 1 8
. . Y Blow-OE Valve .
plug 1 and the cap 3 which automatically takes up wear and

holds the plug securely in place at all times preventing the accum ,
ul ation of scale sediment etc

,
whi ch w oul d tend to imp air the
,
.
,
ground surfaces of th e plug and body The Sim ple seatless . x
blow off valve as made by the Y arnell Waring Company is illus

- -
trated in Fig 1 20
. T his valve h as no seat but closes by m oving
.
the plunger 3 down past th e port In closing the valve the shoulder
.
1 on th e plunger 3 engages th e l oose foll ower gland 2 and so com

presses the packing 4 above and below the port thus making ,
th e valve tight T here are m any other worthy forms w hi ch space

.
will not permi t describing .

Plu g Valves Th e plug valve shown in Fig 1 21 is made by

.
.
th e Homestead Valve M anufacturin g C ompany for steam com

,
pressed air and hydrauli c service T hi s valve is so constructed

, .
that when it is closed it is

at th e same tim e for ced
firml y to its seat Thi s .
resul t is secured by means

of the traveling cam A
through whi ch th e stem
passes The cam is p e
. r
vente d from turning with
th e stem by m e ans Of th e
lugs B w hich m ove ve rti
cally in sl ots S upposing
.
th e valve to be op en th e ,
cam will be in th e low er
part of the chamber in

whi ch it is placed and th e ,
Fig 1 1 9
. . Crane C o ck . Fig 1 20. . Y
arnell - Waring Valve .
plug will be free to be easily moved A quarter of a turn in the

.
direction for closing it causes th e cam to rise and t ake a bearing

on th e uppe r surface of the chamb er and th e onl y ef fect of fu
, r
ther effort to turn the stem in that direction is to force the plug
more firml y to the seat A slight motion in the other direction
.
immediat ely release s th e cam and the plug turns easily being ,
arre st ed at th e prop er O p en position by cont act of the fi nge rs of
th e cam at the other end of its travel T h e b al ancin g ports E

.
and D all ow th e pressure to predominate at the top of th e plug ,

1 18 A HA NDBOOK ON PIPING
fall b elow that at B due to th e blowing out or weaning of a tub e

, ,
a co ck blowing off or from other cause th e back flow of steam

, ,
from B acting on the upper side of clapper C plus its weight ,
forces the valve automatically to its seat The clapper is then .
held to its seat until there

is an equali ation of pres z
sure on both sides of it .
Eme rgency S top Val ves .
As a fur ther protection

against accidents and t o ,
safeg uard the lives of

operators e m e r g e n c y ,
valve s h ave b een devi sed ,
c ombining th e dut ie s Of
th e automatic non return -
stop valve a u t o m a t i c ,
safety stop valve auto ,
m a t i c e m e r g e n c y stop
valve and hand stop ,
valve .
The F oster
tomatic au
non re turn e mergency stop

-
valve is sho wn in Fig 123 .
and de s cribed as foll ow s :
in th e event of a ruptur e
in th e m ain line o r a
break in fittings causing

Fig 1 22 Fo t Autom ati Val
a sudden e s cape of st eam
. . s er c ve .
it will clOse automatically and preve nt furthe r flow of steam

from th e boiler or boilers Small emergency pipes m ay be un
. r
to different parts of the plant and w hen desired steam m ay , ,
be shut off by opening a small gl obe valve w hich should be ,
placed at convenient points in the emergency lines perm itting

, ,
the isolating of any boiler in a b attery at w ill from a di st ant

point if necessary The valve may also be closed in the same
.
manner as an ordinary stop valve The operation of this valve .
as a non return valve is th e s ame as for Fig

-
1 22 A s an auto . .
mati c and emergency stop valve T h e pilot or governing valve.
Fig 1 24 may be placed near th e main valve or l o cated at any

.
,
point desired Fig 1 25 A / inch pipe connection is m ade from

‘ a -
,
. . s
SPECIAL VALVES 1 19
theboiler to the pilot valve at C and from the pilot at E to the

, ,
chamber D of th e mai n val ve at F The diaphr agm chamber

.
Fig 123
. . t t t
Au oma ic N on-re urn Emergency S top V lva e .
J of this pilot valve is also conn ected to the header or at any

point on the main steam line bey ond the outle t of the main val ve .
Wh enever from rupture or other

, cau ess
pressure in th e m ain
, th e
line s fall s abruptly a corre sponding effect is experience d upon
,
th e upper diaphr agm 48 of th e pilot valve thus all owin g th e ,
boil er pressure acting upon and under th e lower diaphragm 48 to ’
Op en v alve 8 6 (whi ch is normall y cl osed) and cl ose v al ve 3 7 .
Th e full boiler pre ssure then is

enabled to flow th rough the
m ain port of th e pil ot val ve
into chamber D of th e m ai n
valve against piston 1 9
,
th e ,
area Of w hi ch is great er than
th e main valve 2 inst antly ,
cl osing th e latter to its seat ,
preventing th e flow of steam

in ei ther direction Th e main .
val ve 2 then having been ,
cl o sed automatically will re ,
m ain closed until th e pre ssure

in chamber D is relieve d T hi s .
is accompli shed in th e foll ow

ing m anner : th e han d wh eel
46 of the pil ot valve is turne d
’
to th e right until val ve 36 is '
for ce d to its seat thus cutting ,
ofi li ve steam chamb e r D of
Fig 124 F t Pil t V l
os er o a ve
main valve and at the same
. .
time forcing valve 3 7 off its seat exh austing th e steam in

,
chamb er D of main val ve to th e atm osphere through th e pipe ,
connection at M . After sufficient ste am pressur e h as b een rais ed

to hold down the upper diaphragm 48 of the pilot valve which ,
may be determined by the exh aust connection at M not blow

ing th e alarm K (whi ch will otherwi se gi ve notice) is then
,
cl ose d by turning th e h and w heel 46 to th e l eft in w hi ch (its ,
norm al posi tion) it is agai n ready for automa tic acti on .
Th e Pil ot Valve Fig 1 24 is c onstructed so that v ariati ons or

, .
,
fluctuating conditions of the boiler pressure between maximum

and mi nim um lo ad s will not influence the pil ot whi ch req ui re s ,
no adj ustment to meet the se conditions The valve is autom atic

.
and will respond only to any drop in li ne pressure for whi ch it is
desrgned and intended A numb er of. 1110 11 branch pipes may

-
the main ; prevent back flow of steamfrom the

the valve will -
main in the event of a tube blowing out or other accident to the

boiler ; the valve may be used as an emergency valve by attach
ing a cord to th e lever so that it can be closed by h and at a dis
tance or may be operated electri cally The levers on th e outside
, .
of the valve are in line with th e discs and indicate their position
,
and op eration Th e se parating link connecting th e outside l ever

.
may be adj usted to sui t the load carried Shortening the link .
Ha w? S IDE
Fig 126
. . Crane-Erwood Valve .
dec reases the volume of steam passing through the valve ; length
ening th e li nk incre ase s th e volum e Such adj ustm ents do not
.
interfere with th e Operation of th e valve T h e valve m ay be .
adj uste d to cl ose at any desired velo city Th e purpose Of th e

.
by p ass is to provide for the valve to open automatically when

-
th e pre ssure in the header equals th e pre ssur e in th e boiler

after the valve h as b een closed due to a break or reduction in
pressure beyond the outlet of the valve .
Reducing Val ve s Reducing val ves are valves made to t e

.
duce and m aintai n automatically a constant pre ssure of steam

or air with variable initial pressures Such valves are employed
.
SPECIAL VALVES 123
for reducing boiler pressure for use with all kinds of steam heat
ing systems central station heating p aper machines engine s
, , , ,
kettles and cooking apparatus and other conditions necessitat

,
ing a reduced pressure .
A reducing valve used to

supply a steam engine
should be placed some
distance from the engine
in order to provide as
large a re servoir as possi
ble for the engin e to draw
from A receiver may be
.
placed between the valve

and steam cylinder to
serve the sam e purpose .
It should have a cap acity

greater than the volum e
of the steam cylinder .
When a reducing v alve is

to be placed in a pipe li ne ,
the piping should be thor

oughly blown out With .
new pipe suffi cient time
should be all owed for th e

Oil or greas e to be com
pletely burned out .
T h e r e d u c i n g v al v e
shown in Fig 1 27 is made
.
by th e M ason Re gulator
C omp any Thi s valve is
Fig 127 M o R d i gV l
.
as n e uc n a ve
controlled by th e vari a
. . .
tion of th e reduced pressure acting through the port A on the ,
diaphragm 1 . T hi s diaphragm is re sisted by a spring 2 whi ch is ,
adj usted to th e reduced pressure T h e auxiliary valve 3 is hel d

.
in contact with the diaphragm by th e auxili ary v alve spring 4 ,
and moves up and down freely with th e diaphragm As soon as .
th e valve 3 is Open steam p asses through in to the port B and

, ,
under piston 5 By raising piston 5 th e m ain valve 6 opens against

‘
.
,
th e initial pre ssure b ecause th e area of valve 6 is only one half of

‘
-
that of piston 5 ; steam is thus admi tted to the sy stem Wh en .

th e pressure in the sy stem has reached the requi red point w hi ch ,
is de termined by th e spring 2 th e diaphragm is for ced u pward

,
by th e low pressure whi ch passes up through port A to ch am b er

C under th e diaphragm all owing v alve 3 to close shutting Off
, ,
th e steam from pi ston 5 T he main valve 6 is now forced to

'
.
its se at by th e ini tial

p r e s s u r e s h u t t i n g o ff
steam from the system
and pushi ng th e pi ston 5
d own to th e bottom of
its stroke T h e steam be .
neath pi ston 5 exh austs

freely around th e piston ,
being fitted loosely for

thi s purpose and passes ,
off into th e sy stem In .
practice th e main valve

do es not O pen or close
entirely with e ach slight
v ariation of pre ssure but ,
assum es a position which

Fig 1 28 L Styl R d i g V l
. . ever e e
furnish e s j ust th e steam
uc n a ve .
required to maintain th e required pressure Piston 5 is fitted .
with dashpot 7 w hich prevents ch atterin g or pounding .
Where low pressures of from ero to 25 pounds per square z
inch are employed as on low pre ssur e he atin g sy stems central

, ,
station heatin g and simil ar conditions where th e ini tial pres

,
sure m ay be hi gh th e form of valve shown in Fig 1 28 is

, .
Often used T h e valve illustrated is th e M ason lever style

.
,
and consi sts of a b alanced valve 1 which is unde r th e control

,
Of the di aphragm 2 by me ans Of th e st em 3 and an ext ension

,
stem 4 w hich is connected to lever 5 T hi s lever is pivoted .
at T h e reduced pressure is determined by th e am ount of

weights 7 and for very low pressures th e weight 8 is used
,
to counterbalance the weight of th e lever In action th e .

,
reduced pressure from the low pressure sy stem passe s thr ough
a sm all pip e to connection 9 and then down around th e st em
,
3 into th e diaphragm ch amb er where it exerts its pressure on

the diaphr agm T his pressure b alanced by weights 7 cause s
.
, ,
the valve 1 to assume the prop er position to supply th e

A flexible dia phragm J is fitted at lower end of valve body ,
whi ch m akes a frictionl ess steam

tight packing b etween the station
ary and m ovable lower p arts of
th e valve T his diaphragm is pro

.
tecte d from th e action of steam by

water of condensation whi ch col
le cts in th e lowe r parts of th e valve
and kee ps th e diaphragm c ool .
T h e O peration of th e Fi sher re
ducing valve shown in Fig 1 30 is .
as follow s : th e inner valve 1 is
held open by th e lever and weight

2 Th e volum e of steam whi ch
.
passes through th e valve builds up

in th e low pre ssure m ain and
enters th e di aphr agm ch am ber
through th e controlling pipe line 3 .
When th e de sired low pre ssure is

Fig 130 Fish er R educing Va ve
l
r eached a balan ce is forme d with
,
th e lever and weight T hi s action

. . .
regulate s the openin g in th e valve and m aint ains th e pressure

,
for which the valve is set .
When a large volume of

steam is required at low
pre ssure such as for heating
,
system s and it must be re

,
duced from a hi gh pressure ,
reducing valves may be made

with an increase d si e of z
outlet Such valve s are used

.
on vacuum sy st em s of st eam
heating and for low pressure

,
steam turbines when the sup

ply of exh aust ste am is not
131 In d Outl t R du ing
suffi cient and live steam must V l
. crease
a ve
e e c
be reduced from boiler pres

.
sure The method Oi piping this type of valve is shown in Fig

. .
131 T h e pipe A should be t apped into th e low pre ssure

.
main at a distance from the valve so as to get the average low

1 28 A HAND BOOK ON PIPING
pressure The outlet is often m ade double the size of the inlet
. ,
thus increasing the area four times .
Reducing Valve S ize s Th e ch art shown in Fig 1 3 2 from

.
— .
th e cat al og of th e Au ld C om p any m ay b e used to d ete rmine t h e
size of their val ves when th e re duced pressure is le ss than three

fifths of the lowest high pressure with a ,
regular demand for steam T o use the .
chart find th e high press ure and foll ow th e

,
horizont al line representing it until it in ter

sects with th e curve giving the requi red
weight of steam Vertically above or b elow .
thi s intersection will be found the size Of

valve .
m
Pu p Govern rs A um o
ve n is . p p go r or
st m
a val ve p
laced in the ea line and ar
r g m t o st t s h r
an ed to ain ain a c n an di c a ge
pr ss r g r s of e ure t pr s
e a dl es the ini ial e sure .
h go r ors s
Suc ve n k s of
are u ed on all in d
pumps for fire boil er feed w ater w orks
“
, , ,
hydraul ic elevator and other services where

, ,
pumps work against pressure The opera .
tion of such a governor may be understood

by reference to Fig 1 33 whi ch show s a .
,
Fisher pump governor S te am from th e .
boiler passes through the semi bal anced -
double seated val ve 1 into th e pum p steam

chest Th e valv e is h eld O pen by th e
.
spring shown in side the pressure regul ating

Fig 1 3 3 Fi h
cylinde r 2 A pipe from th e pump di scharge
. . s er
Pump G o no
.
ver r
is piped to th e top of th e pressure regul ating
.
cyli nde r at 3 T h e disch arge pre ssure acts directly on th e

.
piston 4 and Operates the steam val ve by overcoming th e ten

,
sion on th e spring In thi s manner the discharge control s the

.
supply of steam to the pump For ordinary service the parts .
are made of cas t iron with bronz e trimmings

- Superheated steam .
require s steel bodies and M onel metal or nickel steel trimmings .
Th e arr angement of th e pipin g for a governor used for con

trolling th e disch arge pressure from a pump used for boiler feed ,
water works and similar service where the pump is operating

,
against pre ssure is shown in Fig 1 34 . .

ing th e u pper gl obe o t close to air

valve . Do not c nnec
h b r Run piece of
c am e . inch pipe from d rip at bottom of -
brass cylin der to floor or sewer The drip pipe must never be .
conn ected with w aste pip e from steam cylinder blow of f co cks -
or exhaust pipe as the hot steam will burn out the cup leather
,
piston packing .
To Operate T he upper wheel in y oke is simply for a lo ck

.
nut .T urn it to th e left then turn lower wheel to the right whi ch
, ,
raises and opens the steam valve when partly open Open y our , ,
throttle valve and start your steam pump now close th e lower , ,
or angle valve over governor and open th e upper globe valve ;

thi s will give you the water pressure of the discharge main on
piston in water cylin der Then regulate by screwing up or down
.
on l ow er wheel in y oke un til y our w ater pre ssure gauge show s

,
th e pressure y ou de sire to carry ; then l o ck in place by turning

upp er wheel to th e right until up tight again st bottom end of the
piston rod .
In startin g and stopping y our pum p do it wi th th e throttle ,
and d o not change th e adj ustment of y our governor Pack valve .
stem as light as you can and screw stuffing box nut down ligh tly -
with thumb and finger j u st enough to hold th e ste am and no

,
m ore D o not use wick packing

. Once eve ry m onth run y our .
e ngine by th e throttle shut Off water pressure open union in

, ,
pipe work take off clyinde cap take out pi ston wipe th e cylinder
,
r , , ,
clean and wipe pi ston head and lubri cate them wi th vaseline , .
Alway s keep y o ur governor clean .
Back Pr essure Valves Th e purpose of this form of valve is

.
to maintain a uniform back pressure in th e exhaust pipe from

an engine when the steam is use d for steam heating drying cook , ,
ing or other purposes .
T h e Fisher v alve sho wn in Fig 13 5 h as an inner v alve chamb er .
with two accurately m achined ports of different areas in whi ch

the semi b alanced double piston ty p e of valve w orks
-
, Thi s .
avoid s th e use of a heavy counterweight and elim inate s the t end
ency to puls ate and h ammer Th e steam exerts a pressure on .
both valve s the smaller one tending to close and the larger to
,
O p en so that the difference between the two forces tends to

,
keep the valve open Since the valve stem is conne cted to the
.
lever arm th e w eight tending to kee p th e v alve closed m ay be

,
moved to a position where the valve will O pen at the required

SPECIAL VALVES 131
pressure . The leve rght control can be adj usted to hold

and wei
the valve O p en when no back pressure is wanted .
Th e Foster back pressure valve shown in Fig 1 36 Operates .
with a spring in stead of a weight .
Th e valve is m ade up of two piece s

between which the valve seat is
clamp ed . T h e valve h as a piston
and gui de stem in te gr al with it A .
spring and com pensating lever hold

th e valve to its seat A push od . r
rests on the bottom of th e dash pot —
piston and engage s with th e end of

th e compensating lever which h as its
fulcrum at 1 Th e spring bears against i 135
.
Fg Fi h B k P
th e lever through a pivot washer 2
. . s er ac res
u V l ,
s re a ve
is adj usted by the s crew 3
.
and .
Wh en th e steam pressure lifts the valve the latter pushes up th e,
c omp ensatin g leve r As th e latter m ove s th e length of th e arm

.
,
on whi ch th e S pring acts shortens so th at as th e re sistance of

,
th e S pring increases a greater leverage is obtained wi th th e

resul t that the back pres
sure beneath th e valve re
m ain s constant regardle ss
Of th e opening of th e valve .
When for any reason th e

flow of steam lessens th e ,
spring forces th e valve

slowly to its seat th e dash ,
pot 4 cushioning its move

ment Hole 0 is drilled .
through bottom of th e
dash pot to admi t of th e -
passage of steam or vapor

from or into th e dash pot -
.
A drain pipe is connecte d
136 Fo t B k P s eru acV l

to
ress
the casing at D j ust
re a ve
above th e seat to drain
. .
water of condensation Wh en no back pressure is requi red the

.
,
valve m ay be thrown out of commission by turning screw 5 to
th e right to shoulder which carrie s th e valve off its seat .

Au tomatic Exhaust Relief Val ve s With condensing engines .
and steam turbine s it is necessary to use a valve in th e e h au st x
pipe which will Open and allow the steam to exh aust direct to
,
th e atm osphere in case

pre ssure accum ulates ,
due to loss of v acuum

from any cause Such .
valve s a e designed to r
rem ain closed under

usual op eratin g condi
tions but autom ati ,
cally op en to atmos
ph ere as soon as th e
vacuum is lost T h e .
position of the valve

Fig 137 Fi h E h u t R li f V l v
is in a branch leading
. . s er x a s e e a e.
to the atmosphere and t aken from the main exhaust pipe be

tween th e engine and condenser .
Th e Fishe r exh aust reli ef v alve is shown in Fig 1 37 Th e v alve . .
is kept closed by atmospheric pre ssure It m ay be kept op en by .
th e screw 1 and leve r 2 when de sired Th e pur pose of th e in ternal .
dash pot is to prevent h ammerin g w hen th e valve is in operation

-
.
A water seal is provided to insure tightness when th e valve is used

with a hi gh vacuum .
S afety Val ve s Th e purp ose of a s afety valve is to reli eve th e

.
boil er in case th e steam pre ssure rise s above th e desired am ount .
T here are two general form s the Older form being of th e weight
,
lever typ e and ,
th e m o dern spring
“ ”
or pop type .
Th e lever typ e
is shown in Fig .
1 38 T h e pressure
.
at which th e valve
will open is re gu
Fig 1 38 L S f ty V l ever a e a ve
lated by moving
. . .
the weight in or out on the lever This form is O pen to several.
Obj ections ; th e bl o wing of f pressure is too easil y changed and

-
,
th e action of the valve is likely to be sluggi sh both when O pen ,
ing and when closing .

o oi Pop S afety Valves The directions for the

Installati n .
install ation of iron bo dy pop safety valves are quoted from C rane
C om pany .
“
Pop safety valves shoul d be in stall ed on a saddle no z le if z
pos sible If piping is used between the boil er and the valve it
.
,
shoul d be of a larger size than th e nominal diameter Of th e valve .
C are shoul d be taken that no chi ps scale e d lead or other sub , ,

r
stance s are left in th e inlet of the valve or in th e boil er connec

tions to it Wh ere new valves a e found to be in a leaky condi tion
. r ,
this defect in m ost cases can be traced b ack to one of th e above

, ,
mentioned causes .
T h e first time pre ssure is r aise d in a boiler on which new pop

valves h ave b een inst all ed op en the valve by pulli ng th e lever ,
when th e pre ssur e is within about 5 or 1 0 pound s of th e set

pressure stam ped on th e valve AN D KEEP THE VAL VE OPEN ,
about one m inut e or l ong eno ugh to m ake sur e that all foreign
m atter h as b een blow n out of the valve and connections .
If piping is installed in th e outlet of th e valve this should un der ,
no cir cum st ance s be r educed in si e and if m ore than one fittin g z ,
is used in th e line th e entire in stall ation b ey ond th e first fitting

should be in creased in si e Be sure to S UPP ORT this piping z .
,
as m any a perfect valve h as b een tr ansform ed in to a leaky one
by re ason of improper support of th e outle t pip e .
D o not install any pop valve in a h orizon tal position .
EX TR ACTS FR O M RE PORT OF AM E RI CAN S O C IET Y OF M E C HANI CAL EN GINE ERS

BOILER C O DE C O MM IT TEE . (PO WE R BOILE RS )
S AFET Y V AL VE RE QUI RE M EN TS
269 Each b oiler shall h ave two or m ore safe y valves, ex cep a boil er for
. t t
t
whi ch one safe y valve 3-in siz e or smal l er is re quired by h ese Rules
. t .
270 . T he sa e f ty v
val e cap aci ty f or each b oiler sh all be such th t th f ty
a e sa e
v alve or valves m h a can be genera e

will disch arge all the t
s ea t t t d by th e
t t
boil er wi h ou all owing th e pressure o ris e m ore h an 6 per cen a t t t bo th
. ve e
maxim um all owable working pressure, or m ore han 6 per cen t t bo . a ve
t
the hi gh es pressure o w hi ch any valve is t set .
277 Th e safe y al ve or valves sh all be

. t v o
c nne c ed t to the b oil er independ
ent of oth er ste am connection and attach ed as close as p o ssible to th e
any ,
boil er with out any unne cessary interveni ng pipe or fi tting

, Every safety .
valve sh all be c onnected so as to stand in an uprigh t p o sition with Sp in dle ,
vertical wh en p ossible
, .
278 Each safety valve sh all h ave full sized dir ect conn ection to th e b oiler
. .
No valve of any description Sh all be place d between th e safety valve and

the boil er nor on the dis charge pipe between the safety valve and th e atm o
,
SPECIAL VALVES 13 5
Sph ere . When a discharge pipe is used, it sh all be not less h an the full size t
of the valve and shall be tt
, t t t t
fi e d wi h an open drain o preven wa er from
lodging in the upper part of the safety valve or in the pipe .
28 0 When a boil er is fitted with two or m ore safety valves o n one con
.
nection th is conn ection to the bo iler sh all h ave a cross sectional area not less
,
-
than the combined area of all the safety valves with which it connects .
286 A safety valve over 3 in size used for pressures greater than 1 5
.
- .
,
p ounds p er square inch gage shall have a fl anged inle t connection

,
The .
dimensi ons of the flanges Shall conform to the American Standard .
SAFETY VALV E S F OR HE AT IN G BO IL ERS
3 54 No Sh ut O S of any description shall be place d between the safety

.
-
or water relief valves and boilers nor on disch arge pip es between th em and
,
the atmosph ere .
355 Wh en a dis charge pipe is used its area Sh all be not less than th e
.
,
area of th e valve or agg regate are a of the valves w ith whi ch it c onnects and ,
th e disch arge pipe Sh all be fitted with an Open drain to prevent water from
l odging in th e upp er p art of th e valve or in th e pipe Wh en an elbow is .
placed on a sa fety or wate r reli ef val ve dis charge pipe it sh all be l o cated ,
close to th e valve outlet or the pip e sh all be securel y anch ored and supp orte d .
T he safety or water reli ef valves sh all be so l o cated and pip ed that th ere will
be no danger of scal di ng attendants .
3 58 T h e minimum siz e of safety or water relief val ve or valves for each

.
boiler shall be governed by the grate area of th e boiler as sh own by T able 74 ,

.
T ABLE 74
ALL O W AB L E SIZ ES OF SAF E T Y VAL VE S F OR HEAT IN G BOIL ER S
p er Hour Pounds
M ax imum All ow
Z er o O ver 25 Over 50 Over 1 00 Over 1 50
able Work ing
Pressure P ounds
to to to to to
25 Lbs 50 Lbs 1 00 Lbs 1 50 Lbs 200 Lbs
p er S quare Inch
. . . . .
Diam Area of
.
si e
Area of Grate , S quare Fee t
Inch es Inch es
1
3
3 ‘/z
4
4‘ /z
When the condi tions exceed those on h h Table 74 is b ased

w ic ,
th e foll owing formula for bevel and flat seate d valves shall be
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
r
a ea of direct S pring loaded safety val ve per sq uare
-
foot of grate surface sq in ,

. .
W weight of w at er evaporated per sq uare foot of grate

surface per second lb , .
P pressure (absolute) at whi ch the safety valve is set

to blow lb per sq in
, . . .
l o cated ther
ei boiler room or in the engine room but
in th e ,
preferably in the boiler room When the engines and boilers are
.
placed end to end as shown in Fig 1 41 a larger header is required

.
,
as all the steam must p ass through th e header at a S ingle section .
T h e sections of th e header farth est from th e engines m ay be mad e
Fig 140
. . t
Head er Sys em of Piping .
smaller as they carry only a part of the supply A separ ate .
header may be provided for supplying steam to pum ps and other

aux iliary apparatus .
Dir ect S ystem with Cros s ove r Heade r - A dir e ct sy stem of .
piping with cross over header used in the Connors Creek St ation
-
of th e Detroit Edison C om pany is shown in Fig 142 from th e .
Se pt em b er 1 915 J our nal A S M E and de scrib ed by C F

, ,
. . . .
,
.
Hirsh field T h e live steam piping consists of a run from two

.
boilers to th e unit whi ch they serve all of the se runs b eing cross
,
connect ed by a cross over header -

T h e steam lead s from each
.
STEAM PIPING 1 39
boiler are of 10 inch pipe and these join together in a Y fitting

-
-
,
whi ch h as a 1 4 inch di scharge

- Under full lo ad conditions with
.
two boilers supplying one uni t th e steam velo cities will be about
,
Fi g 1 41
. . End to E
t of Piping
nd Sys em .
feet per minute in the 1 0 inch pipe and -

feet per ,
minute in the 1 4 inch pipe-

With three boilers supplying two
.
units the se velo citie s will ri se to about

,
and feet
per minute r espectively T h e cross over main necessit ated a
-
.
,
RO OM
Fig 142
. . C onnors Creek S t tion
a , High Pressure Piping .
s g h h should permi t steam from any two boilers to flow

de i n w ic
into th t m and steam from th e main to flow into any turbine
a ain,
lead with practically equal facility

,
.
T he steam leaving the 10 x 14 x 1 0 inch Y branch previously -
mentioned passes through a cast steel expanding noz le whi ch

,
z
enl arge s to a diameter Of 28 inche s T hi s in turn lead s into a .
28 in ch cast steel Si de outlet T or S ide outlet cross Th e 28 inch

- - - .
-
lat eral outlets of the latter fittings are the connection points of
th e cross over main Th e velo city of th e steam passing into the
-
.
cross over -
or from the cross over main to the turbine lead is
,
-
,
thus reduced to about one quarter of its value in the 1 4—inch pipes ,
or roughl y a li ttle le ss than 4000 feet per minute under th e worst

,
conditions Th e steam turns thr ough the nece ssary right angle
.
at this l ow vel o city and therefore wi th sm all l oss , ,

.
Th e st eam for th e auxiliary tur bine s is taken from a 6 inch -
outlet on top Of the 28 inch fittings above described -

.
Al l sup erheated steam piping is full weight steel with welded

flanges The flanges are finished smooth and corrugated steel
.
gaskets are used All fittings are cast steel . .
T h e atmospheric exh aust from the m ain unit is m ade of riveted

steel pipe and fittings Th e auxiliary e haust piping is lap welded
. x
steel with Van Stone joints and fitted with corrugated copper
gaskets All saturated steam piping is e tra heavy steel fitted
. x
with steel flanges T h e fittings are all cast steel and steel valve s
.
of American make are use d .
Ring S yste m T he rin g sy stem of piping provides a closed

.
ring of piping from th e boilers to th e engines and back to the

boilers Th e purpose of thi s sy stem is to allow O peration of the
.
engine s from eithe r dire ction in order to in sure contin uo us Ope ra ,
tion In case of accident part s of the line m ay be cut out The

. .
extra amount of large pipe valves and fittings m ake this syt em ,
heavy and expensive to in stall as well as wasteful in Operation

, ,
due to th e large amount of radiating surface and ext ra valve s and

joints to keep tight There are cases whe re such a sy stem m ay
.
be de sira ble but it is not used so extensively as formerly due to

,
th e improvements in m ateri al s and workm anshi p whi ch h ave

lessened piping failures .
T he ring main sy stem of piping is Shown in Fi g 143 whi ch is a .

,
span of the Baltimore high pressur e pum pin g station This is an .
instance where reliability outweighs all other considerations It .
is described by J B S cott in Volum e 35 A S M E Trans “A

. . . . . . .
12 in ch steam header forms a closed ring around th e plant with

-
,
long radius ex pansion bend s at all change s in direction A suffi .

station auxiliaries a 6 inch cross connection is made across the

,
-
centre of th e m ain header whi ch is capable of b ein g fed from

,
either side of th e m ain head er in case of accident to th e other

,
.
N o fittings w hatever are used in th e m ain line all br anche s b eing ,
taken from interlocked welded necks Boiler branches are pro .
vide d with non re turn valve s at th e boile r no zzles an d gate s at

-
th e he ader end . Van S tone flanges are provided for connec

tions to th e valves and receivers w hich are l ocated so as to avoid
,
as far as possible th e nece ssity for any additional joints in the
line Wrought steel receiver ty p e separators are installed at the

”
.
low points on e ach Side Of th e header .
D upli cate S yste m The double m ain or duplicate sy stem

.
provides for two separate sets of piping in any of the following

combination s
A T wo sm all size m ains w hi ch together provide for the capac

.
ity of th e plant Wh en nece ssary on account of accidents or re

.
p air s th e plant can be operated with a single main by increasing

th e boil er pre ssure and steam vel o cities .
B One large m ain in regular use and a sm all idl e main for
.
use when nece ssary to have th e l arge m ain out of commi ssion .
C T wo large m ains one in use and one idle, Th e dupli cate .
system is expensive as it requires a large num b er of fittings and

valve s Its pur pose is to in sure against shut downs and there
.
,
m ay be co nditions where its use is desir able

. .
S team Vel o city T he vel o city of high pressur e steam flow

.
in piping is not at all uniform but ordinarily th e average velo city

,
m ay be t aken at from 5000 to 8 000 feet per minute T hi s veloc .
ity is of ten exceeded e specially in l arge plants

, Some value s for .
actual plants are as foll ow s : st eam pre ssure s 1 60 to 2 1 0 pounds
per square inch average 1 75 ; superheat 1 00 to 200 degrees F

, , .
,
aver age 1 3 4 ; vel o city of steam in boil er st eam pip e 3750 to 8 700 ,
feet per mi nute average 61 50 ; velocity of steam in header 4200

, ,
to feet per minute average 7000 ; velocity of steam in

,
turbine steam pipe 3225 to 7900 feet per minute average 5 1 00

, , .
For turbine s sm aller pipes m ay be used th an for engine s as th e

flow is constant due to th e uniform dem and for steam In th e
‘
steam plant large piping sometim es acts as a receiver to supply

th e large amounts of steam req ui red for Short p erio ds Higher .
velo citie s r esul t in smaller pipe s which are much cheap er to in
stall and maintain The matter of friction and drop in pressure

.
STEAM PIPING 143
is not serious in View of high pressures and superheat commonly

employed in large plants In one l arge plant operating wi th 2 1 0
.
pounds steam pressure the average steam velocity is feet

per minute and even higher velo cities are used
,
Thi s tendency .
toward smaller pipes and higher velo citie s is advantageous in

many ways ; th e first cost is le ss the radi ation losses are less , ,
smaller repair expenses and provision for expansion is easier .
For exh aust velo citie s up to

, feet per minute may be
used in e stimating si es of pipe z .
S iz e of Pipe T h e Si e of pipe m ay be cal culated from the

. z
volume of steam and th e vel o city of flow .
p absolute pr e ssur e pounds per s q uare inch ,

.
V velo city of st eam feet pe minut e ,

r .
8 specific volume of steam at given pressure cubic feet ,
pe pound r .
a internal area of pipe square inche s , .
w weight of steam p assing through pip e pounds per ,
m inute .
d V
1 443
1 4410 6
(20)
V
ro th s formulae the area of th e pipe required can be Oh
F m e e
tained and e r ference to th e pipe t bl s will give the diameter a e .
Wh en the dr op in pre ssure due to friction is to be considered ,
Bab co ck s formula m ay be used

’
.
L length of pipe in fee t ,

.
p drop in pre ssure pounds pe square inch ,

r .
d inside diameter of pipe in in hes c .
D mean density pounds per cubic foot , .
w weight of steam flowing pounds per minute , .
\
/
5
w = 87
d
( a
)
L ;
1 +
d
M
2
fl’
p . 0001 321
Dd5 d
In tion to th e friction of the pipe there is the friction of
addi
valve s and fittings to be considered Where long radius pipe .

bends are used they m ay be considered as being eq ual to the

same length of straight pipe Gate valves produce very small .
l osse s when fully op en T h e friction of an ordinary 90 degree el bow

.
,
for a globe valve or for a square end O pening may be found from
,
“
inform ation given in Briggs pap er on Warming Buildings by
’
S team
” T hus th e length of pipe e quivalent to a gl obe valve or
.
sq uare end opening is found from the formula given b elow .
d internal di ameter in in ches ,

.
E e quivalent length of pipe in feet .
9 5d 2
( 23)
.
3 6 + d
.
For a 90 de gree elbow the e quivalent length is two- thir ds of

th e bove or
a
6 33d 2
( 24)
.
3 6 + d
.
Th e r s of Fig 144 give the values of equation (24) for

cu ve .
vari ous size s .
T h e all owable drop in pre ssure v arie s wi th conditions and m ay

be from one to ten pound s per square inch For ordi nary plants .
a drop of five pound s is all owable provi ded th e boil er pre ssure is
hi gh enough to compensate for it so that an economi cal pressure

is m aintained at th e engine .
Eq ualization of Pipes From formula (21 ) .
w = 87
the numb er of small pipes equivalent to a large one m ay be found .
Th e variable factor in th e formul a is
from which d
d; diameter of smaller pipe in inches .
dz di am eter
of larger pipe in inches .
N numb er of smaller p ip es equi valent to one large one .

Value s for this formul a are given in T able 75 Tables 76 and .
77 are from the Watson S till man C om pany s catal og of hydr auli c
’
-
valves and fittings In Table 75 th e values above th e heavy black

.
line are for standar d pipe of the nominal di ameter given Below .
the line th e values are for actual internal diameters T h e metho d .
of using is the same for all three tables To find the number of .
1 inch pipes equivalent to one 6 inch pipe foll ow th e line

- -
,
m arked 1 across to th e column headed 6 where the numb er
given is Below the line th e table S hows that 46 pipe s 1

inche s actual inside di ameter are equal to one pipe 6 inche s actual
inside di ameter as found by following th e line m arked 6 over
,
to the column headed 1

S uperhe ate d S team When superheated steam is to be used
.
,
th e selection of m aterial s shoul d be carefull y m ade C omposi .
tion or cast iron lose their strength when used with superheated
steam and so are unsafe M alleable iron or cast steel a e th e best
. r
m aterial s to use although cast iron or semi steel m ay be used

,
-
when th e temp erature is le ss than 500 F Higher vel o cities °

.
are used wi th superheated than wi th satur ated steam In this .
way r adiation losses are re duced While there is a greater drop

.
in pressur e th e Op eration as a whole is generally e conomi cal

,
as th e heat of friction is given back to th e steam Piping for .
superheated steam should be well covered as the hi gher tem pera

tures and low specific heat of superheat m ake condi tions for
radiation losses very much greater than for satur ated steam at
like pre ssure s Expansion and contraction are much greater
.
wi th superheated steam and am ple provi sion must be made to

care for it .S pecifications for superheated steam piping are given
in C hapter X IX .
Effect of High Te mperature on M etal s and Alloys The .
ef fects of superheated steam due to high tem p erature is to reduce

th e tensile strength of metal s An extensive serie s of te sts made
.
in Crane C omp any s laboratories by I M Bregowsky and L W

’
. . . .
S pring are re ported in an article read before the International

Association for Testing M aterial s and publi shed in full by C rane
,
C om pany . A large numb er of tests were m ade upon th e ma

teri als used by th e above comp any in manuf acturing their pro
ducts and so h ave an important b earing upon hi gh pre ssure and
superheated steam power plant piping A number of curves from
.
th e report showing the average resul ts of som e of th e tests are

Do se s
z ooco
t a c os
l o oo o
no o o o
0
0
3 8 3 8
u n e n
No 1 . . Crane Hard Meta l hb 7 . Sd t Ch n Imn
5°
w oo
‘ o ao o
IOO O O
3 0 0 °C
ai s s a i s a g
0 0 o 0 0 o o
0
e
hh 6 . Ifimmwd (5 u m$ md)
l o cc o
No 2. . l
A uminum Bronze
t o 2 0 00 0
00 0 0 0 lOO OO
0
8
3 8 ai 8
0 o o
i
o o o
2 5 S 2
No 3 . ° M d Men! No . ll . Crane Cad Mch l
'
lOOO O
No 4 . . Steam Metal N0 13 U 3 Navy Bu m “S -c"

. ,
fi g 1 45
. . Effec t of t
T emp era ure on S t reng th of t
M e als and All oys .
STEAM PIPING 15 1
8 0000
$0 0 0 0
5 0 0 00
8 0 00 0
4 000 0
z eo
(00 0 0
No I9
. . l
Co d Rolbd Shaking
No | 8 . . ll
Ro ed Mond Me h l ’
Fig 1 45 . . Bfiec t of T emperature on Streng th of M etals and

All oys .
given in Fig 145 h case curve A is ultim ate tensile strength

. . In eac ,
cur ve B is elastic limit ur ve C is pe cent reduction in area and

,
c r .
curve D i s pe cent elongation Pounds per squar e inch are given

r . .
at th e left of th e curve and per cent at the right , . .
“
T he m aterial s are : N o 1 Crane hard metal a bron e made .
, ,
z
up of pure copp er and tin all oy ed in proportions whi ch give ,
metal of high tensile strength and hardness N O 2 aluminum . .

,
bron e (5 per cent aluminum) a bron e containing 95 per cent

z .
,
z .
copper and 5 per cent alumi num N o 3 acid m etal A phos

. . .
,
.
ph o bronze of straight tin and copper An all oy of high resistance

r .
to acids whi ch is used where ordinary metal would be likely to

,
corro de N ot intended for high tem peratur e purposes

. No 4 .
,
ordinary steam metal In general use for all pressure s Of saturated

.
steam N o 7 Crane cast iron A factor which enters in to the

” ”
. . .
,
use of cast ir on is th e growth or permanent e pansion which x ,
takes place when the metal is alternately heated and cooled a

numb er of times Crane C ompany h as foun d that th e cast ir on
.
of valves used for superheated steam is weaker after a few years

of use C ast steel is considered the best material for use with
.
superheated steam No 8 Ferrosteel (semi steel) Essentially -
”
. . .
,
“
a strong cast ir on used for extra heavy valve s for st andard
, ,
valve s of sizes over 7 in ches and wherever sp ecifi ed for other
valve s No 1 1 C rane cast ni ckel N O 1 3 U S N avy brass

”
. . . . .
, ,
.
S c for government screw pip e fittings

“ -
( Cu 77 80 Sn 4 . .
—
,
.
,
Pb 3 Z n 1 3 19 per
.
,
. N o 1 8 roll ed M onel metal N O 1 9
— .
,
. .
cold roll ed sh afting

- .
Live S team Header A live steam header of large S i e may . z
be m ade up of riveted plates of flanged fittings or of welded , , .
steel If m ade of steel plates riveted together there m ay be dif

.
ficulty in keeping all th e joints tight e sp ecially with high pre ssur e ,
steam Flanged fittings or welded steel headers are m ore satis

.
factory The number of joints involved when a large numb er of

.
flanged fittings are used is often a sour ce of trouble and may be

avoided by using special fittin gs or welded headers Fi gs 5 1 and , .
52 C hapter V T h e Size and arr angem ent of li ve ste am headers

,
.
depends upon th e sy stem of piping used and other factors having

to do with th e particul ar design Fur ther information is given in .
th e article s describing th e various sy stems of piping and th e siz es

of steam pipes .
Connections Between Boil er and Heade r The pipe between .
th e boil er and header shoul d be arranged so that it will be self

dr aining and with provi sion for e pansion A number of arrange
,
x .
ments are shown in Fig 146 With screwed pipe and fittings . .
,
expansion m ay be t aken care of by all owing th e pipe to turn on
th e threads Bend s may be used with eithe r screwed or flanged

.
piping to all ow for expansion Bends are desirable as they offer .
le ss resistance to th e steam flow and de crease the numb er of

joints to be made and kept tight .
T h e lo cation of the valves is very important as it affects th e ,
proper draining of th e pipe The valve or valves Should be placed .
at th e highe st poin t in th e conne ction to allow condensation to
drain from th e valve s in both dir ections and so keep the pipe dry .
T he arrangem ent when a sin gle boiler is piped with one valve is
shown at A Fig 1 46 When m ore than one boiler is to be used
,
. .
th e valve may be placed near th e h eader as in Fi g 146 at B , . .
Other single valve arrangements are shown in Fig 146 at C

-
.
and D .
G oo d practice dictates the use of two valve s and in many

places the law requires two valves on boiler connections One of .
these may well be of the automatic stop form describ ed in C hap

ter VI With screwed fittings two valves may be arranged as
.
in Fig 146 at E but some provision sho uld be m ade for d raining
.
,
the pipe b etwe en them as there is th e possibili ty of condensation

,
accumul ating even though th e valve s are close d Ar rangements .
are sho wn with two valve s in Fig 146 at FG and H in whi ch one
'
.
of the valves is a non return valve Both valve s are lo cated at

-
.
th e highest poin t Other a r angem ents of boiler conn ections with

. r
either one or tw o valve s are sh own in Fi g 146 at I J K and L .

, , .
Th e nece ssity for av oiding dangerous water po cke ts sh ould be

kept in mind in all case s and where necessary to place a val ve
other than at the hi ghest point provision should be made for ,
draining above th e valve before it is opened .
Pipe Line s from M ain Heade r Pipe line s from th e main .
header should be designed to all ow for exp ansion and to supply

dry steam to th e engine or other m achine A sep arator m ay be .
used in the header b efore th e branch i s taken Off or if th e branch ,
is long th e separator m ay be near th e engine If a receiver sepa .
rator is employed a smaller pipe may be used between th e main

and th e separator Several arrangements of engine pi ping are
.
shown in Fig 1 47 T wo valves are shown one a stop valve near

. .
,
th e main and the othe r a throttle valve near th e engine Ordi .
na ily th e throttle v alve is used th e stop valve b eing e ither

r ,
full Open or closed A drip pipe should be placed j ust above

.
th e throttle to blow out the conden sation whi ch c ollects when

the throttle v alve i s close d By m akin g th e connection from th e
.
top of the main there is less danger of water getting in to the

en gine cy lin de r in case it shoul d com e ove r from th e boil er ,
whereas if th e connection is taken from the side or bottom of

the main the engine is almost cert ain to be wrecked
,
.
Aux iliary and S mall S team Line s for Engine s Pumps etc , , .
Th e s ame general prin ciples apply to auxiliary steam head ers

and small steam lines They shoul d be arranged to provide for
.
exp an sion and contracti on and for am ple drainin g Th e expan .
sion can generally be cared for by all owing the pipe to turn on
the threads taking advant age of the nece ssary ch anges in di rec
,
tion For draini ng the pipe should slope in the direction of

.
,
th e st eam flow and shoul d be provided with a st eam trap dri p ,
pipes or other means of di sposing of th e condensation If

,
.
th e br anch is t aken from th e side or bottom of the steam line ,

STEAM PIPING 1 55
there should be provision for draining Fig 148 A B C This ,

.
, , ,
.
can be avoided by taking st eam from the top of the line as in ,
Fi g 148 D which also protects the branch while it is in use

.
, ,
.
Two valve s are shown in th e illustrations one a throttle valve,
Fi g 1 47
. Header to Engine Pipes .
near the engine or pump and a stop valve near the steam
,
When a thr ottling governor is used the arrangement may be as

at E Fig 148
,
. Both valves are not alway s necessary but they
.
,
are desir able T h e throttle valve can be used to regul ate the
.
machine and the stop valve to close off the branch entirely when
,
necessary T he throttle valve should of course be of the gl obe or

.
angle p attern T he arr angement of piping when the different

.
forms of valves and regul ating devices are used is taken up in

connection wi th the de scri ption of the devi ces .
S team Lo op T he steam loop is an arrangem ent of piping for

.
returning condensed steam to a boiler by gravity as shown in ,
Fig 149
. Th e wate r of condensation is carried up th e ri ser along
.
wi th steam then into the horizont al pipe w here th e steam con

,
denses and flow s down th e drop leg

,
When suffi cient water has
.
collected in the drop leg the increase in pre ssure will open the
,
Fig 148
. . Branch Pipes .
h k valve and the water will flow into the boiler Thi s Opera
c ec .
tion is repeated automatically as the drop leg fill s The head .
or pressure in the drop leg m ust at all t ime s be greater than that
in th e riser in or der to keep th e loop in O p eration T h e level of .
th e water when th e two pi pe s are bal anced may be about one

half way up the drop leg Th e drop leg may be from 30 to 50 feet
.
long depending upon th e l oss in pre ssure between th e boiler and

,
drop leg and friction of piping and check valve .
Inj ector Piping T h e general arr angement of piping for an

.
inj ector is sho wn in Fig 150 at A . T he steam pipe shoul d be

.
taken from as high a point as possible and directly from the boiler .
A gl ob e valve should be placed at a conveni ent point in the steam

pipe The suction pipe should be as short and direct as possible
.
,
sometime s a size larger pip e than the inj ector connection is de si r

o st point
the l we and rect contact with the steam The
in di .
solids in solution are precipitated and adhere to the bottoms of
Fig 1 5 1
. . Live S t m Purifier
ea .
the pans while those in suspension are retained in the troughs of

,
th e p ans
.
M etho d of Piping Purifier T he m ethod of pipin g a live

.
steam purifier is indicated in Fig 1 52 It is generally best to

. .
Fig 1 52
. . Live S t
eam Purifier Piping.
STEAM PIPING 1 59
supply live steam to the heater by an independent pipe A in order

to be sure of sufficient pre ssure to allow the water to flow to the
boilers by gravity To cause such a flow the bottom of the
.
,
purifier should be placed two or

more feet above the water level in
th e boiler The feed pip e B from
.
the purifier is connected to the feed

line
. The pipe C from th e pump
supplies the feed water to the purifier .
This pipe can be use d as a direct feed

to the boilers by closing the proper
valve s.
Steam for the pump is supplied by

the pipe D When the purifier is in
.
operation the valve E should be

close d and the valve F O p ened to
all ow cir cul ation .
Wate r Column Piping A water .
column is a hollow castin g tapped ,
for three gage cocks two water gage ,
connections and for connectio ns to

,
th e steam and water sp aces of th e

‘
'
boiler as shown in Fig 1 53 The

t
. .
obj ect of the column is to show the 1 53 W C o lumn . a er
Piping
height of water in the boiler For this .
.
reason the steam connection should be taken from well above the
water level and the wat er connectio n well b elow it T he se con .
nections S hould be m ade wi th tee s or crosses wi th plugs instead

of elbows By removing th e plugs the connections may be thor
.
oughly cleaned Extra heavy .
wrought pip e may be use d ,
but brass pipe of iron pip e

size is much better For .
small water columns one inch

pipe is used but Ii inch is a ,
more usual diameter for all

size s Valves may be placed
Fig 1 54 Th m m t W ll
.
er o e er e
in th e boiler connections as
. . .
shown but shoul d be arranged to indicate plainly when they are

,
closed . In some places such valves are prohi bited Th e st eam .

gage may be piped as indicated but no other connection S hould,
be made from th e water column pipin g .
Th e Placing of Th ermome te r s in Pipes T here are m any .
o ccasions where it is de sir able to ascertain the tem perature of

th e medium passing through a pipe For thi s purpose th erm ome .
ters m ay be used by inserting a thermometer well in the pipe line .
Th e well should be p artly filled with Oil before inserting th e ther

m ometer T h e arrangement .
is indicated in Fig 1 54 For . .
perm anent lo cations thermo

m eters are m ade with a well
as part of th e casing so th at
they can be screwed into place .
T he well should be m ade of

close composi tion brass and
F 8 1 55 St m G g L to be closed either with a bit of
1 ' ‘ ea a e o ca i ns '
waste or arr anged for a s crew cap so that water can be ke pt

out w hen the well is not in use .
S team G age s T he lo cation of gages for ste am or water

.
should have careful attention to insure correct readings With .
steam gages some arrangement shoul d be made for maintaining

wat er between th e gage and th e steam Fig 1 55 For thi s pur ,
. .
pose a goose neck may be used or th e gage may be placed below

,
the steam line When placed as at D a correction shoul d be made

.
for the head of water The di al hand may be set to make the
.
proper allowance The l ocation of water pressure gage s shoul d

.
receive the same attention in order to avoid erroneous readings .

and returned to the boilers separators may be placed in the ex

,
haust pipe to remove the oil and water The principle of opera .
tion is the same as for steam separators A steam separator .
should be placed as near the engine

as possible Th e water from th e .
separator may be blown out or

m ay be taken care of automati
cally by a steam trap .
Th e constr uction of th e Pittsburg

separator is shown in Fig 1 56 . .
Th e steam enters at I and is

turned downward so that it strikes
th e ri bbed annular surface 2 where
th e Oil and wat er is caught and
runs Off to the collecting cham ber
3 T h e steam leaves by th e op en
.
1 56.Pitt bu g S p
s t ing 4 near the top
r e ara or
.
Th e construction of th e Cochr an e
.
separator is sh own in Fi g 1 57 where A is th e exterior B is

.
, ,
cross section and C a longitudinal section

, T h e steam enters .
at 1 and impinges against a b affl e plate 2 having verti cal ri bs ,
where the oil or adhere s T his oil or water is directed

.
1 57 . C ochrane Separa t
or.
t o the ollecting well 3 The steam turns to the side of the

c .
baffle and leaves the separator at 4 The path of the steam is .
indicated at D Fig 1 57
,
. .
DRIP AND BLOW OFF PIPING -
1 63
The H oppes steam separator is shown in Fig 1 58 Steam enters . .
at t h e t o p a n d p l un g e s
downward th e moistur e in
,
the steam impinges on th e

surface of the water in the ,
bottom and is caught and

retained From here it is
.
drawn off through the dr ain

pipe shown An y entrained
.
moistur e creeping along the

sides of the separator is in
tercepted by th e troughs ,
which are partly filled with

water and surroun d both in
let and outlet .
Drip Po ck e ts T o drain
.
long hori ontal pipes pro

z
perly drip pockets Fig 1 59 , .

,
should be provi ded every 75

to 1 00 feet In general the
.
drip po cke t O p enin g Should

be the full size of the pipe ,
as th e wat er i s likely to be
carried over small op enings

t
.
Fig 1 58 Hopp S p o
From the drip po cket a
. . es e ara r.
drain connection is made with a steam trap .
S te am Traps A steam trap is an app a

.
ratus made to dispose of the condensed steam

from a piping system Th e drip pipes from .
th e sy stem a e run to the trap whi ch dis

r
charges th e water wi thout all owing the steam
to escape When thi s di scharge is against

.
atmospheric pressur e as into a hot well or ,
sewer the trap is called a discharge or NON

,
RETUR N trap Wh en the hot water is dis

.
charged back into th e boiler th e trap is called
a dire ct RETUR N trap Direct return traps .
must be lo cated above the boiler There are .
numerous form s of steam traps onl y a few of ,
whi ch will be describ ed .

The Wal worth trap shown in Fig pr by a floating

. 1 60, is O e ated
bucket The condensation flows in at 1 around the bucket 2

.
until it overflows into the bucket and sinks it uncoveri ng th e ,
openi ng in the spindle at 3 .
T his all ows the water to be

driven out at 4 .
The M c D ani e l s t r ap
shown in Fig 1 61 is .
, O p er
at ed by a float T he con .
densation flows in at 1
until it rai ses th e spheri cal
float 2 which Opens the
val ve 3 and all ow s t he
water to be force d out at 4
Fig 1 60 Bucke Trap t .
Wh en the water is drained

. . .
the float falls and closes the valve 3 . The s crew 5 may be used
to open the valve 3 .
The Farnsworth trap Shown at A Fig 1 62 Operates by a tilt ,

.
,
ing tank Th e tan k is composed of a partition and two pipes

.
making two unequal Si e chambers The vertical pipe 1 receives

z .
condens ation into the l ong chamber 2 until its weight overb al ances
th e full short chamber 3 and op ens th e v alve 4 and th e condensa

tion is passed from the bottom of the long chamber thr ough the
diagonal pip e 5 into th e top of the short chamber and from th e ,
bottom of the short chamber out through the valve which re ,
mains full opened SO long

as condensation is coming
through the vertical pipe ,
and when th e line s or ap
paratus are finally drai ned

and th e long end nearly
emptied th e full short

, ,
ch amber over bal ance s it-
and c l o s e s t h e v al v e
agai nst th e double seal of
water .
Fig 1 6 1 M D ni l T p
C opper flexible hose is
. . c a es ra .
used to avoid p acked trunnion joints as shown at B This .
all ows the trap to be arranged to op erat e as a non return trap -
or as a return trap .
o gh between the top of the boiler and ceili ng of the boiler

en u
room in whi ch case the trap can be placed on the floor above
, ,
either over or adjoining th e boiler house T here are three essen .
tial points in connecting up a direct return trap l st the pipe .

,
marked Discharge to Boiler in Fig 1 64 shoul d have a strong

‘ ’
.
,
pitch away from the trap along th e horizontal line A 2d thi s .

,
disch arge pipe must not be connected into any pum p or inj ector
Fig 1 63
. . Cranetflt Trap .
line feeding the boiler but connected independently of other feed

lines 3 d the pip e marked steam must be connected to th e
‘ ’
.
,
boiler at a point where the initial boiler pressure will b e secured .
D o not connect this line to any steam lin e connected to an engine ,
pump or inj ector Where the pressure in the receiver is not suf
.
ficient to elevate the condensation to the trap a Cranetilt lifting

trap should be located below the receiver and connected to it .
T h e lifting trap will elevate the condensation through th e pipe

marked discharge to trap to the direct return trap As the
‘ ’
.
amount of wat er whi ch th e trap handles at each Operati on will
vary only sli ghtly th e att achment of a revolution counter re cord

,
ing each operation will give a close average

,
” .
,
DRIP AND BLOW—OFF PIPING 1 67
Drips from S team Cylinders . Steam rs should be

cylinde
provided with drain connections at both ends and may have

,
Fig 1 64
. . tt
Se ing for Direc Ret tu n T r rap .
au tomatic relief valves or hand operated valves If hand oper .
ated the valves should alway s be op ened before starting th e engine
or pump For small engines and pumps pet cocks screwed di

.
rectly into th e cyli nder are frequently used In most cases h ow .

,
ever it is preferable to pipe

,
th e dri ps to a dr ain T he .
size of pipe shoul d be suffici

ently large to care for con
densation and not be easily

stopped up The arrange
.
ment of drips for steam and

exh aust pipe s from cyli nders
is treated in connection with

the piping of engines .
D r ai nag e Fi tt i ng s .
C ondensed steam sh ould be

drained by gravity w henever
possible When conditions
.
Fig 165 D i g Fitting ra na e s

are such that thi s cannot be
. . .
done lifts as shown in Fig 165 at A and B may be employed

,
. .
Th e principle of operation is th e same The water of conden.

sation gathers in a pocket until it closes the pipe and the steam
pressure forces it up the riser in slugs C ondensation may be
.
lifted by hi gh vacuum by the same apparat us The diameter of .
the riser should be about one half to one thi r d that of th e hori .
z ontal pip e
. The arrangement at A Fig 165 is composed of a
, .
,
tee with the ends of th e riser lower than the horizontal pi pe .
The fitting shown at B is called an entrainer or drainage fitting .
Fig 1 66
. . tom ti
Au a c Pump and R eceiver .
Automatic Pump and Receiver A combination of receiver

.
and pump , Fig 1 66 provide s an ef

. fective arrangement for drain
ing radiators , steam j ackets, steam coil s and heaters T h e water .
of condensation enters at the top of the receiver A float in the .
receiver maintains a constant water level and regulates the pump .
When used for boiler feed, cold water may be admi tted directly
t0 the receiver to make up for losses or in case of excessively hi gh
'
temperature As with other apparatus the piping should be

.
In general s should be used in each blow off pipe

,
two val ve -
,
one a val ve and th e other a co ck Th e asbestos packed co ck .

-
,
shown in Fig 1 68 is very commonly used The val ve should be

.
,
.
placed nearest to the boiler The cock should be Opened before .
the valve and closed after the valve .
In thi s way it will be possible to keep

it tight for a l onger time as it will ,
not be under pressure when O p erated .
Blow off val ve s are often mad e up in -
pairs Fig 1 69 When cleaning the ,

. .
boiler the valve A is kept closed and

th e valve B op ened and i ts bonnet
Fig 1 70 C t I on Blow ff -o
. .
T nk
as
a
removed
r
all owmg the was h wate r ,
and s cale to fall upon th e floor whi ch

.
is connected to a drain T h e blow off valve b eing closed the.

-
boiler cleaner is safe from any back blow from the pipe .
Blow off water and steam can sometimes be discharged into

-
th e open When it must be cared for by a sewer it should firs t

.
be allowed to cool in some form of sum p or tank Figs 1 70 1 71 ,

.
,
and 1 72 as th e heat from th e blow of

, f water will crack dr ain tile -
,
all owing it to be crushe d and so become closed Aside from .
this the escape of steam thr ough street openings from the sewers
,
is obj ectionable Blow off tanks a e made of cast ir on steel or

.
-
r -
,
wrought ir on plate and bri ck or concrete

-
, A bl ow off tank .
-
should have a vapor pipe carried up through the roof to carry off
Fi g 1 71
. . t
S eel Bl ow-0 3 Tanks .
th e steam and vapor a manhole for cleaning and if there is a

, ,
ch ance for th e accumul ation of pressure a safe ty valve shoul d be ,
added The outlet of the blow off pipe should be above the water
.
-
line as otherwise condensation in the pipe will create a vacuum

,
DRIP AND BLOW—O FF PIPING 1 71
and draw water from th e tank or sump back into the pipe, often
with inj urious resul ts It is well to have a p arti tion betwee n the
.
inlet and outlet parts of a sump or tank, or other arr angements

to form a trap and so prevent steam from entering the tile
Fig 172
. .
A st iron blow off t ank is shown in

ca - - 170 .
steel plate tanks may be Of cylindrical form with bumped head s

-
,
Fig 1 71
. .For a common blow—off from a number of boilers a
concret e sump may be constructed similar to Fig 1 72
, . .
CHAPTER X
EXHAUS T PIPING AND CO ND ENS ERS
Exh aus t Pipin g

h aust piping to the atmosphere can be
. Ex
m ade of light weight pipe with li ght fittings and valves
-
, For .
small sizes wrought pipe or tubing may be used while sizes 24 to ,
30 inche s and l arger m ay be m ade of riveted steel plates Ri veted .
pipe when less than inch thi ck should be galvanized to assist

, ,
in keeping the joints tight ; thi cker plate can be calked Large .
fittings may be made of steel plates riveted together and with ,
Fig 1 73 . . Rive t d St
e eel t
Pla e tt
Fi ings .
cast iron flanges Fig 1 73 Where flat surfaces occur they shoul d
-
,
. .
be br aced to wi thstand pressur e from the outside as there may ,
be a vacuum due to condensation .
Exhaust lines shoul d be de signed carefully as to dr ainage T hey .
should pitch in the same direction as the flow An exhaust steam .

-
separator may be used to separate the oil and water from the
steam if it is to be used for heating and other pur poses The
, .
drip from the Oil separator or from a drip pocket may be dis
charge d through a loop as shown in Figs 1 74 and 1 75
, The drop . .
leg should be long enough so that a possible slight vacuum in the

exh aust pip e will not raise the water from it Thi s will requi re .
more than one drip pipe As in all steam lines pockets where
.
,
water may collect shoul d be avoided Either an angle stop .
val ve or a gate valve should be used as th e p assage of the ,
5 m ,»Cy linder
Fig 1 77
. . t
C onnec ions to Exh aus M ain t .
exh aust steam should not be restricted C are shoul d . be t aken

to provi de for movement due to e pansion and al so to x , all o w for
m aking up the pipe lack of exact alignment etc

, , .
Fig 1 78
. . t
C onnec ions to Exh aus M ain t .
Exh aus t Heads Wh en steam is exhausted from an engine

.
to the atmosphere some form of exhaust head should be used

,
to cat ch and retur n th e oil and condensation S uch heads may .

EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 1 75
be made of gal vanized iron or cast iron and shoul d be so designed ,
as not to cause back pressure The S wartwout cast iron exh aust
.
-
head is shown in Fig 1 79 The steam passes through a long

. .
helix from which it emerges

,
with a whirling m otion Th e .
particles of water which have

been thr own into the outer sur
face of the tube a e flung for r
war d .T he extension oi th e
tube forms an annular chamber
in whi ch the water collects and ,
fr o m w h i c h i t i s r e m o v e d
through the drip .
The Hoppe s cast iron exhaust

head is shown in Fig 1 80 Wh en. .
th e steam enters th e head it ex 179 Sw twout E h u t H d ar x a s ea

pands gradually into a large cham
. .
ber several time s th e area of the pipe whil e the p articles of oil ,
and water in the centre of th e current are sep arated by imping
ing on the cone and those on th e outer edges strike against and
,
adh ere to th e side of th e se parating cham ber A trough p artly .
filled with water surrounds the outlet and prevents creeping Thi s .
trough is connected with the drain by the pipe shown .
Vacuum Exh aust Pipe s Vacuum e h aust pipe s should be

. x
as short and di rect as possible but with ample provisi on for

,
e p ansi on Various forms of e

x . x
pansion joints for exhaus t li nes

are used three of which are ,
shown in Figs 1 8 1 182 and 1 83 .

, .
Th e fir st is of corrugated copper ,
the second is a steel plate or

diaphragm and the third is the ,
Badger copper expansion joint .
Because of the r ange in temper

ature a considerable movement
Fi g 1 80 H pp o E h
es u t H d
x a s ea ,
should be allowed for T he in

. . .
crease in volume of st eam at low pre ssure s makes it desirable ,
to have such pipes of as large a diameter as possible If long .
pipes must be used the diameter should be increased The

, .
material of which the pipes a e made may be cast iron wrought

r
,
1 76 A HANDBOOK ON PIPIN G
iron or steel or riveted steel It is of course essential that the

, .
pipe and its j oints be tight as a very small leak will seriously
,
affect the vacuum Gat e valves should be used w here valves

.
are required in vacuum line s in order to kee p the full opening of
Fig 1 8 1
. C orruga ed C opper
. t Fig . 182 . S t
e el Pla t e Exp ansion
Exp ansion o in J t . Joint .
the pipe . ght weight valves should be avoided if tightness

Li -
is to be m aint ained Automatic relief valves should be provi ded

.
in th e vacuum exhaust pip e from engines or turbines to con

densers In case of an accident to th e condenser the pressure
.
,
will build up in the exh aust pip e and Op en th e relief valve thus ,
all owing th e steam to exhaus t to th e atmosphere .
Classes of Condens ers C ondensers are use d to re duce the

.
b ack pressure in steam cylinders and turbines by condensing the

steam and producing a vacuum The di fferent classes of couden .
sers ar e the surface condenser j et condenser and barometric or , ,
siphon condenser These may .
be further sub divided as the ,
surface condenser may be either

vertical or horiz ontal and with ,
th e steam either inside or outside

th e tubes ; th e j et condenser is
m ade in a variety of forms and ,
Fig 1 83 B dg C opp E p
th e b arometric condenser may be
. . a er er x an
i on J oints
either th e nozzle or spray type
.
Surface Condensers Essentially a surface condenser Fi g

.
, .
1 84 compri ses a shell or casing co ntai ning tubes thr ough whi ch
c ooling water is circulat ed T h e tubes range in size from
.
inch to one in ch in diameter and generally are made of brass or

,
the pumps The branch containing the reli ef val ve may be one
.
size small er than the main exh aust pipe .
A steam turbine is sometimes mounted directly on the con

denser with th e air and circulatin g pumps separate Any form of .
pum p may be used for circulating the cold water The arrange .
ment of a steam turbine in connection with a surface condenser

and dry vacuum pump is sho wn in Fi g 186 The hi gher the
. .
vacuum is the lar ger will be th e volum e of steam and air to be

,
handl ed and larger pipes should be provided In order to main

,
.
Fig 1 85
. . S t
ea m Engine and Surface C ondens er .
tain a hi gh vacuum without an excessively large condensing sur

face and air pump it is usual to provide a separate pum p for
,
removing the air called a dry vacuum pum p which is piped from
, ,
th e air sp ace of th e condenser Such pumps generally run at a

.
high speed and have small clearan ce spaces and so should not
, ,
be exp ected to handle water without disas trous resul ts T o thi s .
end the piping from the condenser should sl ope towar d the pump
and should not ri se at any point or h ave any place s for co ndensa
tion to collect By thi s arr angement such condensation as oc

.
,
curs will pass to the pump in a vaporous c ondition and be safely
handled Wh ere several condensers or pumps are used in con

.
nection wi th a vacuum m ain the pip es from th e condenser shoul d

,
enter at th e tOp of the main and those to the pumps should be

,
taken from the bottom of the main The air discharge from the
.
Fig 1 8 6
. . S t
eam T urbin e and Siuface C ondenser
'
.
vacuum pump may be dischar ged through a pipe to the mos

at
phere, or into the atm ospheric exhaust pipe of the engine .
Fig 18 7
. . S t am Pump
e and Surface C ondenser .
A compound pumping engine m ay be piped with a surface

condens er as shown in Fig 1 8 7 The water supply to the pump
. .
is taken through th e condenser Sometimes a surface condenser

.
is placed in the discharge pipe In either case a separate air

.
pum p is necessary to remove the condensate .
Jet Condens ers. T he form of j et condenser illustrated in

1 88 is made by th e Blake and Knowles Pum p Works As .
Fi g 1 88
. . J et Condenser .
shown it consists of a condensing cone in which the exhaust

,
steam and cooling water mingle and a pump for removing the
,
resulting ai and water The exhaust steam enters at the top

r .
and meets th e inj ection wat er whi ch enters thr ough a cone or
spray head The cooling water enters due to the partial vacuum
.
produced by the pump The vacuum breaking device is auto

.
matic in its operation Its purpose is to prevent the water ris

.
19 1 . S t
ea t
m T urbine, Jet C ondenser Single Ac ing Air Pump .
Fig 1 92
. . t
S ea m Turbine, Jet C ondenser and Dry Vacuum Pump .
EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 183
and j eto s r are shown in Fig 189 An automatic relief

c nden e . .
val ve is provided in the atmospheric exhaust pipe and a gate

,
valve in th e pipe to the condenser Th e exhaust from the pump

.
may be arranged to connect into the condenser to a feed water ,
heater or to an atmospheric exh aust pipe Several arrangements

, .
of Blake condensing apparatus are given in Figs 190 191 and 1 92 .

, .
A steam engine piped to a j et condenser and double acting vacuum
Fig 1 93 . . 1 94 . S t
eam Engine and t
Barome ric
t
Barome ric C ondenser . Condenser .
pump is indicated in 1 90 a ste am turbine j et condenser

, , ,
and single acting twin b eam air pum p in Fig 1 9 1 and a steam .
,
turbine arranged with a j et condenser air pump and rotative , ,
dry vacuum pum p in Fi g 1 92 . .
Barom etri c Condens er One form of barometric condenser is

.
shown in Fig 1 93 The exhaust steam enters through a coni cal

. .
nozzle and p asses down into a combini ng tube

,
T he cooli ng .
water enters at the side and around the steam no le then passes zz ,
downward in a thi n film or sheet Th e steam meeting thi s water

.
is condensed and is carried down th e di scharge or t ail pipe with

the water thus creating a vacuum in the pipe above The tap er
,
.
ing form of the condenser is such that the water acquires a high
velo city in pas sing the contraction and is enabled to carry the
entrained air and vapors al ong with th e condensed steam This .
app aratus requi res no p um ps if the water supply pip e h as le ss
than 20 feet lift If over 20 feet a pump must be used to supply

.
,
the cooling water It is necessary however to have the con

.
, ,
denser at a heigh t of about 34 feet above th e hot well in
Fig 1 95
. . S t
ea m T urbine and t
Bar om e ric C ondenser .
the l we o r of the discharge pipe is immersed As the atmos

end .
ph e e will not support a colum n of water at such a height the

r ,
cooling water s uppli ed will fall thr ough th e c ondenser and dis
ch arge pip e .
Piping for Barometri c Condenser Wh en the source of cool

.
ing water is a tank or is otherwise lo cated not more than 20 fee t

,
below the condenser the water may be siphoned by the condenser

, .
If the water must be rai sed it may be pumped direct to the con
denser Or to a supply tank
,
Both methods are indi cated in Fig
. .
194 which shows the arrangement of piping with the part s

, ,
lettered as foll ows : A is the condenser ; B is the exh aus t pipe

from the engine ; 0 is the hot well ; D is the inj ection wate r val ve ;
this condenser no air pump is required The cooling water enters

.
thr ough a numb er of converging j ets which meet and form a

single j et in the lower part of the condensing tube Exh aust .
steam enters through the side connection and flows through the
Fig 1 9 7
. . Piping for Eductor Condenser .
annula r passages which gui de it so that it impinges on the con

densing j et T his steam is condensed and th e p articles Of water
.
into whi ch it is changed are uni ted with the water j et with whi ch
it is discharged together with th e entrained air against atmos
,
ph e ic pressure
r .
Th e metho d of piping is shown in Fi gs 197 and 1 98 the first of

.
,
these being the preferred one Here a standpipe is used By

. .
pumping the water up into the standpipe it is possible to get

rid of the air cont ained in the water If water is available with
.
a head of 2 1 feet or 9 pounds per square inch at the inlet flanges

,
of the condenser no pump is necessary Instead of a standpipe

, .
the water may be delivered direct to the co ndenser by a pump ,
as sho wn in Fig 1 98
. A water check
. in the exhaust pipe
Fig 198
. . t
S eam Turbine and Educ t rC
o ondenser .
prevents wa ter from flowing back from the condenser to the

engin e but all ows the exh aus t steam to p as s to the condenser
,
.
A steam turbine in connection with a multi j et condenser is -
ill ustrate d in Fig 1 98 In this case the water is supplied by a

. .
centrifugal pump .
C HAPTER XI
FEED WATER HEATERS
Uses and y
T pes of Heaters
haus t steam from an engine
. Ex
or other apparatus may be used to heat water for boiler feedi ng
laundries p aper and textile mills and other manufacturing pur
,
poses The steam may mingle with the water which it heats as
.
in an open heater or be separated from it as in a closed heater .
Closed heaters empl oy iron brass or copp er tub es to separate

, ,
th e w ater to be heated from th e exh aust steam Various arrange .
ments of th e tub es coiled b en t str aight etc are use d in the dif
, , , ,
.
ferent makes The steam may .
pas s thr ough the tubes as in the

steam tube heater or surround the ,
tubes as in the water tube heater

, .
T he advant age of th e closed typ e

is that the steam do es not come
into c ontact with th e fe ed water
and so keeps oil from ent eri ng th e
boiler However if a scale form .

,
ing water is used the O pen ty pe is

to be preferred as the scal e can be
m ”
for m ed in th e heater and rem oved
JZS ur/a ce a m o
from time to time The closed .
heater is under pressure and tight

joints must be maintained as well
as provi si on for expansion All .
th e exhaust steam m ay be p assed

th ough the heater or onl y a part
r
,
if all is not required to heat th e

water S om etime s th e exh aust
.
steam is not sufficient and pro ,
vi sion must be m ade to supply

1 99 G oub t Clo d H t
er se ea er
li ve steam In the open heater th e
. .
steam mingles with the water which it beats and an oil separator
should be used either separate or as a part of the heater
, .
Cl osed Heater Piping The arrangement of piping for a

.
cl osed feed water heater may be such as to all ow all of th e exhaust
to pass through the heater or only a part of it This will depend

, .
upon the source of supply If the main exhaust is used and is

.
,
Fig 202
. . t
Piping for Closed Hea er .
more than suflicient to heat the feed water a branch may be

,
used to supply the heater and th e ext ra steam used for heating
or other purposes When the main exhaust is condensed and

.
only the exhaust from the pumps and Other auxiliaries is passed
into the heater the entire amount of steam can be passed through
,
the heater. A metho d Of piping for a closed heater is shown in

FEED WATER HEATERS 1 91
Fig 203
. . t
Piping for C ombina ion Exh aus t and Live S t
ea t
m Hea ers .
Fig 204
. . Piping for t
Hea er and S to
rage T ank .
1 92 A HAN DBOOK ON PIPIN G
Fig 202
. . The pass is arranged so that the heater may be
by-
cut out when necess ary or to regul ate the amount of steam p ass
,
ing through the heater Th e oil separato r may be placed near the
.
heater as shown or if the steam is from the main exhaust it may

,
Fig 205
. . t
Th e C ochrane Open Hea er
.
be near the engine As shown the trap is arranged with a by

.
,
pas s for use if necessary .
T h e arr angements shown in Figs 203 and 204 are from th e

.
National Pip e Bending C ompany s book of plans

’
In Fi g 203 . .
the piping is given for using a live steam heater in conne ction
with an exhaust heater where more or hotter water is wanted .
separator near the top of whi ch is a flanged outlet for passing

,
through the surplus exhaust steam to the heating system or atmos

ph ere The op ening to th e heater is controlled by a special
.
v alve Wh en this val ve is Open it o ccupies such a position that

”
.
“
th e heater h as th e preference for the steam Th at is in its .
,
open position the valve diverts a portion of the steam from the
Fig 207 . . Webster Feed Water Fig 208

. . Webster Feed Water
Hea t er. Hea t
er .
top opening and directs it into the heater at the sam e time allow
,
ing sur plus steam to e scap e through the upp er O pening Th e .
val ve may be closed and so cut out the heater without the neces
sity for extra valve s and fittings for a by p ass A vent pipe-
.
provides a means for the escape of air and gases .
Th e Webster feed water heater and purifier is shown in Figs .
207 and 208 Water is admitted through an automatically con

.
trolled valve and is di sch arged into a trough which forms a water
seal . From thi s trough the water overflows to oppositely in
clined and perforated copper tray s In thi s manner it mingles
.
with the steam and b ecomes thoroughly heated It then flows .
downward through a filter bed and to the pum p suction chamb er .
Ih g 207 is the S tandard typ e buil t on th e induction principle

'
.
,
FEED WATER HEATERS 1 95
wi th the Oil separator attached to the heater shell Fig 208 is . .
the preference type whi ch is a cut out heater using a gate valve
-
in connection with an Oil separator of suffi cient size to p urify all

steam passing through the exhaust mai n to both the feed water
heater and to a heating or drying system or to low pressure tur,
bines.
A typical installation of a Webster feed water heater for power

service is shown in Fig 209 and for a gravity return heating
.
system in Fig 21 0
. .
T he Hoppes feed water heater and purifi er is shown in Fig 2 1 1 . .
Th e steam enters thr ough oil separator passes through the ,
C U ARGT O
Fig 209
. . Piping of Heater for P ower S ervice .
heater and escapes by th e outlet near the front end Water is .
admi tt ed th rough a b al anced re gulating valve and evenl y dis
tributed to th e top pans by inside feed pipes The water overflows .
the edges of th e p ans and follows th e under side to the lowest

point and drops into the next pan below until it reaches the
bottom of the chamber and passes to the main pum p suction
through a hooded opening Th e troughs of the pans provide
.
settling chambers and so eliminate the necessity for a fil ter .
S olids precipitated from solution are deposited and ret ained on

the under side of the pans .
T h e Hoppes induction chamber shown in Fig 21 2 takes the .
place of by pass piping and is described as follows :

-
,
119 6 HAN DBOOK ON PIPING
( M US T 70
“
TR ?
Fig 21 0
. . Piping m
of Heater for Gravity Return Stea Heating System .
Fig 2 1 1
. . Hoppes Feed Water Heater .
that the heater has preference the surplus steam passing out at
,
the side of th e tee I to th e heating system A live steam connec .
tion is provided at 2 through reducing val ve 3 Th e reducing .
valve should be provided with a by p ass 4 so that it can be cut

-
out if necessary .
O pen Heater Piping Th e arrangement of piping for open

.
heaters involves much the sam e considerations as for closed
Fig 214
. . Piping for Open Hea t er .
heaters The heater shoul d be placed two or three feet higher

.
than the pump so that the hot water will flow into the pump suc
tion by gravity A by pass should be arranged so th at the heater
.
-
may be cut out for cleaning or inspection or when all the steam ,
is needed for heating A piping arrangem ent is shown in Fig

. .
214 for heater used with an exh aust heating system .
The cold wat er supply is controll ed by a float inside of the

heater As noted the returns from drips etc or from the heating
.
, , .
,
FEED WATER HEATERS 199
system o
are c nnec edt rectly to
di theheater . S hould the valve s
A and B both be osed
cl at the same time , th e starting
Cli f au /
Fig 2 1 5
. . By-p ass Piping . Fig 2 1 6
. . C ochrane C ut-out Valve
in Place of By—p ass .
en gine can produce a sufli cient pressure to rupture th heater e
unl ess the valve A is arranged to open under such conditions or a
relief valve provided with direct connection to th e heater Some .
Fig 2 1 7 . T h oroughfare Hea t er

. Fig 21 8. . Pr eference Heater .
heaters have the by pass made as part of the main casting thus
-
,
effecting a considerable saving in val ves and piping as indi cated ,
in Figs 215 and 2 1 6 where Fi g 21 5 sho ws a piping by pass and

.
, .
-
Fig 21 6 a by pas s contained in the cut out valve

.
- -
.
All of the steam may p as s through the heater to the atmos

phere as in Fig 2 1 7
, Part of th e steam may pass thr ough the
.
5 1mm !
Figs . 219 and 220 . t

Preference C onnec ions for Hea t
ers Used wi h t
t t
Exh aus Hea ing Sy stems .
heater and part to the atmosphere as in Fig 21 8 where only,

.
,
sufficient steam is admitted to the heater to heat the water .
Other form s of preference connections may be used as sho wn ,
in Figs 2 1 9 and 220 where the tendency of th e steam is to enter

, ,
the heater the exce ss p assing on

,
A preference tee or a plain tee
.
ar r anged as sho wn may be used for thi s pur pose .

p pe systems A one pipe wet sy stem is shown in Fig

two- i .
-
.
221 .As th e s am e pipes are used to supply steam and to return

th e condensation from th e radi ators they mus t be large , Th e .
main ste am pipe is sloped away from the boil er A return main .
is run under th e supply m ain and is pit che d towar d the boil er ,
entering it bel ow th e water line Th e ri sers are taken from the

.
top of the steam main to supply the radi ators and these same
,
,
222 . One-pip e C ircui Sys emt t .
risers are used by th e condensation whi ch drai ns into the return

pipe A single radiator on the first floor m ay be used without
.
connecting to th e return pipe A one pip e cir cui t sy stem is

.
-
shown in fi g 222 In this sy stem the m ain steam pipe makes a

. .
comple te circui t of th e b asement at th e s am e time pitching

,
away from the boiler and on returni ng ente rs it b el ow th e water

,
li ne .T he radiators are suppli ed with steam and a e drained by r
th e same riser whi ch is m ad e l arge enough for thi s pur pose Th e .
condensation after reaching the cir cui t pip e is force d al ong in

, ,
th e same direction as the steam and com pleting the cir cui t is
returned to the boiler The steam main shoul d be of one Size
.
and large enough so that there will be plenty of room for both
PIPING FOR HEAT ING SY STEM 203
the steam and water of condensation With tall buildi ngs the .
,
use of th e same pipe for supply and drain i s obj ectionable due ,
to the interference In such cases the one pipe system shown

.
-
in Fig 223 may be used

. The supply main in thi s case is run
, .
to the top of the building ,
an d t he n t h e r adi at o r
branches are taken Off from
drop pipes In thi s way the .
steam and condensation both

flow do wnwar d e cept in the x
short connections between

th e dr op and the r adi ator .
T he drop pip e connects into

a drai n pipe w hich returns
th e condens ation to the

boiler A few radi ators may
.
be connected into th e mai n

riser .
Th e arrangement of a two
pipe system is shown in Fig .
224 . As shown steam is ,
supplied at one end of the Fig 223 O pip D ow Flow S t m ne- e n s e

y
radiator and dr ai ned from
. . .
the other th e ste am and drain pipes being entirely sep arate
, .
T he radiators a e supplied by risers from a steam main l o cated

r
ne ar th e b asement ceili ng T h e drai n pipe s drop to a return

.
m in lo cated near th e floor of the b asem ent or b elow th e water

a
line in the boiler .
S team Radiator Pipe Connectio ns Several metho ds of mak .
ing radiator connections a e shown in Fig 225 T here shoul d

r . .
al way s be provi sio n for expansion and contract ion T h e connec .
tion at A is for a radiator and m ain un oncealed whil e B shows ,

c ,
a Simil ar connection but using a 45 degree br anch because of
limited room above the main At C and D are shown metho ds of .
connection between r adiators and risers one pip e system At ,

-
.
E and F are Shown methods of connection for th e two pipe -
sy stem .
T he si es of pipe for whi ch radi ators are tapped as used by th e

z
Ameri can R adiator C omp any a e given in T able 78 which is for r ,
one and two pip e direct st eam r adiators If the connection be

.
-
.
tween the radiator and the riser is short these same sizes may
be used .
Fig 224
. . T wo-p ipe Sys tm
e .
PIPE Si zns r dn ST EAM R anm ro ns'
T wo -pi pe Sys tem
S izes of S team Heating Pipes Steam pip es for heating

.
should always be of am ple size and carefully drained Th e steam .
main should never be less than 1 inches in diameter, and should

p pe system a e not given as they shoul d be determined

two- i r
from the conditions in connection with each installation For .
small supply pipes they may be one si e small er For large z .
supply pipes the returns may be very much smaller but dry ,
returns shoul d be larger than wet returns A dry return is one .
2 0 00
l 0 00
Fig 226
. . S iz es of Steam M ains and R is ers .
h h r t r pipe is above the water level and a wet

in w ic th e e u n ,
rt r
e u n is one whic h below th e water level of th e boil er and con
is ,
sequently is al ways full of water The dry return pipe exposes

.
th e surface of th e water flowing al ong th e bottom of th e pipe ,
and is likely to cause w ater h amm er and noi se s due to th e rapid
condens ati on Of th e st eam .
Hot Water He ating S ystems T here are tw o sy stems of

.
hot water heating th e open tank system shown in Fig 227 and
-
,
.
,
the closed tank sy stem T he arr angement of piping is th e same

.
for both sy stems but the piping may be somewhat smaller for
,
th e closed sy stem and a safety val ve must be provided

,
T hi s .
safety valve is usually set for ten pounds pressure The system .
illustrated in Fi g 227 shows th e supply mains rising from th e

.
heater and th e re turn mains Sloping towar d the heater and enter
PIPING FOR HEATING S STEM Y 207
ing it at as point as possible The risers to the radiators

low a .
ar e taken from the top of th e supply mains T he mains and .
risers may be reduced as the radiator branches a e taken off r .
For large buildings a single supply pip e m ay be carried to th e

exp ansion t ank and from there the branch down feed pipes
,
-
Fig 227
. . tm
Op en T ank Sy s e .
to the radiators h s system is shown in Fig 228 Circulation

. T i . .
is caus ed by the fact that water expands when it is heated there ,
fore it becomes lighter than cold water and rises through the
system allowing the cold water to flow downward to the heater
, .
Thi s metho d of Operation is known as a gravi ty system For .

‘
large buildings it is necessary to use a pump to circulate the water

and it is then calle d a
forced circulation system .
E x p a n s i o n Tank s .
T h e purpose of the ex
pansion tank is to care
for the changes in vol
ume of th e water as it is
h e at e d I t s h o ul d be .
placed above the hi ghest

radi ator in the system ,
and shoul d be provi ded
with a vent pipe and an ,
overflow pipe connected

to a drain The ordinary .
form of tank m ade of

galvani ed ir on is shown z
in Fig 229 together with .

,
th e necessary pl plng con

Fig . 228. D own f d H t W t S y t m
-
ee o a er s e .
necti ons .
Hot Water Radia otor o Several methods of

Pipe C nnecti ns .
making radiator connect o s for hot t r a e

i n wa e r
shown in Fig 230 Th e connection for hori

. .
zontal m ain s is shown at D and for v ertical ,
pipes or risers at A and C Th e supply pipe .
may be connected at th e top of th e r adiator ,
as shown at B whi ch m ake s th e valve handy

,
.
T wo metho ds of connection for overhead sup

ply systems are shown at E and F In th e .
method shown at F the water passes thr ough

each radiator sep ar ately e nte ring all of them
,
at practicall y th e s ame tem p eratur e w hil e in ,
th e metho d shown at B it passe s thr ough each

of the radi ators in succession necessitating ,
lar ger radi ators on the lo wer floors T h e si es

»
m
,
. z
F
of pipe for which hot water radiators are Fi 229 E n ion
tapped as used by the American Radi ator T nk C o tio g p
a
. .
nnec
x a s
ns
C om pany are as follows T h e s ame si es are
. z
used for both supply and return pipes The size of p ip e refers .
to the nominal diameter of standard wrought pipe .

heating system Any system of heating

. may be s in con
u ed
nection wi th exhaust steam by installing the prop er apparatus .
3 00 0
Fig 23 1
. . Siz es of Hot Water M ains .
Fac tories and large buildi ngs having a power plant often make
use of e h aust ste am in thi s way
x Th e piping for such a sy stem
.
should be large to keep the back pressure in th e exhaust pipe

as low as possible . A live steam connection shoul d be made to
Fig 232
. . Sizes of Hot Water Risers .
PIPING FOR HEATING S STEM Y 21 1
the heating pipe using a reducing val ve to lower the pressure

, ,
and a relief or b ack pressur e valve should be placed in the exhaust
pipe to prevent excessive back pressure If the condensation is .
to be returned to the boiler an Oil separator should be placed in

,
th e exh aust pipe b efore th e co nnectio n is

made with the heating sy stem Steam .
traps automatic pum p and receiver and

, ,
other devices used in connection with ex

haust heating are described in other parts
of thi s book and may be located by refer
,
ence to th e inde T h e piping for feed

x .
water heaters is shown in C hapter XI .
Th e W eb ster Vacuum S ystem of S te am

Heating T h e Webster sy stem is used Fig 23 3 ' °
w b t Sylph o T p
.
here to illustrate a method of heating with e s er n ra .
a pressur e lower than atm ospheric A v acuum sy stem necessit at es

.
the r m oval of air from the system by means of a pum p

e T hi s .
e st abli she s a l ower pressur e in th e returns after whi ch th e pump ,
removes the condensation and entrai ned ai The steam con r .
denses in the radi ators and so induce s a fur ther supply of ste am .
T hi s rem oval of air and ondensation m ake s a positive circula

c
tion and insures com plete filling of the radi ators with steam
,
.
If exhaust steam is used there will be

very li ttle back pressure upon th e
engine s .
One of th e essential feature s Of the

Webster sy stem is the outlet valve
used on radiators and coil s T he .
form shown in Fig 233 is the Webster .
syl phon trap It is operated by a syl .
phon bellows T he sum of the small .
m ovement of each of the folds gives

th e necessary lift to the valve T hi s .
Fig 234 .
trap will close q uickly and positively
.
W b t M odul tio V l
e s er a
when ste am reache s the bell ow s but
n a ve.
at a slightly l ower temp erature th e wate r and air will be wi th
drawn o discharged r Since the valve is wide Op en when cold

.
,
th e radi ator is sur e to be drai ned .
T he cir culation of steam m ay be controlled and m o dulatio n

of temperature secured by thr ottling the inlet valve on any radia
tor The Webster modulation valve shown in Fig 234 is made

. .
so that less than a full turn is required from shut to full opening ,
th e area of the Openi ng increases in proport ionate progression ,
and a pointer and dial a e used to indi cate the de gree of openi ng
r .
Radiator Pipe Connections Th e size of radiator tappings

.
as given by Warren We bster C om p any ar e shown in Table 79 .
CAST IRO N RADIATO R T u r m os
l
N orma M axi Custo m ary Prac S up ply T apping
ll
mum Pounds of ti ce fo owed by w h en th e Webster
Ret urn Tappi ng
p er Hour is Used
NOTE Webster M odul ation Valve is used for radiators up to 150

"
feet ; 1 above 1 50 square feet with interchangeable “M odulati on ”
.
square ,
sleeves to secure throttling contr ol .
PI PE C o rr. T APP IN GS
q
S uare Feet of Direct
R adiating S urface C on l
N orma M axi mum
”f
densing N ormal y notl Pounds o f C ond en
Pi pe
pI
of S upp ly
3
Pipe
2m
.p
o Return
t o exceed V4 Pound sati on p er Ho ur
q
per S uare Foot per Hour
Th e figures refer to vacuum sy stems only If the condensation is .
greater than that given for the radiating surface the pipes should
be b ased upon the condensation rate T he run outs from supply .
-
ri sers to radiators should be one size lar ger if more than four feet
l ong .
trap to the return risers the larger heating coils being pro
20 in ,
tected by dirt strainers 1 9 .
“
Steam is also supplied to temp ering and re heating -
Fig 236
. . Webster Vacuum tm
S ys e .
D— E whi ch so drained at the return ends of each group

ar e al
through traps 20 protected by dirt strainers 1 9

,
.
“ l h returns join and lead to a v acuum pump F protect ed

Al t e ,
by a suction strai ner 1 0 th e steam supply to the pump being au

,
tomatically controlled by th e vacuum pum p governor 9 Gauges .

PIPING FOR HEATING SY STEM 21 5
on slate board 1 1 1 2 are shown with connections taken from the

—
heating mai n and the vacuum return line .
The vacuum pum p disch arges through an ai r separating tank

1 5 to a feed water heater
, The illustration shows the prefer
ence type heater th e Oil se parator 8 being so constructed that a
,
sufli cient q uantity of exh aust steam is directed toward the heater ,
the b alance is available for the heating system while any excess ,
EKPLA NA ” 0,
Hei ght 30 In.
"
Oons m iou to Bai l
Fig 237
. . t
A m osph eric Sys tm
e .
s p s through th e atmospheric back pressure valve G The

e ca e .
heater may thus be cut out of service while the oil separator
remains in use .
“
T h e ventil ation s cheme provi des for such rooms connected
thereto a supply of purified humi di fied and heated fresh air
, , .
The ai is partially heated in p assing over the tempering heater

r
D and is drawn by the fan thro ugh the ai r washer 26 and re

,
heated to the proper temperature passing over the re heater E

,
into the main air supply duct Th e supply of steam to the tem
.
pering heater and re heater coils is automatically governed by

-
tempe rature control system valve H

“
y m of S team Heating The tmospheric
Atm osph eric S ste A
”
.
st m
Sy e is a low pressure system developed by the Ameri can
Distri ct S team C ompany It is a two pi pe gravity re turn sy stem
.
-
,
operating with pressures of from five to eight ounces and wi th ,
very rapid circul ation Each radi ator is a separ ate uni t and can
.
,
be m ani pul ated as de sire d without affecting th e others Th e .
regul ating valves are made in inch size and the radi ator ,
should be bushed to inch for both connections with th e inl et ,
at th e top of one end and the outlet at th e bottom of the other
end .Th e various principles involved and th e gener al arrange ,
ment of piping is shown in Fig 237 The main steam line in the
. .
Fig 2 38
. . t
Opera ion of Grad ua ed Valvet .
bas ement is laid out in a complete cir cuit to make certai n of

perfect circulation and equalization of pressure at all points in
th e sy stem The re turn pip es are under no pressur e and are used
.
,
to provi de gravi ty return of the water of condensation and as an

outlet for th e air in the system Extra heating surf ace is used in
.
each radi ator and the return pi ping is vented to th e atmosphere
to allow air to freely enter or leave the system This vent pipe .
may be 1 inch on small installations but a number of pipe s ,
m ay be required on large sy stems Onl y one val ve is used on the

.
radiators the inlet val ve T his inlet valve is so arranged that

,
.
the radi ator m ay be one quart er one half or any desire d par t
-
,
-
,
filled with steam as shown in Fi g 238 The steam admi tted dis
,
. .
places the air and being li ghter remain s at the top of the radia
, ,
tor. Sizes oi pip e to install for vari ous am ounts of radiatio n as ,

of piping as described above is shown in Fig . 239 . As indicated,

any engine can exhaust into a condenser to , the tmosphere or
a ,
to the heating system .
Fig 23 9
. . t tio
S a n t
Piping C onnec ion for Exh aus Hea ing t t .
Underground S team M ains rground system of pip

. T he unde
ing is a p articul arly important par t of di stri ct heating S om e of .
the essential features of unde rgroun d heating sy stem s as ins tall ed

by th e American Distri ct S team C om pany are : effi cient insula
tion perfect provision for expansion and contraction provi sion
, ,
for taking servi ce connections from fixed points only special ,
attention to under drai nage perfect grading and trapping of th e

-
,
m ain s use of hi ghe st grade materi als and com petent supervi sion
, ,
of the work of installation Th e methods of insul ation found.
most efficient and durable by the above com pany are th e woo d
Fig 240 . .
“
S t
and ar
”
d St m Pipe C asing
ea .
stave cas ing shown in Figs 240 and 241 and the patented mul ti
.
,
cell constructio n shown in Figs 242 and 243 . .
T he woo d casing is built up of st aves of selected whi te pine free ,
from sap and thoroughl y air and kiln dried The staves have a .
PIPING FOR HEAT ING SYSTEM 21 9
o g and groove their length which is locked by spirally wound

t n ue ,
banding wire A four inch .

-
mortise and tenon is cut on

the ends the m ortise b eing
,
one h alf inch gre at er than the

-
tenon to all ow the joints to

be firmly driven together .
T he casing is then coated with

asph al tum pitch and roll ed in
sawdust A tin and asbestos

.
li ning com pletes th e casing .
The lengths of sections vary

up to eight feet Th e stand .
ard thickness of the casing is
four inche s T he tin lining

.
reflects the heat wave s back Fi 241 S t d d "St m M in

to the pipe and protects the
,
g
C o t u tio in C i g
. .
ns r c
an ar
n
ea
as n
a
casing T h e standard practice

.
of th e Am erican District Steam C ompany is to use a four inch -
shell tin and asbestos lined cas ing on low pressure steam li nes
,
and on hot wat er lines and ,
two inch thi ckn ess unli ne d for -

, ,
return li nes Th e casing is .
made from tw o to three inches

larger inside di ameter th an , ,
the iron pipe whi ch it covers ,
thus providing an annul ar air

space which is m ade into
“
dead ai sp ace by th e use r
of cast ir on coll ars which al so

assist in anchoring th e li ne .
C as t iron guides and rollers

placed about six feet apart are
used to centre the pipe .
Fig 24 1 shows a cross .
section of the standard steam

Fig 242 St d d St m M i C
m ain construction in wood
. . an ar ea an on
t u tion
s r cM ulti ll -c
e
stave casing for mains six
.
inches and larger Fo mains five inches and smaller one of

. r ,
the drains m ay be omitted .

Th e mul ti cell construction, shown in Fi gs 242 and 243, is

-
.
buil t in place in th e trench A concrete bas e upon which rest .
support s for the pipe, is buil t on a layer Of crushed stone Hollow .
tile blocks on endrest upon this b ase and form the side wall s , ,
th e joints wi th th e base and between tiles b eing m ade with

cement The til es ar e then .
fill ed with shavings and the ,
tops closed with cement .
T h e space above th e piping

insul ation is als o fill ed with
shavings Tile blocks wi th .
cl osed ends l aid across th e
top close th e conduit All .
joints are carefully cemented .
T h e closed tile s form a m ul ti

cell insul ati on Of de ad ai r .
Th e crushed stone at the

sides prov des for effective i
drainage to the drain til e .
It will be noted that th e pip

ing is entir ely sep ar ate from
Fig 243 M ul ti ll C on t u tio f
th e condui t whi ch is thereby
. .
- ce s r c n or
L g M inar e a s
,
relieved from the efiects of

.
expansi on of the pipin g T h e cross section shown in Fig 242

. .
is for m ains from six in che s to sixt ee n inches in clusive Fo . r
small er si e mai ns only one drai n tile is used For m ai ns eighteen

z -
.
in che s and lar ger th e ar ch form of cons truction is us e d in or der

, ,
to secure the strength necessary on account of the increased

width of the conduit Fig 24 3 ,
. .
Unde rdrainage In addition to th e in sulation provi ded it is

.
nece ssary to prevent any water from comi ng in to contact with

th e steam pipe The effect of water woul d be condensation of
.
steam in the mai n as well as ul tim ately affecting the durabili ty

,
of the insulation Thi s means that adequate underdrainage must

.
be provi ded regardl ess of the kind of insulation used

,
.
Th e m etho ds of underdr ai nage as installe d by th e American ,
district S team C omp any are Shown in Fi gs 24 1 242 and 243

,
.
, .
When the trench is dug a properly graded and drained field tile
,
or uncemented sewer pipe is installed This pipe is connected at .
as frequent interval s as neces sary with the sewer using check ,

PIPING FOR HEATING SY STEM 223
line reaching to a point below the centre of the casing The

and .
trench is then ready for filling .
Expansion and Contraction T he two methods o f caring for .
expansion and contraction shown in Figs 244 and 245 a e de ,

.
,
r
vices m ade by th e Am erican Distri ct Steam C omp any Th e

“ ri tor ”Fi
.
va a g 244 h as two corrugated copper diaphragms

,
.
,
.
It is made with a fix ed casing and two movable slips T he outer .
£0 VALV!
S t eam
Fig . 248 . In teri r o Piping and Me ter tt

Se ing . t
A mosph eric Sys em t .
g of the diaph agm is held in th e casing which cas ing is securely

ed e r ,
anchored ; the inner edge of th e di aphragm i fast ened to th e end s
of the Sli p Th e casing Of the variator and of the anchorage fit

.
ting Fig 246 are provided with service openings so that branches
,
.
, ,
are t aken from fixed points T hese variato s a e placed about 1 00

. r r
feet part and have an anchorage fitting half way between them
, .
Such an expansion devi ce do es not requir e p acking or attention

after b eing inst all ed and so avoids th e e pense due to the large
,
x
num b er of m anholes necessary to care for the slip joint e pansion x
joints When m anh oles can be used the slip joint shown in Fig
.
, .
245 may be use d As shown it is provided with service op en

.
,
ings . methods of installation arrangement of manholes

Th e , ,
anchorages and other details are shown in Fi

, g 24 7 for the use .
of vari ators and multi cell insulation With expansion joints

-
.
more manh oles would be necessary .
Interior Piping for Central S tation Heat If the buil ding to .
be heated is piped for steam or h ot water necessary connections ,
Fig 249
. . In t o
eri r Piping . One -pipe Sys tm
e .
can made for using the existing piping Any sy stem of steam
be .
or hot water heating may be used in a new installation but the ,
atmospheric sy stem previously describ ed is advi sed as being
most economical Fig 248 The interior piping for a one pipe
,
. .
-
system is shown in Fi g 249 When hot water piping is already

. .
in st alled it may be continued by using a heater in whi ch th e

water is he ated by ste am from the street .
CHAPTER XIII
WATER AND Y
H DRAULIC PIPING
Water Piping purpose of this chapter is not to treat

. Th e
ext ens ively of the subj ect of water piping but to give such infor ,
m ation as it is b eli eved will be of pr actical value to those who

have piping to do around a building or plant .
T h e sizes and kinds of pipin g val ves and fittings whi ch are , ,
used for water have been treated in the earli er chapters The .
foll owing articles will deal with some of the special kin ds of wate r
piping .
Gravity Pipe Lines If a pipe is used to fill one reservoir

fromanother at a higher level the pressure in the pipe will de
.
Fig 25 1
. . Hydraulic Grade . Fig 2 52
. . Siph on .
r
c ease uni forml y from the hi gher to the lower level thi s differ ,
ence b eing due to fri ction T h e pressur es can be represented by

.
th e line x y Fig 25 1 where the pressur es at various points are

—
,
.
,
proportional to th e height of line x y above the pipe If th e pipe —

.
shoul d rise above x y at any point the pressure will be negative

—
, ,
and a p artial vacuum will be formed as at point A Of th e dotted ,
pipe lin e resul ting in decreas ed flow T his m ay be relieved by

,
.
an air co ck or th e outlet of th e pip e m ay be restricted

,
Th e line .
x y is call ed th e hy draulic grade

—
.
A pipe used to convey water from one cont ainer to another ,
arranged as in Fig 252 is call ed a siphon

. In order to start water
,
.
flowing the air must be removed from the pipe when the atmos ,
ph eric pressure at 1: will cause the water to rise in the pipe to

point z from which it flows into contai ner 2 The maximum
,
.
theoretical vertical distance b etween a: and z is 34 feet The .
al titude of sur face a: and friction in the pip e will reduce thi s
WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 227
amount Air from th e water may collect at the point z and must
.
be removed to keep the siphon in operation .
Flow Of Water in Pipe s T he flow of water in pipes is too

.
large a subj ect to be treated with any degree of comple teness in

'
this bo ok and the reader is referred to works on hydraulics A

,
.
few approxim ations and some common pipe data will be given ,
however .
Th e quantity of water delivered by a pipe will depend upon the

head or pressure and the frictional resistances At a given point .
th e cubic feet of water passing will be equal to th e ar ea of th e

pipe times the velocity of the water .
Q= Aa n
Q cubic feet per second .
A area of cross section of pip e squar e feet

-
, .
1) velo city of flow feet per second

, .
If th ehead or pressure is given th e velocity may be figured and

then the quantity obtained by using the above formula T able .
81 gives pressures equivalent to various heads of water .
T ABLE 8 1
The theoretical vel o city can be found from th e formula for fall
ing bo dies, as given b elow :
in whi ch 1) o ty of flow feet per second

vel ci , .
h head of water feet , .
Value s given by the above formulas are theoretical and if the ,
length of the pipe is at all great will be very much reduced .
For clean straight pip e the quan tity of water dis charged and
friction loss at different velocities of flow may be obtai ned from
Fig 253 which was plotte d from Ellis and Ho wland s tables by
’
.
,
M r Wal ter R Clark Ph B M echanical Enginee r with Bri dg

. .
, . .
,
port Brass Company using formulas (28) and ,
v velo city in feet per second .
G gallons per minute .
F pounds friction l oss per 1 00 feet .
D diameter of pipe in inches .
G 2 45s
. 03G2
F
D5
F ormula (28) is taken for velocities greater than three feet per
second The method of using this chart m ay be understood from
.
an exam ple A flow of 300 gall ons per mi nute is requi red with
.
a pre ssur e l oss of 25 pounds The di stance is 1 00 feet Find th e . .
int ersection of a ve rtical line from 300 gallons wi th a hori ontal z
line thr ough 25 pounds f i ction loss whi ch gives a r in ch pipe ,
and 1 9 feet per second vel ocity T he heavy lines show actual .
diameters light lines show nominal diameters

,
.
All fittings m eters changes in di rection changes in the con

'
, , ,
dition of th e pipe and other factors pro duce friction and tend to
reduce the flow so that they should be taken into account when
es timating sizes of pip es T h e length of pipe equi valent to an
.
el bow for vari ous size s of pip e and vel o cities of flow may be found
in Fig 254 whi ch shows re sul ts obtained from ex periments by

.
,
Professor F E Giesecke ( Domestic Engineering N ov 2

. .
,
.
,
Pump S uction Piping T h e flow of wat er into th e suction

.
pipe is dependent upon atmospheric pressure from whi ch it ,
follows that the piping should be direct and with as few valves
and angles as possible so as to avoid fri ction It is of course essen .
tial that the piping should be tight Wh enever possible new .

,
piping should be tested with water under a pressure of between

25 and 50 pound s per square inch .
Th e vel o city of flow in suction pipin g under ordinary condi tions

m ay be from 1 50 to 200 feet per minute For l ong pipes or hi gh .
lifts a lar ger pip e should be provided to reduce th e velo city of

the water T hi s velo city dep ends upon the difference in pres
.
sures between that on the surface of the water and in the pump ,
a J 4 r
.
5
c u ms r
-
m or P l f f m ea t s
Fig 254
. . Leng h t of Pipe Equivalent to an Elb ow, T ee, etc .
and cann ot exceed that due to the vacuum less the head of water
in the suction pipe If thi s velo city is too low or th e pip e t oo
.
small the pum p cylinder will not fill on each stroke

, .
Th e column of water in the suction pipe mus t be stopped and

started at the end of each stroke T his action can be modi fied
.
by providing a vacuum chamb er into which the water may con

tinne to flow In every case it should be so placed that the water
.
may flow into it without changing its direction abruptly Fig ,

.
255 .T he proper position for the vacuum cham b er is at the

WATER AND HY DRAULIC PIPING 23 1
highest point in the suction pipe and as near the pump as possi
ble in order to obtain th e full b enefit of the regulating action
,
.
With long pipe or high lifts a foot valve should be provided at -
the l ower end to keep

the pipe full of water .
In the arrangement
shown in Fig 256 a
.
long pip e is avoided

by th e use of a well ,
supplied l by a pipe
through which water Fig 255 A g m t of S tio Pi ing r ran e en uc n
p
flows by gravity The
. . .
pump takes its water from this well T hi s method is frequently .
used for supplying condensing water .
Th e m a im um theoretical height th ough whi h cold water

x r c
can be rai sed by suction is 34 feet at sea level At higher level s

, .
this distance is less Air leaks and friction reduce thi s so that
.
the practical lift is about 26 feet When water is heated it gives

.
OH vapor or st eam at 2 12 F under atmospheric pressure

°
. .
At lower pressure s this action takes place at lower tem perature s .
For this reason hot water cannot be rai sed as hi gh as cold water
by suction . T h e theoretical heights that hot water m ay be
raised at different t emperatures are shown in Fig 257 It is al . .
Fig 256
. . Pump Well .
way s better to arrange to have hot water flow into the pump ,
e sp e cially if it is above 1 20 F
°
.
Pump Di s char g e Piping Since th e water delivered h as th e

.
force of the pum p pressure it may be given any velocity and ,
friction is not so serious as in the suction pipe For thi s reason .
th e di scharge pip e is generally m ade smaller A velo city of 250 .

to 300 feet per minute is a fair value for the discharge pipe , al
though velo cities up to 400 feet per minute ar e all owable .
Fig 257
. . t
T h eore ical Heigh t th t H t W t
s a o a er may be Raised by Suc ion t .
Whenever s are used either in the suction or discharge

val ve ,
piping the gate form should be adopted as it ofiers very li ttle

,
resistance to flow while gl obe valves offer very large resistance

, .
Boil er Fee d Piping Boilers Of over 50 horsepower sho ul d

.
have at least two methods of feed water supply in order to insure

a supply at all times When city mains ar e used for boiler fee d
.
a t an k should be provided with a large cap aci ty w here water can
be stored as it is unsafe to depend upon o utside sour ce s of

,
supply T he city pipes should feed into thi s tank and the
.
boilers should be supplied by a pump or inj ector .
Fo r h o t fe e d w at e r
brass pipe is to be pre
f e r r e d a l t h o u g h extra ,
heavy steel pipe may be

used The fee d pipe to a .
boiler should be provided

with a stop valve and
c heck valve the stop valve ,
Fig 258 Boil F d Pip er

b eing nearer
ee
the boiler
e
.
A relief val ve lo cated be

. . .
tween these two valves is desirable when a pump is used as it ,
will prevent an undue rise in pressure should the pump be

started with the stop val ve closed This relief val ve may be .
inch . tra strong and double

Ex ex tra strong screwed fittings
may be used for making joints .
Fig 259
. . Hydrauli c Pipe and C oupling .
Th e pipe and couplings shown in Fig 259 are made by th e .
Watson S till man C omp any for pressures of 1000 and 3000 pounds
- .
The internal diameter may be th e same as either ext ra strong or

double extra strong pipe Th e flange s are m ade inte gral wi th
.
Fig 2 60 . . Hy drauli c Fl ang e Uni o n .
the pipe held together by a very heavy steel spli t ring

and are ,
th e two p arts of w hi ch ar e drawn together by two bolts A cup .
packing is used to prevent leakage The pipe is m ade in lengths .
to sui t th e plans of th e installation Fittings ar e also made with.
flanges arranged to use the same

clamp c ouplings A form of .
flange uni on for screwed pipe as

adopted by th e sam e com p any in
conne ction with pum ps presse s ,
and accum ul ators is shown in Fig .
260 It is recomm ende d for pre s

.
Fig 261 Hyd li Fl g

sure s of 1 000 to 3 000 pounds in
. . rau c an e
Fitti g n s
si es from three to six inches
.
z .
The two fl anges are made of forged steel and have inside thr ead
connections for th e pipe One part is recessed to receive a pro
.
WATER Y
AND H DRAULIC PIPING 23 5
j ectionfrom the other a leather washer being inserted between

,
them Fittings and companion flanges are made with similar

.
joints as shown in Fig 261 . .
In hydrauli c sy stem s where there is a possibili ty of sho cks

whi ch may rai se the pressure above the safe amount or where ,
Fig 262
. . Hydraulic Safe ty V l a ve .
the pre ssure from th e pum ps may become e essive due to closure xc
of th e di scharge pipe som e form of safety valve shoul d be used

, .
T hese a e m de in both th e sprin g weighted form and th e lever

r a -
form A Schutte hydrauli c safety valve is illustrated in Fig

. .
262 whi ch is m ade for pressur es up to 6000 po unds

,
.
Fig 263 . . Hy draul ic Ch eck Fig 264

. . Bal anced Hydrauli c
Valve . Valve .
Hydraulic Valve s general forms Of valves for hydraulic

. Th e
purposes are the same as those described in Chapter VI but the ,
constru ction is heavier Several valves as m ade by S chutte

.
Koerting C omp any are shown in Figs 263 264 and 265 A hy .
, .
draulio check v alve as used for pressures up to 1500 pounds per

square inch is shown in Fig 263 The small spring is to assure

. .
seating A valve for use at the same pressure is shown in Fig

. .
264 .T hi s valve is b alanced above and below th e seat so that ,
th e flow may be from either end and requi res but a sm all effort
,
Fig 266 . Unbalanced

.
Fig . 265 . t
Hydraulic S op Valve . Hydraulic Valve
for Operation A hydr aul ic stop valve for pressures up to 9000

.
pounds per squar e inch is shown in Fig 265 An unbalanced . .
hydraul ic stop and check valve for working pressures up to 1500

pounds per square inch is shown in Fi g 266 A fine pit ch thread
. .
and large handwhee l are necessary for ease of op eration S uch .
valve s are often used on hi gh pre ssur e oil line s for turbine
bearings .
ports will do much toward eliminating vibration and so help to

maintai n tight joints .
The author is indebted to the Ingersoll Rand Company for -

,
Fig 267 w hich illustrate s a S hort section of a pipe used on th e

.
contract for the Nichol son Pennsylvani a T unnel for th e D L . .
and W cut Off and show s a sim ple but effe ctive form of expan
.
-
,
sion joint T hi s piping has been used on several jobs and is still
.
in p erfect condi tion due to th e care exercised in laying it and a

,
S pecial graphi te mix tur e used on all joints Thi s pip e is laid so .
Fig 268
. . Values for C o effi cien C t .
asto drain toward the air receiver from whi ch any moisture can
be blown Off .
Compre ss e d Air Transmi s sion In calcul ating pipe line s for

.
compressed air Unwin s formul a for flow of flui ds as stated b el ow

’
,
may be used .
Q Volume in cubic feet per mi nute at pressure P 2 .
P pre ssure at entrance in pounds per squar e inch

I .
P pressure at end of pipe in pounds per square inch

2 .
d diameter of pip e in inches .
L length of pipe in fee t .
w weight of ai r in pounds per cubic foot at pressure P

l I.
0 an experimental co effi cient .
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
M2 A m DB0 m 0 N PIPING
N c
3
a a
c c c c
O “
w h a w a
a w a w
g d m s
.
‘
UIN l ad J
30
"
4
W m c
m
m c
o
c c
c
c
m
c c
m
c
o
c c
c
c
c
c c c c c c c c c
5
mo ( 13 M u g v-1 fi fi i n
o
m m m w
o
v
o
m m » w m
o o
m
c
c m m
o c
c
o o o
n
c
c
-o
q mgub a
w m m m g v x
”
‘
UE
N 1 !V
r- v-4 P-1 m c w m w m $ m c m m W m m
p ass axd mo 3 3 N N N fi v
4
o 5 a m w u m c w m d d o d d 6 d
fl
v
3c oo 8
d c
? n né
n 6
a
0
CD m m m m “ é fi c c c fi w m w m
05 01
2 a a a 3 mm3
a
t ! A F4 n m . h w “ ? m3 m
fi
m m m
n
C OM PRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 243
8 88 q
ao o
Q
2 8 . .
N lfl w m
3
F ‘ F ‘
m
n o o « n c
o. 3 n E n Q 5 o o
d m w s
. . . . .
4 ; n o 0
w n m w m m m
4
h
o ”
o .
o “ o m o
d w fl w w d
. . .
m N m c
c
b
o o o 5 .
o .
é d d o o N
a 9
w
.
0
N
2 3 N
m m c c c c c c c c o cc c c c c
”
c o c c
m m
o
aa 2
o o
m m m
o c
v v
o
m
.
o
o
o
n
o
w
o
o
o
a
o
m
a
ca m
o
m
o o
c
o
o
m
m
c
c
v
n
c
m
m o
Go m
m a wm 8
c o c c o o o
w
o
n m w fl c c
c
o
o fl o o h fi
a
h
d m m A d é c m s d m m
. . .
c o d w d c o
v w
c
a
»
.
o
“ fi a N mm v q a o u
h w o o fi c fi c o
fi fi u a m m g ? n
Val ues of w; are given in Table 83 whi ch is from Ingersoll-Rand

Company s catalog The co effi cient 0 may be taken from the
’
.
curve, Fig 268 , where a number of values have been plotted

‘
. .
For computations having to do with compressed air trans

mission, the information given in Tables 84 and 85 which are
from the catalog of Ingersoll Rand Company, may be u sed
.
-
.
T ABLE 85
M om
m amns FO R DETERM I N IN G T HE VOLUME or Fans Am
Baro metric Press ure
m g y
Th e Air Lift Pu pin S stem The use .of ompr
c essed air
as a m s of r s g t r
ean r
ai in wa e is ill ust ate d in Fig 269 Thi s fo m
r . .
of air lift p mp
u p t oh
was aten ed by D r E S P le in 1 886 Seve al
. . . r .
r g m s for
ar an e ent o r
the l we end of pp
th e air i e are sho
wn Th e .
sy m
ste is compos t r of p p g
ed en i ely i in and the op r o
e ati n is as
fo o s p p to
ll w : air is i ed o r
the l we end of
th e wa e t r pp h
i e w ere it
mixes with the wate r As this mixture is lighter than the water
.
it 18 forced up the pipe and out at th e di sc harge The lift of co ur se.
is the di stance from th e water level to th e discharge Op ening .
Th e distance from th e water l evel to th e bottom of th e pipe where

th e air is introduced is called th e submergence Th e amount of .
submergence to give most efficient results varies greatly and is

often determined by trial for a given installation .
Concerning the proportions of air lift wells Practi cal Engineer , ,

“
January 1 st 1 91 6 gives Table 86 and says : there are two classes
, , ,
t
Lif in Fee t (L)
1 0 to 60 in lu i
c s ve
61 to 200
20 1 to 500
50 1 to 650
65 1 to 750
TABLE 86
WELL PIPE SIZES
Si de I n et l C enter Air Pip e
G as Fittin g
p g for gas inside of buildings is generally
. Pi in
spoken of as gas fitting It is not the purpose of this chapter to
.
cover thoroughl y th e field of gas fitting but to give onl y such ,
inform ation as mi ght be of use to those wh o o ccasionally h ave

some gas fitting to do Gas piping should always be carefully
.
done and thoroughly tested .
T he various pipes used in conveying gas from th e sour ce of

supply to points where it is burned a e distinguished by different r
names depending upon their p arti cul ar purpose

, The cast iron .
-
pipes used to convey the gas through the streets are called mains .
From the m ains service pipes of cast iron or wro ught iron lead
,
-
to the buildi ng These should be taken from th e top of the

.
mains Inside of the building the distributing pipes carry the

.
gas to th e lights heaters etc A riser is a vertical pip e through

, , .
whi ch th e gas flow s upward A drop is one in w hi ch th e gas flows

.
downward .
M aterial s Cast iron and st andar d steel or wrought iron

.
pipe are used for gas piping Fi ttings shoul d be of malleable iron
.
and galvanized C ast iron fittings are heavier than malleable

.
-
COM PRESSED AI R, GAS AND OIL PIPING 247
iron and are more easily cracked or otherwise damaged Gas .
fittings in addition to those shown in the chapter on Pipe Fittings

are illustrated in Fig 270 For turning on and off gas in service
. .
pipes gas cocks are used as shown in Fig 271 Fig 272 is a , . . .
meter cock and Fig 273 is a gas stove cook

, . .
0 0 ” an »
Fig 270 . . tt
G as Fi in gs .
L ocation of Pipin g p pe from the street

. T he gas u ly i s pp
should incline p r fro u wa d or r that any condensa
m th e main in de
tion will drain back into the main T he amount of slope is not .
material but shoul d be sufficient to prevent the possibility of

water po ckets forming due to the settling of th e pipe ,
In every .
case th e pip e should be firml y supported and should be te st ed ,
for leaks before filling in the trench .
Th e piping in the bui lding shoul d be run to th e fixture s with as

few fittings as possible and should be pitched to provide drainage
,
.
Figs 271 , 272 ,

. and 273 . S tove C o ck, M e t
er C o ck, Service C o ck .
For thi s reason it is better to supply burners and fix tures by risers

rather than by drops .
S iz e s of Pipe s Th e si e of pipes should be based upon the

. z
m ax imum quantity (cubic feet) which is likely to be used For .
lights the meter rating of five cubic feet per hour may be used in
e stim ating th e si e s of pip es
z For cook stoves th e size of pipe will
.
vary from inch up to inches or m ore dependi ng upo n the ,
size of the stove Service pipes should never be less than

.
inch, regardless of length and in cold climates where there is

,
a possibili ty of frost forming it is b ett er to use at least one inch
pipe Insulating material may be used to protect the piping from

.
extreme col d Al cohol may be poured into th e pipe and all owed
.
to melt the frost which forms due to moisture in the gas T he .
size of pipe for a given quantity of gas may be figured by M oles

worth s formul a for maximum supply in cubic feet per hour
’
.
V 1 000
in w ich h
V m aximum cubic feet per hour .
d di am eter of pipe, inches .
pressure inches of water

h , .
G 5 spe cifi c gravity of gas (air

L length of pipe in yard s .
The value of G may be t aken at from 40 to 65 based on a val ue . .
of 1 for air .
A se rie s of article s Instructions for Gas C om p any Fitters ,
by M r George We hrle published in The Gas A ge N ew Y ork

.
, , ,
permission of which h as bee n given th e author under the copy

right of the former give complete particul ars of the above subj ect
, .
M r Wehrle use s formula (3 3) for th e flow of gas in pipes

. .
V 1 350
in w ich h
PI t
pressure inches of water
ini ial , .
final pressure inches of water

P2 , .
other letters as in formula

Quoting further from M r Wehrle s articles on the subj ect of
’
”
.
C onductivity of Pipes h e say s : ,
T he conductivity of a pipe is its carrying capacity in volumes

of gas whi ch is variable under certain condi tions of pressure
, ,
length and gravi ty of gas .
“
All fitters know that the elimination of dead ends in gas
“ ’
pipes is favorable to the carrying capacity of the pipe but to ,
j ust what extent and the cause should be understood

, , .
“
In the accompanying table Fig 274 explanation is given of , .
,
results to be obtained under different conditions representing

even at th ep s of addi tional pipe over No 3 In street

ex en e . .
main work it is general practice to tie in all dead ends possible

, ,
m ost companies allowing a considerable exp ense to be used for

that purpose ” .
Testing .Gas Pip e systems should be tested b efore turning

on the gas in order to be cert ain that all th e joints are gas tight .
Gas fitters proving pumps are

’
made for thi s purpose T hey .
may be used with a mercury

column or a spri ng gage the ,
former being preferred A .
proving pump is shown in

Fig 275 T he pum p is used . .
to force air into the system ,
and a pressure should be

maintained for one hour with ,
a pressure loss of not more
than inch of mercury

(about pound per square
inch pressure) T he rate of .
drop in pre ssure is an indica

tion of the extent of leakage .
In order to lo cate th e leaks

an ether cup is attached to
Fig 275 G P oving Pump
as r
the pum p thr ough whi ch ether
. . .
m ay be intro duced into th e piping and by its o dor indicate the

,
points of leakage .
Gas M ete rs Gas is ordinarily measured in cubic feet T he

. .
usual form of meter for measuring gas is ill ustrated in Fi gs 276 .
and 277 .T hi s form is call ed a dry gas meter and generall y con ,
sists of two cham bers whi ch a e separated from each other by

r
part itions and flexible diaphragms The operation may be under

.
stood by reference to the diagram Fig 277 The gas from th e ,

. .
street enters through pipe 1 to the space A and then through ,
opening 2 to spaces B B where it exerts pressure agai ns t th e

, ,
di aphragm 3 3 and so for ce s the gas from spaces C C out through

, , ,
4 5 and 6 to the piping sy stem When the spaces B B a e fill ed

'
,
.
,
r
th e sli de valve 7 is m oved so as to open port 4 to space A and to

connect port 2 with the outlet pip e Gas then flows into spaces
.
C C and m oves th e diaphr agm expelling the gas from sp aces

, ,
C OM PRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 251
B, B . h s operation is automatic and is communicated to the

T i
recording discs whi ch record the amount of gas measured by the
meter A view of the recording dials is shown in Fig 278 T o
. . .
read the meter begin with the dial at the left and read the smaller
of the two num bers on each side of the band on each of the three
dial s and add two ciphers The reading as illustrated is 66200
, . .
Such a reading subtracte d from the previ ous reading will give
,
th e amount of gas consumed in the interval The small dial .
Fig 276 . . Dry Gas M e t

er . Fig 277
. . t
Dry Gas M e er Diagram .
may be u eds
to observe the rate of consumption as well as to indi
cate leaks in th e sy stem Before connecting a gas meter it is
.
advi sable to be sure that the pipe s are all clean and that no undue
pressure can come upon the di aphr agm The connection to the .
meter should be one si e larger than the pipes thr ough whi ch th e
z
gas is supplied A meter should be placed level on a solid support

.
and not in a dam p place or where it will be subj ect to extreme

temperatures Sizes of gas meters are sometimes based upon a
.
cons umption of five cubic feet of gas per hour per burner so ,
that a 100 light meter would have a capacity of 500 cubic feet
-
per hour .
T h e report of the C ommi ttee on M eter C onnections of th e

Ameri can G as Institute gives much valuable inform ation on this
matter reports standard methods of many different com

, and
pani es No st andar d is recommended as the requir ements are

.
,
not th e same in different cities T he following matter is ah .
stracted from th e above report .
The tendency is for gas comp ani es to discontinue th e use of

lead outlet connections especially above the 1 0 light size and to
,
-
,
di scontinue the use of lead inl et connections for all sizes and to ,
use all iron connections and sui t able swing joints and in addi
-
, ,
tion a solid or a split tie in between the inl et and the outlet piping
,
-
Fig 278
. . Gas M e t
er Dial .
in order to relieve the meter screws and column seams of all avoid
able strain
” .
Philadelphi a practice as des cribed in th e report follows illus ,
trated by dr awings from the Uni ted Gas Improvement Com p any .
Fig 279 shows th e standard m eter connections for all m ete rs

.
except those with flange connecti ons .
The m ethod of connecting 3 to 200 light mete rs as shown by -

,
the foll owing sketches (Fig 279) call s for th e use of all iron inlet
.
-
and outlet connecti ons havi ng two double swing joints on the
inlet side and one double swing joint on the outlet side
,
.
“
Th e two piece cast iron tie in between the inlet and outlet
-
,
-
meter unions is first adj usted when setting three and five light ,
-
meters to th e meter to be set ; the two parts are bolted together

,
and then attached to th e inl et piping after which the o utlet pip
ing connections are m ade up .
When a meter is changed on thi s type of connection the ,
two piece tie in is removed and refitted to the s crew s of the meter
- -
to be set after which it is replaced in position on the piping

,
connections .
The onnection shown for meters larger than the five light
c -
size permits of all necessary adj ustment of the piping to the vari
able widths b etween meter screws and enables th e fitter to face
,
SU NDARD CM HECI’IMIS
‘
mt nu.
FLANGED HETKRS
Fig 280
. . Flanged M e t er t
C onnec ions .
up th e meter screws and meter uni ons fairly well and to level
th e m eter without straini ng th e conn ections mete r screws or , ,
column se ams .
All mete rs set in Phil adelphi a are supported by means of

hanger shelves two piece adj ustable s helves mounted on a back
,
-
board placed on the wall below the meters or are set on meter
tables or on the floor
,
” .
,
TYPES or naus ea consmucnon
STRING HEADER
BALANCE!)
u uosn HEADER
Fig 281 . T ypes of Header Cons tru tion c .
The d rawings reproduced in Figs 280 and 28 1 show the prac .
tice of the United Gas Improvement C om p any at Phil adelphia

for flanged meter connections and types of header construction .
COM PRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 255
to
Gas Pipin S pe cifica i ns gM any cities and gas com panies .
h r s r
ave ul e and egul a i nt o s governing the installation of gas pip
ing. G d oo pr t
ac ice is e r pr sented by the following quotations
e
from th e specifications for fuel and illuminating gas of the Uni ted
G as Im provement C ompany Philadelphi a Gas Works and th e , ,
accomp anying drawings Figs 279 280 281 and 282 T his matter
,
.
, , .
was supplied through the ki ndness of M r Walton Forstall Assist .

,
ant Engineer of distribution .
6 Pre ssure Te st
. Th e pipe shoul d stand a pressure of 3
.
pounds pe square inch or 6 inches of mercury column without

r , ,
showing any drop in th e mercury colum n of the gauge for a ,
period of at least ten minutes Leaky fittings or pipe should .
be rem oved ; cold caulked or cement pat ched m aterial will be

- -
rej ected .
8 O b structions and Jointing

. Th e piping shoul d be free .
from obstructions Every piece of pipe should be stood on end

.
and thoroughl y h amm ered and al so bl own th ough b efor e b eing ,

r ,
c onnected Whi te lead or other jointing material shoul d be used

.
sparingly to avoid clogging the pipe J ointing materi l should

,
. a
alway s be put on th e male thread on end of pipe and not in th e ,
fitting The use of gas fitters cement on joints is prohi bited

.
’
.
After being connected all piping shoul d be blown through from

,
th e last outlet on each floor to th e lower end of the ri ser to m ake ,
sure it is clear No piping should be coated or painted until in

.
spected and p assed by th e comp any T h e use of uni ons in con .
cealed w ork is not permi tted ; long screws or right and left - -
couplings should be used .
9 S lope of Piping
. T he piping shoul d slope toward th e
.
meter or toward an outlet from whi ch condensation can be

,
removed if necessary ; or it may be lai d level Piping with a .
perceptible sag whi ch mi ght hold condensation will be rej ected

, , .
It is especiall y important that undergroun d piping be lai d in

such a way that condensation may be readily removed .
12 A Protection of Piping
—
. Wh en necessary to im bed a pipe .
in direct contact with neat cement or ordinary concrete b lack ,
iron pipe m ay be used If cinders salt sea water or other sub .

, , ,
stance which has a corrosive action on the piping is to be used ,
in th e fabrication of the cement or concrete or if the concrete ,
or cement in which th e pipe is laid is to be exposed to brine acid ,
pickling bath liquor or other li quids of corrosive nature or if

-
, ,
the pipe is to be in contact with composition flooring or simil ar ,
structural material the piping shall be m ade up of pipe and

,
fittings galvanized on the outside and shall be painted with two ,
coats of a p ur e red leaded p aint a bituminous p aint or an e qui v

-
, ,
aleut protective co ating It is preferable that it al so be wrapp ed

.
or coated with an approved material for protection against

corrosion .
1 3 O utl ets
. Ceiling outlets should proj ect not more than
.
2 inches nor less than

,
in ch and should be firmly secured and ,
perfectly plumb Side wall outlets should proj ect not more than
.
-
inch nor less than

,
inch and should be at ri ght angles to ,
th e wall and firmly secured .
14 G as Engine Connecti on
.
(a) The gas piping should be .
of sizes in accordance wi th the following schedule :

Si of C o tion ze nnec
1 inch
1 ‘ /a
2
T hese si es apply only where th e length of piping from meter

z
to engine is 50 feet or less and where th e piping supplies the gas

,
engine al one If other fuel or il lumi nating appli ances are to be

.
supplied from the same piping the sizes given above should not ,
be used .
1 6 Explanation of Piping S chedul e

.
( ) Thi s schedul e is . a
b ased on the standard formul a for th e flow of gas through pipes .
T h e friction and therefore th e pressur e nece ssary to over come

, , ,
the friction increases wi th the quantity of gas flowing through

,
.
and as th e ai m of th e table is to have th e l oss in pressure not to
ex ceed one tenth of an inch water pre ssure per 30 feet of length
-
,
of piping the size of the pipe increases from an extremity towards

,
th e meter as each section h as an increasing numb er of outlets

,
to supply The quantity of gas th e piping may be called on to

.
deliver is st at ed in terms of inch outlets instead of cub ic feet , ,
outlets b eing used as a unit instead of burners because at the ,
time of first inspection the number of burners may not be defi

nitely det ermined The consumption of gas through an outlet
.
is assumed to be 1 0 cubic feet per hour this being rather less than ,
woul d be used by two ordinary burners .

If any outlet is larger tha n i nch, it mus be t o

c un ed as t mo r than
e one, in
r t
acco dance wi h th e sch edul e below :
Size of outlet in inches 1

/z 1 2 3 4
Val ue in aA; inch , 2 4 7 11 16 28 44 64 1 12
17 . of Piping S chedul e In using the schedul e observe

Use .
th e foll owing rul es :

(a) No piping between the me ter and the first branch line
should be smaller than inch .
(b) No piping should be smaller than inch .
(c) No independent line in the cellar or on the first floor from ,
th e meter to a gas range shoul d be smaller than 1 inch but when ,
the range is supplied from th e house piping a inch outlet will ,
suffice Above the fir st floor an independent line from the meter

.
,
to a gas range on an upper floor sh ould not be smaller than

inch . No pip e laid un der ground sh oul d be smaller th an
inches No pipe extending outsi de of th e main wall of a building
.
should be smaller than inch .
(d) No ceiling outlet W here th e height of ceiling is 20 feet or

more shoul d be smaller than inch .
(e) Piping for any typ e of room heater except gas logs over , ,
1 8 inches in length and where line do es not exceed 9 feet in

,
length should not be less than

,
inch For simi lar install ations .
with line exceeding 9 feet th e si e should not be less than

,
z
inch but a short riser thr ough the floor may be

, inch In .
other cases and where the house piping is to supply fuel appli
,
ances other than ranges application should be made to the

, ,
district shop to as cert ai n the proper si e of piping In any case z .
the capped outlet should not be m ore than 2 inches nor less than
inch above the floor level .
(1) In determining th e sizes of piping alway s start at the ex ,
tremities of the sy stem and work towar d th e meter .
(g) The lengt hs of piping to be used in each cas e are th e lengths

measured from one branch or point of j unction to another dis ,
regarding elbows or turns Such lengths will be hereafter spoken

”
.
“
of as sections and are ordinarily of one size of pipe There .
are only two r easons for whi ch a change in size of piping will be
allowed in a section Fi rst: where the length of a section is greater

.
than the length all owed for the outlets being supplied as for ,
example if a section supplying two outlets is 3 3 feet l ong 27

, ,
feet of thi s could be inch and the remaining 6 feet of inch , .
S econd : where the required length for th e outlets being supplied

will cause a vi olation of clause ( j ) unless the size is changed .
(h) If the exact num ber of outlets under consideration cannot

be found in the schedule take the next larger number , For .
e ample if 27 o utle ts are r equi r ed the next larger number in the

x , ,
schedule which is 30 should be taken

, , .
(i ) For any given number of outlets do not use a smaller size ,
pipe than the smallest si e in the schedule for that num ber of
z
outlets T hus to supply 1 7 outlets no smaller size pipe than 1

.
, ,
inch m ay be used no matter h ow short th e section may be

, .
(3) In any piping plan in any continuous run from an extrem

ity to the meter there should not be used a longer length of any
,
size pipe than shown for that size in the line opposite 1 outlet ,
as 50 feet for inch 70 feet for 1 inch etc Exceptions to this

, ,
.
rul e are : First: when larger piping than called for by the schedule
is mm in following (k) of thi s p aragraph S econd : when fitter .
voluntarily runs a larger pipe than is necessary as for e ample ,

x ,
if thr ee outlets are to be supplied by 60 feet of piping instead of ,
50 feet of inch and 10 feet of inch being requi red the entire ,
60 feet may be of inch piping When two or more successive .
sections work out to the same si e of piping and their total length z ,
or sum e ceeds the longest length shown for that si e piping

x z ,
the change in si e to a larger pipe should be m ade as soon as the

z
limi ting length h as b een reached For e ample if 5 outlets are . x , ,
to be supplied through 30 feet of piping and then these 5 and 1 ,
more m aking 6 in all th ough 24 feet of piping it woul d be found

,
r ,
by the schedule that 5 outlets through 30 feet require in ch

piping and that 6 outlets th ough 24 feet require inch piping
,
r ,
but as th e sum of the two sections 30 plus 24 equals 54 feet is , ,
4 feet longer than th e am ount of in h piping that m ay be c
use d in any continuous run th e 24 foot section must be changed ,
from inch to 1 inch 4 feet from the end nearest the meter
,
.
(It ) Never supply gas from a smaller si e pipe to a larger one z .
If 25 outlets a e to be supplie d through 3 00 feet of piping and

r
these 25 and 5 more making 30 in all through 100 feet of piping

, , ,
it would be found by th e schedul e th at 25 outlets through 300

feet require inch pipe and 30 o utlets th rough 1 00 feet require
,
2 inch pipe but as under thi s condition a 2—inch pipe would be

-
,
supplying a inch the 100 foot section should be m ade

,
inches T hi s do es not apply to the case of a small pipe inside of

.
a building supplying one outside of a building , whi ch h as b een
made larger as per (c) of this paragraph , because it is exposed to

out-d oor temperatures .
18 Plan of Piping
. In prep aring a plan Fig 282 the follow
.
,
.
,
ing instructions should be strictly adhered to

(a) Vertical piping should be drawn parallel to the short side
sheet .
10 5 0
‘
P /P/ N G PLAN
Fig 282
. . Gas Piping Drawing .
(b) p g thr ough the length of the building should be sh own

Pi in
parallel to the long side of the sheet .
(0) Piping across the width of the building should be sh own

diagonally on the sheet .
(d) S tate length and si e of each section of piping A section

z .
designates th e length of piping existing be tween outlets fittings ,
and points of changes in piping si es z .
(e) On horizontal piping mark the length under the line and
, ,
th e size over the li ne .
(1) On vertical piping including drops mark the length to the

, ,
righ t of th e line and the size to the left of th e line

, .
In pendants a strai ght line from the centre of the stem to the
,
centre of th e burner nozzle ;
In steml ess wall brackets as stiff single swing or double swing

, ,
- -
brackets carrying but one burner a strai ght line from the stiff
, ,
joint to the centre of the burner nozzle measured when the bracket ,
h as its maxi mum reach ;

l n stemmed wall brackets a straight line from th e point of
,
divergence of th e arm to the centre of the burner no le zz .
(b) In the case of cast wall brackets th e area of the gas way ,
-
in stems and arm s should be not less than the area of th e pipe or ,
tubing of equivalent lengths of the si es al read y specified

, ,
z .
30 G eneral
.
(a) S pe cial pre cautions should be taken in the
.
construction to prevent th e obstruction of the gas way by foreign -
matter such as solder other join ting m aterial or metal chi ps

, , , .
T h e ends of tubing shoul d be reamed to remove burs Wh en .
duplex tubin g is u sed care shoul d be exer cised to prevent faulty

,
ali gnment of gas— way s .
(b) Gas fitters cement should not be us ed on any part of the

’
fixture where it may be affected by the heat from the burners .
Where solder is used it should be of such a mixture that it will

,
not be affected by th e heat from th e burners .
(c) Fixture s for out door use or in exposed situations should

-
, ,
be provided with sui table drips or means for th e convenient ,
removal of condensation from any part of the fixture in which

such condensation may accum ul ate .
(d) Globe rings shoul d fit snugly over the threads of the burner
no les and should be so constructed that th e screwing on of th e
zz ,
burner will be certain to bind the globe ring firml y between the
burner and th e shoulder of t he burner nozzle Globe rings .
should have ample openings for th e admi ttance of th e proper

quantity of air to th e burners .
O il Piping T he foll owing articles cont ain a few general ideas

.
upon various kinds of oil piping T he problems to be m et are .
about th e same as those comm o n to all ki nds of p iping For .
lubricating oil almost any m aterial m ay be used Sm all oil pipes .
m ay be of copper as it is e asily bent to conform to th e shape of

,
th e m achine to whi ch it may be att ached Brass and steel pipe .
and tub es are gener ally used with s crewed fittings brazed joints , ,
and sp ecial connections For fuel oil steel piping and galvani zed
.
,
fittings are advisable Oil pipes should al way s be sufli ciently

.
large to prevent choking especially returns from a lubricating

,
system .
Oil Piping for Lubrication Various methods of supplying oil

.
to machi ne y are in use In some cases it is advisable to use a

r .
simple oil or grease cup and allow such oil as is not used to go to
waste Fo steam engines the spl ash sy stem may be employed
. r .
For oiling th e valves and cylinders of steam driven machi nery

th e oil m ay be supplied by a sight feed lubricator In other cases - .
a for ce feed or sight feed sy stem may be employed and th e oil

-
coll ected fil tered and used over again automaticall y Such

,
.
Fig 283
. . Rich ards on Indi vidual Oiling Sys em t .
system s involve pum ps piping fil ters etc but cut down the
, , ,
.
,
am oun t of oil requi red For an effi cient lubri cating system the
.
following considerations should be given attention The oil .
should be supplied in a continuous stream at the exact points

where it is needed T he oil should be suffi ciently cool so that
.
it can carry aw ay heat T here should be a carefully designed

.
sy stem for collecting th e oil which drai ns from the lubricating

system There should be an efficient fil ter for removing dirt
.
,
particles of metal and water from the oil

, .
Ri chard so n Individual O iling S ystem Thi s is one of the .
system s of the Richardson Phenix C ompan y and is illustrated -

,
in Fig 283 which shows the application to a simple engine T he

.
, .
oil aft er b eing used flows by gravi ty to a cast iron drai n well
, ,
-
.
One end of a double-ended plunger pum p rai ses this dirty oil from
the well and discharges it into th e fil ter where th e oil is purifi ed .
It is then pumped thr ough a sy stem of piping on the engine , or

other machine, and delivered to the sight feed oilers located at
each of the points to be lubricated A const ant oil pressur e is
.
maintained by means of a glass overflow stand .
Ph enix Individual O iling S ystem T hi s metho d is similar to

.
the Richard son sy stem , but the app aratus is differently arranged,
adapting it for small engines, air compressors , and ice machine s .
Fig 284
. . Ph enix Individual O ili ng Stysem .
T he pr p of op r t o and the required parts are shown in

inci le e a i n
Fig 284
. . rt
Th e di y oil flows into a receiver separator where -
,
heavy for g m tt r
ei n a e and entrained water are rem ove d I t is
. .
then pumped up to the filter reservoir where it is purified From

-
.
th e final purifi cation th e oil flows by gravity to the vari ous sight
feed oilers .
Oil Pipe Fittings In addition to the regular pipe and fittings

.
there are several special forms of fittings used with oil piping a ,
number of whi ch are illustrat ed in Fi g 28 5 Feed valves are . .
shown at A B and C where A is a plai n feed val ve straight form

, , , ,
B is a sight feed valve angle form and C is a cross sight feed valve
, ,
with a lever for stopping the feed Regulation is obtained by

.
the nut 1 and the valve is closed by throwing the lever 2 down
into th e position shown by dotted line s T hese may be in th e .
form of straight angle cross or corner fittings and are made

, , , ,
clean oil lines, dotted lines for the drai n oil pipes Each fit
and .
ting and part is numbered and the quantity required is given in

the m aterial list opposite the re ference numb er The conventional .
symbols as shown in the chapter on piping

dr awings are used as th e s cale is small .
S ight Feed Lubricator Connections .
The metho d of piping a double connection

sight feed lubricator for steam cylin der s
is shown in Fig 288 The operation of the
. .
lubricator depends upon having a great er

pressure upon the oil than exists in the
steam pipe Thi s is accomplished by a
.
condenser p ipe t app ed into th e steam pip e
above th e lubricator The pressur e inside

.
th e lubricator will then exceed th e pre ssur e

in the steam pipe by an amoun t equal to
the head of water ( condense d steam ) in the
co ndense r pipe , and so force the oil from
the lubricator into the steam pipe It is .
necessary that the condenser pipe should

be about 1 8 inches long, in order to be sure
of a sufficient difference in pressure If .
connecti on is m ade to a horiz ontal pipe th e
conden ser pipe shoul d extend above the
steam pipe and then descend to the lubri

cator. Th e size of th e connection A will
depend upon the size of the lubricator, the pipe B may be
inch steel pipe or brass tubing , iron pipe size .
Oil Fuel Piping Piping for oil fuel is not essentially different
.
than for other purposes Extra heavy standard pipe with screwed
.
joints may be used Tight joints may be obtained with flanges

.
screwed on and packed with manilla paper, cardboard or prepared

oil proof packing Rubber or other material affected by th e sul
.
phur in the oil must be avoided On this account copper piping

.
should not be used Fittings for oil piping may be extra heavy
.
gal vanized iron, brass or composition Val ves in the suction line
.
to oil pumps should be of the gate pattern, as they offer less resist
ance to flow, but gl ob e val ves may be used in th e delivery pipe s .
Th e velo city of flow in oil pipes ranges from a maximum of 20 feet

per minute in suction pipes to 1 00 feet per minute in deli very pipes .
For the Uni ted States Navy service oil piping is specified as
seamless drawn steel with steel flanges pipes for heating coil s
-
, , ,
seamless drawn steel and suction oil piping lap welded steel or
-
, ,
-
wrought iron . Service oil fittings are of cast steel or composition

and suction oil fittings are cast steel or cas t ir on screwed fittings
-
.
All joints and fittings in pressure piping must be oil tight un de r

test without th e use of gaskets
, . On suction lines paper gaskets
may be used .
h s of course woul d not apply to recessed flanges of any kind

T i .
Unions or right and left couplings shoul d always be placed in

,
such positions that piping can be disconnected without taking

down a long line Of piping T ees and plugs used in stead of elbow s
.
m ake it easy to take off new branch lin es should they be neces
sary Valves a e both a convenience and a nui sance They
. r .
should be used where necessary but not promi scuously for they ,
offer resistan ce to flow and must be kept in repair Sometimes .
steam pipe is cut short in order to decreas e the strain due to

expansion In such cases allow one half th e change in length due
.
to expansion and spring the pipe into place T his will be reli eved .
when the pipe is heated and there will be only one half as much
Fig 290
. . tt
Pu ing Up Pipe .
strain as there otherwise would be Wh en long pipe coil s a e . r
used for heating there should be all owance for exp ansion let
th e pip e slide on supports an d leave room at th e end b etween
th e coil and th e buil ding wall Provide unions for convenience
.
in di s connecting e spe cially near valves

,
Piping should be ar .
ranged so that repairs can be conveniently m ade ; so that units

can be readily cut out ; and so that var ious necessary com bin a
,
tions can be made in time s of accident or repairs .
Pipe Dope s T here are a number of prep ar ed pip e dope s

.
which m ay be used for m aking tight pip e j oints by smearing on

flange faces or on pipe threads For m ost pur poses flake graphi te
.
and oil is one of th e best dop es as joints made wi th it can be

,
taken apart A mix ture whi ch is sui table for either steam or
.
water pipes is com posed of 1 0 pounds of fi nely groun d yellow

ochre ; 4 pounds Of ground litharge ; 4 pounds of whiting ; and ,
pound Of finely cut hemp ; all of which is mixed with linseed

oil until it is about the consi stency of putty Whi te lead and .
red lead are also used For p ermanent joints red lead m akes a
.
,
tight joint which is satisfactory A mixture for ammonia pipe.
joints is composed Of li tharge and glycerine mixed up in small

ERECTION WORKM ANSHIP M ISCELLANEOUS 271
quantities for each joint As this substance sets very quickly .

,
a joint made with it shoul d not be changed .
Gask ets A great m any m aterials a e in use for maintaining

. r
tight joints between pipe flanges In addition to selecting the .
proper materials for the flui d to be transmitted or the temperature

to be withstood th e proper design of th e flanges is very im portant
,
.
Rough or uneven surfaces are difli cult to m ake tight with any
substance Bolts shoul d be uniformly spaced and not too far
.
apart for th e thi ckness of fl ange Water hammer and vibration .
a e other fre quent causes of leaky

r
joints With good true surfaces

.
which are parall el thin packi ng ,
material may be used Under such .
conditions a goo d quality Of p aper
soaked in oil is suitable In some .
plants used drawing paper is kept

,
and m ade into gaskets Sheet rub .
ber wi th either cloth or wire luser

,
tion may be used for water or for

saturated steam th e wi e in sertion ,
r
being better for high pressures F g 291 C pp d A b b .

l ° . o er an fl es os
G k t
Such packings may be h ad in sheets
M e '
with thickn sses of from inch up to

e inch Rough or un .
even fl ange s re qui r e a thi ck packi ng T hese e pose a gre ater area . x
to pressure than thin ones and a e therefore undesi able For ,

r , ,
r .
hi gh pressur e steam or water or superheated steam gaskets m ay , ,
be m ade Of asb estos corrugated met al or corrugated m et al and , ,
asb estos C orrugate d steel make s a gasket sui table for super
.
heated steam Fig 291 shows a Goet e s corrugated copper

. . z
’
gasket with asbestos lining Such gaskets are made in a large

,
.
numb er of form s sui ting them to different pur poses ,

For am .
moni a sheet lead is often used Asbestos packing may be used

,
.
for acids amm onia or oil s

, ,
.
When rubber gaskets a e used they can be prevented from r
sticking if th e flanges a e treated with plum bago pulverized r ,
soapstone or chalk The joint can then be broken and the gasket
.
removed whole and used over again .
A full face gasket is one whi ch extends over th e whole face of

the fl ange Fig 292 ; a ring gasket is one whi ch fits inside of th e
,
.
bolts Fig 293 It is well to have the hole th rough the gasket
,
. .
ghtly larger in diameter than the pipe as some kinds of gaskets

sli
spread when tightened or after use and so decrease the size Of the,
openin g Gaskets of rubbe r or as bestos may be cut by placing

.
the sheet on the flange and striki ng around the edges with a
hammer The bolt holes can be cut in the same manner with a
.
ball peen hammer When a gasket has been put in place the
.
flanges should be drawn together by tightening up the bolts uni

formly lightly at first and then going over them agai n until
,
they are all under the same tension Graphi te and Oil placed on .
Fig 292
. . Full Face Gaske t . Fig 293
. . Ri ng Gaske t.
the bolt thread s will make them easier to take down again when
necessary .
Valves T he importance of valves shoul d be fully realized

.
when piping is being assembled as they are th e m eans of control

,
for the system For thi s reas on they should be car efully examined
.
and cleaned out li ghtweight valves shoul d be avoided and all

, ,
valve s should receive care in handling It is important that .
steam lines be thoroughly blown out after erection in order to

make sure that scal e iron filings bits of metal an d other obj ects
, ,
are removed The valve seats shoul d then be examined before

.
cl osing to see that nothi ng h as been deposited on them It some .
times happens that valves are ruined by cutting too long a thread
on the pip e and then screwing the pipe too far into the val ve
allowing it to come agai nst th e se at Valve seats may be sprung .
out of place by holding th e val ve on the end farthe st aw ay from
the pipe to which it is b eing connected When a valve leaks the .
seat should be reground at once lest it be damaged bey ond rep air
, .
in preventing vibration Rollers may be provided for the pipe

.
to rest upon either with hanging or bracket supports

, Several
.
forms of supports are shown in Figs 294 and 295

. .
Expansion . Th e e p ansi on and contraction of pipe under

x
chan ge s in t emperature pro duce severe stresses unless amply
Fig 296
. . Pip e Bends .
ERECTION WORKMANSHIP MISCELLANEOUS 275
provided for There are several ways of doing this The general
. .
method when the line is not too long is by means of expansion

bends depending upon the elas ticity of the pipe for the necessary
,
movement Several forms of bends are shown in Fi g 296 and the

. .
TABLE 88 (FI G 295)

.
CRANE PIPE a cm e
A B C D E F G
Inches Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es Inch es I nch es
25 12 34
30 14
34 16 45
40 19 5 1 V: 7
44 V. 19 64 7
T ABLE 89 (FIG 296)

.
A—B-C D F Rad ius to wh i ch

l
Advis ab e Centre t o End Centre of Be nds can be
R adi us of or Face of Bends to Face mad e fro m
Bends F l ang es l
of F anges Ext ra S trong
Pi p e O n y l
I nch es Inch es Ft . Ins . Inch es Ft . Ins . I nch es
When screwed fittings s

are u ed and pressures are not too
th e
hi gh expan sion may be taken care of by allowing the pipe to turn
,
on th e thr eads as shown in Fig 297 A swivel joint Fig 298

. .
, .
,
may be used with flanged fittings to allow for expansion The .
change in length is all owed for by a turning movement at th e
two swivels which are p acked the same as any gland stuffing box .
T hi s turning movement is easier to keep tight than a sli ding move
Fig 297
. t
Expansion Bends , wi h Screwed Fi ings tt .
ment They are made by the Walworth Company of cast iron

.
with br ass bearings for steam pressure s up to 250 pounds and Of ,
cast steel with M onel me t al bearings for 350 pounds pre ssure
and 800 degree s F tot al temperatur e

. An other method when
.
,
b ends or angles cann ot be used is to provide an expansion j oint

, .
One form is shown in Fi g 299 Tie bolts should alway s be pro

. .
vided so that th e joint cannot pull ap art from any cause T he .
body is usually m ade of cast iron and the sleeve of brass Some .
dim ensions Of expansion joints are given in Table 90 Diaphragm .
joints are sometimes used for low pressures A joint using a .
copp er shell and m ade for pressures up to 25 pound s is shown in

Fig . 300ther forms of expansion j oints

. O are shown in the
chapter on Exh aust Piping (C hapter X) .
T AB LE 90 (FI G 300) .
E X
TRA HEAVY E X PAN S I ON J O IN'I‘S
End t o End End t o End End t o End End t o End

S crewe d l
F anged
8
1 11 2
12 8
T
; ::
v
0
me
es
.
S crewed F lange d
In ch es Inch es Inch es Inch es
Whatever metho d sed the pipe should be anchored or fas

is u
tened at sui table places to make sure that the m ovement will
occur where it h as been designed to take place The expansion .
usuall y provided for saturated steam is from two to three in ches
per 1 00 feet of length T h e increase in length for 1 00 feet of

.
steel pipe for various ranges in temperature may be found from

Fig 301
. .
Pipe Bends . For hi gh pressure steam plants long radius

bends made of st eel p p a e generally used in place of elbows
i e r .
T hese bends reduce friction and all ow the pipe to expand and
contract .
As will be seen by reference to Fig 296 bend s are made pur .

,
posely for e pansion and other requir ements

x .
Extensive tests with various types of bends in several siz es and

weights of pipe to determine their relative val ue have been made
by Crane C omp any and are fully reported in The Valve World ,
October 1915 from whi ch th e following is quoted :

, ,
T hese tests were m ade with Full Weight and Extra Strong
Quarter Bends U Bends Expan sion U Bends and Built up
‘ ’ ‘ ’
-
, , ,
Bends placed in lines representing th e ordinar y installation b ein g ,
anchored at one end and carried on roller supports so that th e
strains due to expansion and contraction were properly directed

to the b end .
T he bends were then extended and compressed repeatedly

until something failed T hese tests were made with th e li ne cold
.
and also under ste am pre ssure In this manner th e safe all ow .
able movements of bends were determined .
“ ombining practical experience tests and the formul a it is

C , , ,
found that a 1 80 or U Bend has twice the expansive value of

° ‘ ’
Fig 30 1 . C urve Sh owing Expansion of t

Pip e for Varia i on in
t
.
T empera ure .
a
°
90or Quarter Bend of the same size and radi us and an Expan ,
sion U Bend four times th e expansive value of a Quarter Bend

‘ ’
or twice that of a U Bend A Double Offset Expansion U

‘ ’
.
‘ ’
Bend h as five time s the e pansive value of a Quarter Bend two

x ,
and one half times that of a U Bend and one and one four th
‘ ’
-
times that of an Expansion U Bend ‘ ’

.
“ b tt r of Exp ansion U Bends connected to large headers

‘ ’
A a e y
or manifolds is often used This method occupies less space and
.
all ows of greater movement than with a single pipe bend of

a
ordinary construction However care must be exercised in the
.
,
design of thi s type to provide s uffi cient area .
We present herewith th e expansive value of Quarter Bends

of various pipe sizes and radii Table 9 1 ,
.
T ABLE 9 1
E EX Wnoc c nr STEEL BENDs

°
SAF VALUES 90 on QUAa ns IN
'
PANS I ON or
IN CHES
M ean Radius of Bend (i n i nches )
U Bends have twice the above expansive value .
Ex pansive U Bend s have four time s the above

’
ex pansive
value .
“
Double Off set Expansion
-
‘
U ’
Bend s have five times th e
above exp ansive val ue .
mport ant factor to be considered either when laying out

An i
or ordering pipe bends is the weight of the pipe to use After .
having obtained the requi red size radii of b end and th e w orking, ,
pressure the bend is to be subj ected to the weight of th e pipe is ,
the nex t determination Based on wi de exp erience in bending

.
pipe and elaborate tests we recommend the thickness of pipe as

,
follows (Table
A pipe bending machi ne for use where a large amount of pipe

is to be bent is shown in Fig 304 With this machine iron or
. .
brass pipe up to two inches diam eter can be bent cold The .
Fig 304
. . Pipe Bending M achine .
geared sector which moves th e quadrant is Operated by a pinion .
T hi s pinion is turned by a pilot wh eel 50 inches in di ameter ,

.
Quadrants are regul arly made as foll ows :

S iz e of pip e, inch es 1 2
R adius of bend, inch es 4 5 6 9 12 14
Fi g 305
. . N ozzles . Fig 306
. . N oz zles .
N ozzles N ozzles are used to make the connection between

.
the pipe li ne and the boiler or for connecting a steam drum to the
boiler Figs 305 and 306 When made of cast iron or cast steel
, . .
the di mensions of the upper flange bolts thickness of walls etc

, , , .
,
may be made the s ame as the American Standard The height .
D varies from 5 to 1 6 inches dep ending upon the size of the outlet .
Pressed steel no zles are stronger and li ghter than cast no les
z zz .
As shown in Fig 306 .
the body is pressed

out of inch fl ange
steel and the upper
flange from inch
fl an g e s t e e l T h e .
flange is connected to
th e body by e p and x
ing the metal of th e

body under hydraulic
pressure into a groove
turned in the flange .
The joint is tight un

de a pressur e of 1 500
r
pounds per square inch .
P i pe S ad d l e s .
Fig 307 Pip e S addl e

team pipe saddles
. . .
S
for making connections to wrought iron pipe are made as shown
in Fig 307 T hese a e convenient for use in adding to existing
. . r
pipe lines and may be arranged so that they can be put in

,
place upon pipes under pressure The boss is made of mal leable
.
ir on an d the straps of wrought ir on Th e combinations of pipe .
and bran che s are shown in T able 93 .
TABLE 93 (FI G 307) .
PIPE SADDLES
Si ze of
3 to 6
Supporting Large Thin Pipe Large lead pipe and fittings

.
for acid and Other work may be made up from sheets of lead by
forming from developed patterns, an d burning the edges together .
The supports for such piping should be arranged to carry the

upper as well as th e l ower
h al f of the pipe Thinness .
of material makes this

neces ary s
Fig 3 08 shows
. .
such a support with the

two halves of the iron
Fi g 308 Supporti ng Large Lead Pi pe
ring bolte d together and
. .
a strip of lead burned ove r th e upp er half, thus hol ding the
sh ape of the pip e .
Flexible M etal Ho se For many purposes a flexible pipe con

.
nection is desirable, such as for blowing boiler tub es, Oper ating
steam or air drill s, temporary steam, air, oil, or gas lines, for oil
feed piping, connections to m oving parts of machi nes and similar
services For such uses metal hose m ay be had whi ch will give
.
good results if handled with proper care A section of hose made

.
by the American M etal Hose Company is shown in Fig 309 It . .
is made from a continuous

strip of hi gh tensile strengt h
phosphor bronze whi ch is

,
wound spirally o ver itself and

made pressure tight by mean s
of a sp ecial prep are d asbest os
.
cord that is fed into place be
tween the metal surface s du r
ing the winding operatio n .
T his hose is al so made of steel

which is somewhat stronger
than bronze an d is preferred
for superheated steam and
where subj ect to h ard usage
M t al Hose
.
Fig 309 e
I nf o r m at i o n c o n c e r n i n g
. . .
”
American bronze metal hose is given in Table 94 Sizes .
sp ecifi ed by th e inside diameter .
Aluminum Piping and Tubing Aluminum tubing is specified

.
by outside diameter an d thickness of wall The tables and in

.
formation in this article are from the catal og of the Aluminum

ERECT ION WORKM ANSHIP M ISCELLANEOUS 287
TABLE 96
WEIGHT or ALUMI NUM PIPE F OR IRON PIPE SIZES
Weig h ts p er
foot
l
A uminum lbs .
tubs gauge or B and S gauge but more comm only the

in S
’
. .
,
former is used Al most any combination of diameter and thi ck

.
ness may be obt ained Th e Handbook of Seaml ess T ubing of the

.
Bridgeport Brass Comp any give s very complete t ables and

inform ation .
Boil e r Tub e s The dimensions of standard lap welded steel

.
-
or charcoal iron boiler tubes are given in Table 97 The size of .
tube is specified by the outside diam eter .
TABLE 97 .
— S rAN nAnD BOILER T UBEs
'
Outsid e Thick T h ickness N omina l O uts ide T hick T hi ck ness

D iame te r
. ne ss . N e are st Weig h t D i ame te r . ness . Ne are s t
Inch es I nches BW G. . .
p er Foot I nc hes Inch es BW G
. . .
C l o or stem to De signate Piping For convenience in dis

Sy .
tingui shing pipe sy stem s vari ous metho ds have been devi sed for ,
using different col ors on th e pip es Th e A S M E st andard . . . . .
m arkings are given in Vol 33 of th e Transactions from whi ch th e .

,
“
foll owing is abstracted : In the m ain engine room s of plants
whi ch a e well li ghted and where th e fun ctions of the exposed
r
pipes a e obvious all pipes shall be painted to conform to the

r ,
color s cheme of the room and if it is desir able to distin gui sh p ip e

,
sy stem s colors shall be used onl y on flanges and on valve fittin g

,
flanges .
In all other p art s of th e plant such as boil er house b asem ents , , ,
etc.
,all pip es (exclusive of val ve s flanges and fittings) except ,
the fi e sy stem shall be p ainted black or some other single p lain

r , , , ,
dur able inexp ensive color

,
.
All fire lin es ( suction and di scharge) includin g pip e line s v alv e ,
flanges an d fitting s shall be p ainted red throughout

, .
T he edges of all fl anges fittings or valve fl anges on pipe lin es , ,
lar ge r than 4 inches inside diamet er and th e entire fittings valves

, ,
and fl an ge s of line s 4 inches inside di ameter and smaller shall ,
be p ainted th e foll owing di stin gui shi ng colors :
DIS TIN G UI S HIN G C OLORS T o BE US ED O N VALVES ,

FL AN GES AN D FITTI N GS
S team Divi sion
Hi gh pressure whi te
Exhaus s eam t t bufi
Fresh wa t l wp er, o ressur e blue

F h w t
re s hi gh p a er, ressure, b oil er feed lines blue and whi t
e
S lt w t pip ing
a a er green
Oi l Divisi on
D el ivery and
disch arge brass or bronze yell ow
P neuma tic Di vi si on all pip e gray
Gas Di vi sion
t
C i y Ligh ing Ser i ce t aluminum v
G as Engine Service bla ck , wi h red flanges t
Fue l Oi l Divisi on all piping black
Refri gerati ng S ystem

Flanges and fi ings tt
Whi e and green s ripes, al erna ely t t t t
Bo dy of p ip e black
Electri c Lines and Feeders
Fl anges and fi ings tt
black and red s ripes, al erna ely t t t
Bo dy of pipe black
TABLE 98
DAT A ON EFFI CIE N CIE S FOR SIN GLE T HI CKNES S
w“
A ctua l B t u L oss
. . .
/Sq . ft /.
B '
T e mp era D eg T empe rat ure

C ov D ue t o
D ifierence / Hr
ture
( R oom
.
v
C o eri ng
/ D eg /
80 de g
Fahr )
.
v
C o ered S q Ft
.
.
.
Pip e
J—M
VI Wool -
Fel t
TABLE 98 ( Conti nued )
Actua l B t u Loss/ S q
. . . . Ft .
£3?1
T em pera
ture
De g Tempe rature
.
f ere nce /Hr

D if .
Due i ) f Efli cie ncy
o f C o ver
C oven ng
( Room I ng Per
/ Deg / .
Fahr .
) Pipe Hr .
XIII N onpareil
Hi gh
Pressure
XVII
J — M Eureka
IV . For use on lo w pressure s eam and h ot w a er pipes . t t .
M ade of in of asbes os fel t o n the inside of th e sec ion an d th e bal ance

. t t
t t
of al erna e layers of asbes os and wool fel Weigh lbs per f and t t . t . t .
in hi ck
. t .
V J — M M olded A sbes tos A m olded sec ional covering for use on low and
. . t
m edium pressure s eam p ip es M ade of asbes os fiber an d o h er fireproof t . t t
ma t
eri al . Weigh t p er ft . lbs . and thi kc nes s is in .
VI J .
-
M Wool Felt A
sec io nal c overing made of l ay ers of w ool fel wi h . t t t
t
an in erlining of t wo l aye rs of asbes o s p ap er M ay be used on low pressure t .
ste am and h ot w a er pip es Weigh p er f lbs and hi ckness t in . t t . . t .
VII S alt- M o Expand ed A covering for use in high and low pressure s eam
. . t
pip es . M ade of eigh tl ayers of material, each c ns is o ting of a sm ooth and a
o t piece of asbestos paper the corrugations being so

c rruga ed ,
crush ed down
to form small longitudinal air spaces Weight lbs per ft . . .
, and thi kn c ess
in .
VIII Carey Carocel C omp osed of plain and corruga e d asbes os p aper
. . t t
firml y b ound oge h er t t
C orruga ions are approxima e ly in deep and run . t t .
t
leng h wis e of th e p ip e For use on medium and low pressure s eam pipes . t .
Weigh t
lbs per f and hi ckness in . t . t .
IX Carey S errated
. A covering for use on high pressure s eam p ip es . t .
C omp osed of successive layers of h ea y asbes os fel having cl osely sp aced v t t

tt
inden a ions in it Weigh lbs p er ft , and hi ckness . in t . . t .
X Carey Dup lex For use on low pressure steam and h ot wa er pipes
. . t .
t t
M ade of al erna e layers of plain w ool fel and corruga ed asbes os p aper t t t
t t
firmly bound oge her C orruga ions run leng h wise of th e pipe and m ake . t t
air cells approxim a ely in deep Weigh t
lbs p er f and in hi ck . . t . t . . t .
XI Carey 8 6 P er Cent M agnesi a A covering for high pressure s eam and

. . . t
simil ar in c omp osi ion to N o 1 Weigh per foo t
lbs and hi ckness is . . t t . t
in .
XII S alt-M o Wool Felt Similar to N o VI excep h a it has no in e r

. . . tt t t
t
lining of asbes o s p aper For use on low pressure s eam and h ot wa er p ip es . t t .
Weigh per foo tlbs and hi ckness is in t . t .
XIII N onparei l Hi gh P res sure A mol ded sec ional co ering consis ing
. . t v t
m ainly of sil ica in the form of dia om aceo us ear h th e ske le ons of mi cro t t t
scopic organi sms For use on hi gh p ressur e and superhea ed s eam p ipes
. t t .
Weigh t
lbs per ft , and is in hi ck . . . t .
XIV J M Asbestos Fi re Felt C onsists of asbes os fiber loosely fel e d

.
-
. t t
t t
oge her, form ing a large num ber of small air spaces For use on high pres .
sure and sup erh ea ed s eam pipes Weigh per f is t

lbs , and hi ckness t . t t . . t
in .
XV J — M Asbestos S ponge Felted C overing is m ade from a hin fel

. . t t
t
asbes os fiber and finely gro un d sp o nge fo rming a very cell ul ar fabric M ade .
t
up of 41 of h ese sh ee s per in ch hi ckness and air spaces are formed be ween t t t
t
th e sh ee s in addi ion o h ose in the fel i self t
Specially recomm ended for t t t t .
high pressure and sup erh ea ed s eam pipes Weigh per foo lbs and t t . t t .
t hickness in .
X VI J — M Asbestocel For us e on medi um pressure s eam and hea ing

. . t t
pip es t
C ons is s of al erna e sh ee s of corruga e d and plain as bes os paper
. t t t t t
PIPING INSULATION 295
forming air cells abou t

in deep ha run around the pipe Weigh per
. t t . t
foo t lbs , and hickness m
. t .
XVII J M Ai r Cell M ade of corruga ed and plain sh ee s of asbes os

.
-
. t t t
t t
paper arranged al erna e l y so as to form air cells abou in deep runni ng t .
t
leng hwise of th e pipe For use on medium pressure s eam and h ea ing t t
”
.
. t
pipes Its weigh per foo ist t
lbs , and hi ckness is in . .
Th e results of exhaustive tests made on N onpareil coverings

are given in ve ry complete form in a book publi shed by th e Arm
strong Cork and Insulation Company T his covering is com .
posed of di atomaceous earth (kieselguhr) and asbestos fibre T hese .
tests showed the conductivi ty of N onpareil High Pressure C overing

per square foot at the mean cir cum ference per one inch thi ckness
per degree difference in temper ature to be B t u and the . . .
transmi ssion through bare pipe B t u per square foot of . . .
pipe surface per degree difference in temperature for 24 hours .
T hese transmi ssions were measured in still ai r and consequently

are le ss than would obt ain under operating conditions Th e .
foll owing thicknesses Of N onpareil High Pressure covering are

considered economical for th e pu pose s listed under ave rage con r
ditions Standar d thickness range s from one inch for th e sm all

.
si es to
z inche s for th e large Si e s of pip e For high pre ssure z .
piping inside of buildings

,
.
C o t of S t m p
S t t d St m h t d St m
s ea er
S a ur a e ea uper ea e ea
1 000 P ounds
t
L ess h an 1 0 t
cen s St andar d thi ckness thi k
”
c
10 cen s t to 1 5 t cen s St andar d thi k c ness 2 thi ck
15 cen s t to 20 t cen s
”
thi k c D ouble layer
20 cen s a t nd o ver 2 thi k c D oubl e l ayer
For haust feed and hot well high pressure drip piping etc
ex , , .
,
under all condi tions list ed above standard thi ckness For hi gh .
pressure steam outside of buildings under all condi tions listed

above double layer of 1 inch thi ckness .
Low Pre ssure S team Hot and Co ld W ater Pipes All heat
, .
ing piping either steam or hot water should be fully covered

, ,
where radi ation losse s are to be avoided C old water pipes a e

”
. r
frequently insulated in order to prevent sweating and dripping .
For th e above conditio ns and where exhaust pipes a e to be in , r
sulated th e low temper ature s do not requi re thick coverings and

,
wool felt or air cell coverings inch to one in ch thickness may

be used .
Cold Pipe s It is important to consider th e question of in

.
sul ation of pi p e used to convey ammoni a or brine for refri gera
tion purposes, if serious losses are to be prevented The problem .
is not very different from insulation of hot pipes, but it is very

essential that th e material used is not easily inj ured by moisture .
Hair , felt and p ap er in alternate layers has been used as a prote o

tion for cold pipes Hair felt soaked in boilin g resin and applied
.
to the pipes while hot is al so used Sectional coverings composed .
of granul ated cork may

be Obt ained ready for use
o n b r in e o r am m o ni a
pipes and fittings .
N onpareil cork covering

is m ade by the Armstrong
C ork and Insulation C om
p any by com pre ssing and
Fig 3 1 0 S pp o t f Pip with C o k
. . u
In ul tio
r
s a
th
or
en b aki ng p ur e granu
n
e r
lated cork in met al m oul ds

.
After thi s the covering is co ated inside and out with a water
proof mineral rubber finish ironed on hot Tests by the above ,
.
comp any gave an average transmi ssion per square foot at m ean
cir cumference per one inch thickne ss per degree differen ce in

,
tem perature per 24 hours of B t u for cork covering and . . .
of B t u for b are pip e

. . . Four grade s Of thi s covering are
.
m ade S tandard brine covering from two to three inches thi ck

.
,
for temperatures of 0 to 25 degrees F special thick brine cover .
ing from three to four in che s thi ck for temp eratur e s bel ow zero
,
degree s F ice water covering about 1

. inches thi ck for tem
,
peratures of 25 to 45 degrees F and cold water cove ring for use .
on col d water piping to prevent swe ating Th e metho d of sup .
porting th e pipe is shown in Fig 3 1 0 where a hanger is on the .
outside with a piece of sheet iron protecting the covering "

.
Forms of Pipe Coveri ng s Th e materi als for pip e coverings

.
may be h ad in a variety of forms For covering pipe sheets of .

,
material may be wrapped ar ound the pipe and fastened with

wire or heavy twine ; the material may be in plastic form an d
applied in the shap e of a m ortar ; or any of the large variety of
m oulded or sectional co verings Fig 3 1 1 may be used S ectional ,

.
, .
coverings are m ade in lengths of thr ee feet and ar e split length ,
wise into halve s When applied to the pipe they are wr apped with
.
w rapped with two layers of heavy corrugated paper Another .
casing of one inch cy pre ss st ave s is put on th e outside and w ound
with galvani zed wire For use with hi gh pressure steam pip e the
.
Fi g 3 1 3. . Improved Wood Casing .
g is lined with tin and two layers of asbestos paper to prevent

cas in
the woo d from charring Th e casing is m ade in lengths of from

.
four to eight feet whi ch are connected by tenon and socket j oints
X Fig 3 12 For use on pipes which a e already in place the
,
. . r
casing m ay be h ad split in th e form shown at Y an d Z Fi g 3 1 2 ,

. .
T he casing shown in Fig 3 1 3 is an improved form in whi ch A is

.
a two inch inn er shell B is asphal tum p acking C is a

, inch air ,
m }
‘
I B ol ' Jp a c a d
Fig 3 14 D ouble Plank Box

t
. .
Insul a ion . Fig 3 1 5

. . Plank Box Insul ati on.
space and D is a one inch outer shell The casing is afterwards .
co ated with Hydolene—B and rolled in sawdust T hi s form is .
made in lengths of from four to twelve feet with tenon and socket ,
joints It cannot be split but must be slipped over th e pipes

.
, ,
while they are b eing connected up .

Two forms of plank box insul ation for underground piping

ar e sh own in Figs 3 1 4 and 3 1 5 , which have appeared in P ower ,
.
and are described as b eing in successful use Fig 3 14 is by W H . . . .
Wolfang, and shows double planking with shavings filled in be
Fi g 3 16
. . t
S pli Til e C ondui t .
tween . supports are rollers made from

T he inch pipe and
one inch ro ds T he side dimensions for four inch pipe are eight
.
by twelve inche s Fig 3 15 is by Henry G Pope and is com

. . .
,
posed Of rough two inch plank As noted the top plank Slopes
.
,
to one side to shed water Waterproofed buildi ng paper was

.
tacked over each joint Bricks were used for supporting the
.
pipe The method of anchoring is also shown in the figure

. .
A m etho d of constructing underground mains up to 20 inch

pipe using split tile is illustrated in Figs 3 1 6 and 3 1 7 and de .
,
scrib ed by the Arm strong C ork and Insul ation C ompany .

TABLE 1 00
Sa m or STE AM LIN ES AND PROTECTIN G T I LE
S team Line Pro tecting T i l e S te am Line Protect ing Ti l e
Siz e Inch es S ize . I nch es S ize , Inch es S ize , Inch es
For rground lines excellent resul ts can be secured by using

unde
two inch thick nonp ar eil high pressure coveri ng prote cted wi th
, , ,
a goo d gr ade of h ar d glazed split tile although for line s larger

-
, ,
W m mm
'
s rn r fo z ony
Fig 3 1 7
. . t
Spli T ile C ondui t .
than twenty inches it is often advisable to use regul ar tunnel con

struction A four inch drain is lai d in the bottom of the trench
.
to carry off seepage water and concrete supporting piers are ih

stall ed on sixteen foot centre s A bed of crushed stone or coarse
-
.
gravel is then put down to grade and upon this the lower half ,
of the tile is laid The expansion rollers are strapped to the steam
.
pipe so that they will rest directly over the concrete supporting
piers T o prevent abrasion of the tile No 1 8 gauge galvanized
.
, .
PLAN
Fig 320 . . t t t
Par Plan and Eleva ion of Ou door S team Line .
Fi g 321
. . t
Drawing of Suppor ing S t u tu
r c re for Outd or S
q tea m Line.
s g of
is th e de i n b rt
M r Al e C . Wood consulting engineer who
.
, ,
f r sh
h as u ni ed th e infor t o concerning it A part plan and
ma i n .
t o of
eleva i n h several hundred feet long 1s Show
th e line whi c is
in Fig 3 20
. One of the supporting structures is shown in Fig
. .
321 with its foundation resting upon two concrete piles which ,
were necessary because th e ground is m ade and is underlaid with
Fig 322
. . M e h odt of C overing Bends and tt
Fi ings .
river mud The supports were made very heavy in order to pro
.
vide for the possibili ty of lumb er stacks falli ng agai nst them and
also th at the hi gh pressure ste am line mi ght be substantially sup
ported T hese supports are placed about 20 feet apart T hey

. .
carry a ten inch hi gh pre ssure steam lin e 160 pounds per squar e ,
inch ( 1 50 degrees superheat) and an eleven inch sawdust line as ,
well as brackets for C N 250 volt D C cables

. .
, T he . . .
metho d of anchoring is shown in Fig 320 T he roll er support . .

,
whi ch allows freedom for m ovement due to exp ansion is clearly ,
indi cate d in Fig 3 1 9

. .
Th e insul ationof the high pressure steam pipe consists of two

layers ,
inches thi ck 8 5 per cent m agnesia blo cks moulded
, .
,
to proper radius to sui t the pipe with the joints broken both
longitudinally and cir cumferentiall y Th e joints and interstice s
.
were fill ed wi th 8 5 per cent .
m agnesia plastic Over this .
resin si ed paper was applied z
and wir ed every t welve in che s
with two turns of N O 1 6 cop .
per wir e T hen two lay ers Of .
roofin g material were applied

wi th all joints lapped at leas t
two inche s and wrapp ed wi th
Fig 3 23 F o t Bo ing f W t
. .
St d Pip
r s
an
x
e
roofi ng com pound
or a er
T h e first .
l ayer of roofing m aterial was

.
secured at the joints and at interv als of about 18 inches with

three turns of N o 1 6 copper wire whi le th e second layer was
.
,
secured at the joints and at regular intervals of about twelve

inches with three turns of N o 14 copper Fittings and
.
Fig 324
. . S quare Boxing for Water Fig 3 25
. . Circul ar
Pipe . Boxing for Wa t er Pipe .
valves were covered as indicated in Fig 322 blocks being used .

, ,
together with 85 per cent magnesia plastic . .
Air piping may be run on the surface of the ground or carried

on trussed pole s or towers Prop er care must be taken to pro
.
vide for dr ainage and nece ssary exp ansion .

CHAPTER XVI I
PIP IN G DRAWING S
r g principles a e the same for all classes of draw

T he unde lyi n r
gs
in , but for h branch there a e certain conventions and gen
eac r
eral m e tho ds of repre sentation It is th e purpose of thi s ch apter.
to deal with some of these general custom s and details rather

than to present a collection of compli cated drawings .
Classifi cation of Piping Drawing s T here are several kind s of —
piping drawings depending upon th e purpose and requirements of

th e w ork S ome tim es a freehand ske t ch is suffi cient som e times
.
,
a line diagram and sometime s a large s cale drawing

, consi st ,
ing of sever al view s of th e entire sy stem together with w orking ,
dr awings of detail s is ne cessary A drawing for con struction .
purpose s must give complete information as to si es position of z ,
valve s branche s and outlets

,
A d rawing to S how th e lay out of
.
e isting pipe li ne s need not be as com plete and is often m ade to

x
sm all scale using single lines to repre sent th e pipes with notes
, ,
to tell si es location and purpose for which th e pipe is used A

z , .
drawing to show proposed changes should give both exi sting and
proposed piping using different ki nds of li nes to distin gui sh the
,
change s D ot and dash li nes dash li ne s or red or other colored

.
, ,
ink m ay be used for this purpose A drawing for rep ai s m ay . r
con si st of sim ply the p art to be re p air ed or m ay show th e l o ca ,
tion or connection between th e repairs and apparatus or other

parts of th e system Drawings for repairs shoul d be checked
.
very care full y and j ust wh at is to be re placed or re p aired shoul d
be m ade cle ar .
Erectio n Drawings D rawings for erection are som etime s

.
m ade with very few dimension s but with all pie ces num b ered and
accom p anied by a li st giving comple t e information concerni ng
each piece A piping li st m ay be m ade up in a variety of ways

. .
One method is to list each pie ce of pip e fitting and valve in or der ,
from one end of the sy stem and then collect all th e pipe of each
,
S i e all th e ells tees unions valves etc

z , , ,
A form simil ar to Fig
, , . .
3 26 is often useful .
PIPING DRA WINGS 307
De tail drawings should be made in the same manner as for any

other purpose The detail drawing for a special fitting is shown
.
in Fig 3 27 All piping drawings should have a title giving the

. .
purpose of the piping scale of drawing and date together with , , ,
provi sion for changes and date of changes and any other neces
sary inform ation It i particularly important that piping draw
. s
ings be kept up to date T he dimensions for st andar d flange .
fittings are given in C hapter IV and thr oughout thi s book will ,
be found tables giving di mensions for vari ous piping fix tures and
Fig 3 26 . . t
Form for Lis ing Fi ings tt .
fittings etc When possible it is alway s well to use th e manu

, .
facturers catalogs provided th e makes to be used are known

’
,
.
A steam pipin g drawing is shown in Fig 3 28 in whi ch th e di men .

,
sions a e indicated without th e figures for th e sake of clearne ss

r ,
.
Conventional R epre s entatio n Fittings and v alve s m ay be .
drawn as in th e va i ous figure s shown thr oughout thi s book r .
When drawn to a small scale conventional representations a e r
often used A variety of such conventions a e Shown in Figs

. r .
3 29 and 3 30 It is desirable to add an explanatory list to a draw

.
ing when these a e used unle ss note s m ake clear the meaning of
r ,
each one T hey a e very convenient for sket ching and diagram
. r
matic purposes Several methods of showing pipe are given in Fig

. .
33 1
. Exce pt in sp ecial case s or for sm all piece s it is not neces , ,
sary to use shading When a single li ne is used it should be

.
3 08 HAN DBOOK ON PIPING
Be l /8
BAS E EL B O W
FO R
5 IN C H P IP E .
Fig 327
. . Detail of Base Elbow
.
en uo gh heavier than the other lines of the drawing to stand out

usually about thr ee times as heavy will be satisfactory .
f / éo w fa/k e Plan T/r af/ Ie Va/r a
E l bo w £ 760 ”
Ga te
Cl a r k Vo l vo
P l ug Vl / r p
Fig 329. . t
C onven ional R epresen t tion
a s tting
for Fi s .
A pparatus used in connection with piping as well as the machines

to whi ch it is connected a e frequently repre sented by di agram s
r ,
m ore or le ss conventional S everal m etho ds in use are shown in

.
45 2m m
Fig 3 30
. . t
C onven ional Represen t tion
a s tt
for Fi ings .
3 3 2, and these will serve to suggest such others as may be

required . T h e over all di mensions together with notes and lo ca
PIPING DRA WINGS 311
P /p a W / fl? a bo d e lin o
‘
S ing /e L in e P ip e l a mb/ No
S had e L in o: Line : o n: ey ml/y s p ac e d :
Fig 3 31
. . t
M e h ods of Repremnting Pipe .
Fig 332
. . t
Conven ional Represen t tion
a s for Appara tu
s.
o of pipe flanges or Openings are necessary in many cases and

ti n ,
al ways desirable .
1 2 Pl n f Di
, . at A ting St m Pump
o r ec c ea .
3 4 5 El
, , tio of Di t A ting St m Pump
. eva n rec c ea .
6 End Vi w of Di
. t A ting St m Pump
e rec c ea .
7 8 9 S p
, , .to e ara r .
10 1 1 R
, . i R i
ece ver S p t or ece ver e ar a or .
1 2 V ti l S t m Engi
. er ca ea ne .
1 3 Pl n of Ho i
. a t l St m E gin r zo n a ea i e .
14 1 5 S t m T p
, . ea ra .
16 F d W t H t
. ee a er ea er .
17 End Vi w Ho i o t l S t m Engin
. e rz n a ea e.
1 8 Pl n of W t Tub B oil
. a a er e er .
1 9 El tio of W t Tub Boil

eva n a er e er
I\
. .
20 Pl n f Fi b Boil
'
. a o re 1 e er .
21 C nt ifug l Pump
. e r a .
Dimensioning . M ost of th e general rules for dim ensi oning

drawings hold for pipin g plans but there are a few points which ,
may be mentioned Alway s give figures to the centres of pipe

.
,
valves and fittings and let th e pipe fitters make the necessary
,
allowances . If a pipe is to be left unthreaded it is well to place a ,
note on th e dr awi ng calli ng att ention to the fact If left hand .

-
threads are wanted it should be noted Wrough t pipe .
sizes can generally be given in a note using th e nominal sizes .
T he bosses into whi ch pip e s crew s should be l o cated from

centre lines of the machine s and from th e base or foundation .
Flange connections shoul d be lo cate d in th e same way Satis .
factory sizes of cas t ir on b osse s to be provided for pi pe to screw

-
into are given in T able 101 Thi s t able al so give s the distance
.
whi ch the pipe may be expe cted to enter in order to obtain a

tight joint.
TABLE 1 01 (FIG 333 ) .
CAS T -IRO N Bossns

C Si ze
Inch es Inch es
. 19 2
. 29
. 30 3
. 39
. 40 4
. 51
. 54 5
. 55 6
lines of the machi nes distances b etween centre s of machines

, ,
heights of connections etc , .
In all case s th e principal obj ect of dimensioning must be ke pt

in mind namely to t ell ex actly what is wanted in size l ocation
, , ,
Ca st lron Wmughfl mn
Aluminum RubbenVulcq nite

or lnsulah on
Water Pudd le
Concrete Bf l C K coursed Unw ursed As h la r

Rubbl e
llin Oth er Materials ;

‘
gflr
or u
‘
Fig 335 . . A S M E
. . . . t
Cross Sec ions .
and material in such a way as to leave no room for misunder

,
standing T o thi s end cleam ess and exactness are e ssential

. .
S everal examples of dimensioning are shown in Figs 3 27 3 28 and .

,
343 .
Wh en s red to indicate the different materials appearing

it is de i
in cross section th e st andard recomm ende d by a commi ttee of
-
,
the A S M E may be used

. . . .T his standard is sho wn in Fig . .
PIPING DRAWINGS 315
335 . It iss ble to depend upon such representations

not advi a ,
and a not e should alway s be added to tell th e m aterial T heir .
chief value i s to m ake it e asier to di stingui sh different pieces .
Fi nal drawings shoul d be m ade after th e engines boilers and ,
other machi nery have been decided upon as they can then be ,
Fig 336 . . Flanges .
o p t t st
drawn c m le ely and accur a ely At lea two vi ew s sho
ul d be .
r p
d awn , a lan and eleva i n to ft tr to s
O en ex a eleva i n and de ail
. t
gs
drawin are nece a y Eve yss r r fitt g
in and valve
. sho
ul d be sho
wn .
s
A cale of h s q s foot
in c e e ual 1 s r b for p p g r
is de i a le i in d awin gs
h s rg o gh to sho
w en it can be u ed, as it is la e en u s st m to
w th e y e
s cale .
ges The dim ensions of th e American Standard for

Flan .
flange s a e given in Table s 39 and 40 but sometimes special

r ,
flanges or drilling are r equired The number of bolts used for th e

.
Fi g 337
. . T apered Filling in Piece
-
. Fig 338 . . Flange .
flanges or fittings and valves is generally divisible by four and

“ ” -
“ ”
placed two up or to straddle the centre line If any other .
,
arrangement i s requir ed th e lo cation of bolt holes should be
cle arly shown as in Fig 336 at B and C

,
Regular sp acing can
. .
“
be given in a note s 1 6 holes equally sp aced etc T h e dr aw
,
a , .
ing for a t apered filling in p iece is shown in Fig 33 7 and for a

-
.
,
special flange in Fig 338 The bolt holes are sometimes blacked
. .
in to indi cat e that the bolts or studs are not required in which ,
case a note should be added indi cating such a meani ng A t apped .
or threaded hole m ay be shown by the methods of Fig 339 The . .
nominal diameter may be used or the actual diameter obt ained
from Table 4 The t aper of the thread is usually exaggerated

.
when shown A straigh t hole with ordinary thr ead representa

.
tions m ay be used .
Fig 339
. . Threaded Holes .
o
C ils .S everal drawings for pip e coil s are shown in Fig 340 . .
Such dr awings should tell th e thi ckness of the pipe and th e ma

terials th e diame ter of the coil t aken either inside or outside of
,
the pip e as indi cated ; th e l ength of the pipe or coil ; th e num b er

of turns ; the pitch of th e turns ; the position and arrangement
of the ends and the method of connection support etc It is
, , , .
not necessary to dr aw th e com pl et e coil if th e end s are clearly

drawn . Single li ne r epre sentations requi re e plicit notes to tell x
whether centre line or outside dimensions are m eant and other

wise explain wh at is wanted .
S ketching Ske t chi ng is an inv aluable aid as a preliminary

.
step in any kind of drawing and a sketch is often the only draw
,
ing needed One s ideas can be m ade clear and th e number and
.
’
kind of fittings and valves checked up in thi s way Where only .
a small amount of work is to be done a sket ch m ay be m ade and ,
fully dimensioned from which a list of pieces can be made with

,
lengths si es etc
,
z T his will avoid mi stakes in cutting and th e
, .
,
sketch shows j ust h ow the parts go together without depending

up on memory Such a sketch may be used to order with but
.
,
in such cases it shoul d be made upon tracing cl oth or thin paper

so that a blue print can be made as a record An H or 2H pencil .
will give li nes black enough to print if ink is not used T he figures .
,
however should be put on in ink in all cases If only one or two

,
.
copies are wanted carbon p ap er m ay be used Dimension s and .
n ote s shoul d be put on as carefully as on a fi ni shed drawing Th e .
general procedure is much the same as for all kinds of sketching .
Fir st sket ch th e arrangem ent using a single line diagram When .
satisfactory the real sketch may be started by drawing in the
Fig 3 41. . Pic to i

r al View of Piping .
cen tre s estimating locations of fittings valves etc whi ch

line , , , .
,
should be spaced in roughl y in proportion to their actual posi

tions Th e piping valves etc can then be sketched in using
.
, ,
.
, ,
any of the convent ions shown in Figs 3 29 and 330 Finally l o cate . .
dimension lines figur es and notes together with th e date and a

, ,
title of some kind Pictorial methods can be used to great advan

.
tage for sketching purposes especiall y for preliminary lay outs

, ,
as th e direction s and change s in levels can be clearly shown ,
Fi g 341
. .
D eveloped or Single Plan e Drawings It will often be found .
c onv eni ent to swing th e various p arts of a piping lay out into a
single plane in order to show the various lengths and fittings in

one view Different metho ds of showing the same piping are here
.
PIPIN G DRAWING 319
illustrated Fig 34 1 is a pictorial view using single lines to show

. .
th e position in space ; Fig 342 is a developed line sketch wi th th e

.
sizes fittings etc written on and Fig 343 is a developed draw

, , .
, , .
ing with com plete dim ensi ons and notes Such drawings are .
valuabl e w hen li sting or makin g up an order as well as for th e

pipe fitters to work from A free hand line sketch as a prelimi nary
.
-
,
ste p in laying out a steam line can often be made in thi s way , .
Fig 342 . . Devel oped Ske ch t .
Isometri c Drawing Two form s of pictorial drawing lend

.
them selves readily to piping drawings isometric and obli que , .
Both show the position of th e pipe in sp ace and are easily drawn
and easil y understoo d T hey are especially valuable for sket ch
.
ing and preliminary lay out w ork T h e pri nciples here giv en will .
enable any one to make use of thi s convenien t form of re pre sent a
tion Isometric drawing is base d upon the three edges of a cube

.
whi ch come togeth er at a corner The lines representing th ese .
three edges are called isometric axes One of these axes is vertical .
and th e other two make angles of 3 0 degrees with th e hori ont al z .
See Fig 3 44 T hese three lines represent three dir ections in space
. . .
w here two radii havi ng centres at A and B are used Circular .
arcs can be drawn by th e s m e me tho d a .
In Fig 349 th e metho d of boxing in and laying out dim ensions

.
is shown for a pl ain ell T he orthographi c proj ections of th e ell

.
Fig 3 47
. . t
Or h ographi c and t
Isom e ric R epresen t tion
a s .
are shown at A and the points are num bered to correspond

the isom etri c view s T h e first step is to lay off th e centre dis
.
tances 2 3 and 3 4 as shown at B T he centre for the arc is found

— —
.
by th e intersection of p erpendi cul ars from 2 and 4 Th e distances .
are indi cated by dimension line s on Figs A and B and ar e th e .

,
same length in both figures .
Fig 3 48. . t
Isome ric C ircles .
Th e t step is to lay out the diameters for the isometric

nex
cir cle s as shown at C
, Th e centres for the ar cs are shown at D
.
and the completed ell at E

'
.
PIPING DRAWINGS 3 23
Fig 3 49
. . tp
S e s in t
M aking Isome ric Drawing of a Plain Elbow .
324 HANDBOOK ON PIPING
Fig 350
. . t
Isome ric Drawing of Screwed Elbow .
351 . tr
Isome ic D r
awing of Flanged T ee .
Fig 3 5
. 4 . t
Plan and Eleva ions of Piping .
Fig 355
. . t
Isom e ric Drawing .
PIPI NG D RAWINGS 327
boxed in , and the cen tres of pipe lines valves and fittings are
, ,
measured off parallel to isometric lines as indicated in Fig 355 . .
Fi g 356
. . t
Isome ric Drawings .
The dimensions and notes a e left off for the sake of clearness in
r
showing the construction but a few distances are indicated to

,
show the manner of laying off measurements Fig 356 is the . .
same as Fig 355 except that the boxing h as been left off
. .
Fig 357
. . Obli que Axes .
With a li ttle
practice it is possible to make free hand isometric
drawings that are a great help in clearing up ideas and decidi ng
lo cations
.
O bliq ue Drawings Oblique drawings a e made by the use

. r
of thr ee axes l o cat ed as shown in Fig 357 Lines parallel to the

.
plane of the front face of the cube show in their true length and
angles in their true The d rawing of cir cles is shown on th e
Obli que Ci rl
c es .
faces of th e cube Fig 358 It should be noted that th e centre

, . .
for arcs is found by the intersection of perpendiculars at
the points of t angency of the ar cs .Except for the change in

.
angles this method is the same as for isometric . 3 59 hows

s
an oblique dr awing .
of packing ; fittings ; steam valves ; water valves ; air valves ;

reducing valves ; back pressure valves ; blow off valves ; safety -
valves ; non return valves ; relief valves ; foot val ves ; sep ara
-
tors ; steam traps ; inj ectors ; meters etc , .
S tandar d Piping S che dul e T h e standards for pipe and .
fittings of Stone Webster Engineering C orporation are given

in th e accom panying t abul ation Th e different material s as .
used for power pl ant w ork and their variati on to meet the needs
of each particular service are made especially clear by thi s pres
entation .
S tandard Specifications (Stone Webster) Lo cal condi .
tions are certain to vary any sample specifications that might be

given but th e b asis of th e specification for high class w ork should
,
-
be very m uch th e same For this reason th e author is pleased to

.
be able to include th e following standard piping sp ecifi cation

which was kin dly supplied by the Stone Webster Engineering
C orporation It is used by them as a b asis for detaile d specifica
.
tions on each particular job It represents good m odern practice .
and shoul d prove of much value as a guide in th e selection of
proper material s and in calling attention to the im portant factors

,
inv olved in a piping in st allation .
STAN DAR D S PEC IFIC AT ION FOR PIPE AND FITT IN GS
ST ONE WEBSTER EN GI NEERI NG C ORPO RATI ON
IN G ENERAL
t
This specifi ca ion covers th e furnishing and ins t ll tio
a a n of a o mplete
c
t
p iping sys e m in th e p ower s a ion of the tt
M ATERIAL
t t t t
All pip e s eel, forged s eel, cas s eel, wrough ir on, cas ir on, and com t t
t tt
p osi ion used in the vari ous fi ings, flanges, pipe, etc , S h all have the foll ow .
ing p hysical ch arac eris ics t t .
PIPE STEEL
T ensile t
s reng th not less th an lbs per sq in
. . .
t
Elas ic limi t U u u
t
Elonga ion in 8 in .
, not less th an 18
Re du tion of
c are a, not less th an 50
FORGE D STEEL
T ensil e s reng ht t not less th an lbs per sq in
. . .
t
Elas ic lim i t
t
El onga ion in 8 in .
, not l ess th an 20
R du tion of
e c are a, not t
less han 40
SPECIFICATIONS 33 5
C AS T STEEL
t
Tensile s rength not less than lbs per sq in . . .
t
Elas ic limi t
t
Elonga ion in 2 in , not less h an 20 . t
t
Reduc ion of area, not less han 30 t
t
The percen age each of phosporous and sulphur shall not exceed five
one hundred h s t
t
All cas ings sh all be annealed and sam ple pieces shall sa is fac orily s and t t t
bendi ng cold around 1 radius and hrough T wo e s pie ces t t t
t
from each mel sh all be prepared o s andard Size for es ing and Shall t t t t
be furni shed free of charge .
WRO UGHT IRO N

T ensile t
s reng th n t l o ess th an 50,000 lbs per sq . . in .
t
Elas ic li mi t 26,000
t
Elonga ion In 8 m , not less . t h an 1 8
t
Re duc ion of area, not less h an 50 t
C AS T IRON
t t
All cas ings Sh all be of ough gray iron, free from all defec s afiecting t
t t
ei h er s reng h o r t t t
igh ness under p ressure , rue o p a ern and of t t tt
w orkm an li ke finis h
"
-
.
t
S amp le p ieces 1 s quare cas from th e same h ea of me al in sand m olds, t t
S h all be capable of sus aining on a clear sp an of 4
'
t
a cen ral l o ad t
of 500 lbs wh en es ed in th e rough bar
. t t .
t t
T urned es pieces sh all sh ow an ul ima e ensile s reng h of not less t t t t t
t h an lbs per sq in One es p iece from each mel for each of
. . . t t t
t
th e above ests Sh all be prepared for e s ing and furnish ed free of t t
t
charge o the Engineers .
C OM P OS IT IO N
t
All comp osi ion Sh all be a dense s rong mi xt ure especiall y selec ed for t t
t
the par i cular service in whi ch it is o be used and Sh all not s uffer t
a serio us l o ss of s reng h due t t
o th e empera ure to which it is t t t
reg ularly subj ec ed t .
t t
All wrough iron and s eam pipe S h all be made by the oungs own Sh ee Y t t
and T ube C omp any .
HIGH PRESS UR E STEAM PIPI NG

All fittings and ab ove for use with sup er he ate d steam Shall be of
,
-
extra h e avy fl ange d p attern designed for 250 p oun ds p er square inch w ork
,
ing pressure and m ade of cast ste el of a quality as previ ously Sp ecified The .
se ction of all fittings S h all in crease gradua ll y by a long tap er at fl anges .
T h e thi ckness of m etal Sh all be not less than th at given for correspondi ng
sizes in the following table :
S iz e
15
" 14
” 12” 10”8 '
6”5
'
45
” 4' ”
34 3 ’
25 ”
T hi ck ness
If” li ” 1
,
i
,
%
0
“H if ,
i
!
g
,
All high pressure s eam fi ings t

and ab ove, for use wi h sa ura ed tt t t t
t
s eam Sh all be of th e extra h eavy flanged p a ern des igned for 250 p ounds tt
per square inch worki ng pressure and m ade of cas iron t .
t tt
T he sec ion of all fi ings Shall increase graduall y by a long aper at flanges t .
t
All hi gh pressure s e am fi ings bel ow 2‘/z bo h for superh ea ed and fortt t t
t t t
sa ura ed s e am Shall be ex ra h eavy screw end pa ern, m ade of cas t
ir on tt t
and designe d for a working s eam pressure of 250 p ounds p er square inch t .
All pipe and ab ove for hi gh p ressur e s eam p iping, bo h for sup er t t
t t t t
h ea ed and sa ura ed s eam shall be wh a is commercially known as full t
t t
weigh selec e d lap welded pipe made from th e bes quali y of s eel, as pre t t t
viousl y S pe cified .
t
All s eel bends mus be ben t
o the radius designa e d and mus be free tt t t
from wrinkl es, buckles, creases, etc , and flanges sh all be faced at righ angles . t
t
to the cen re line of th e pipe
”
.
t
All s eel p ipe and bends 6 in di ame er and above, for use wi h superhea ed t t t
t t
s e am , Shall have ex ra he avy rolled or forged s eel flanges of th e Van S one t t
typ
”
e .
All t
s eel pip e and bends 6 in diamete r and ab ve, o for use wi h t tu t dsa ra e
t
s eam , Shall h ave t
ex ra h eavy cas ti o fl r n anges of th e Van S one t e typ .
All t
s eel pipe and bends from to 5 inclusive sh all have flanges screwed
on and re ace d in la h ef t
These flanges sh all be of rolled or forge d s e el for
. t
t t
sup erhea e d s eam p iping , and of cas iron for sa ura e d s e am p iping t t t t .
t
All s eel pipe and bends under sh all be ex ra s rong and hr eaded for t t t
s crew end fi ings tt .
At th e dead ends of all pipes blank flanges of approved design sh all be

furnished and Shall be of cast steel for sup erh eate d steam piping and of cas t
iron for saturated ste am piping .
All uni ons for high pressure steam piping under sh all be ext ra heavy
bronz e for 250 p ounds per s q uare inch w orking ste am pressure and sh all be
of the ground joint type Th ey Shall be of the T uxed o or Economic make
. .
M ain s eat m headers for use wi h t t

superhea ed s e a t m sh all be made up by
one of th e following me h ods : t
( 1 ) Wi h t ex rat h eavy cas t t
fittin gs and full weight steel pipe with s eel
extra h eavy rolle d or forge d Van S to ne flanges .
(2) Full weigh t steel p ipe wi th nozzles of full weight ste el pipe welded on
and with extra heavy roll ed or forge d steel Van S to ne fl ange s made on .
Fill ets wh ere n ozzles are welded o n to be l ong radius .
All fl anges for high pressure steam work on p ipe fittings and bends Sh all
be f aced off on the back or S pot faced so as to provide a sm ooth even bearing
for bolt h eads and nuts Th ey sh all be of dimensions and drilli ng as sh o wn
.
on attache d S h eet and S h all be provide d with a raised face inside bolt h oles
t
in hickness .
HIGH PRESSURE WAT ER PIPIN G

All fittings and ab ve, o t
for hi gh pressure wa e r piping, including feed
wa ter piping, Sh all be of ex ra t tt
h eavy flanged pa ern made of cas iron t .
Th e sec tion of all fittings S hall increas e grad ually by a l ong aper at t
flanges .
flanges on both pipe and fittings Shall be Sp ot faced on the back to

All
provide a smooth even beari ng for bolt h eads and nuts and sh all h ave raised
"
face inside bolt h oles Vi a in thi ckness .
All fl anges shall be of di mensions and drilling as sh own on attached sh eet .
LOW PRESSURE EX HAUST PIPING
All fittings
for l ow pressure exh aus piping 4 in di ame er and t " t o
ab ve shall
t t
be s andard weigh flanged pa ern designed for 1 00 p ounds per tt q
s uare inch
working p ressure, and made of cas iron t
”
.
All fittings below 4 in diamete r Sh all be t

s andard weigh t cas t iron, scre w
end tt e rn
pa
"t ”
.
All pip e for low pressure exh aus from 4 o 12 inclusive, excep ing ver i t t t
t t
cal ou board exh aus p ip e, sh all be of s andard weigh s e el of a quali y as t t t t
previously specifi ed and sh all h ave s andar t d w igh t ti o fl g m d n r n
”
e cas an es a e o .
All pipe under 4 in di ame er S h all be s t t d d w ight t l pip th d d

an ar e s ee e rea e
for screw end fittings

”to 22
.
All pipe from 1 4 inclusive, otherwise specified Sh all be lap

unle ss ,
w elded s eel pipe t in thickness with cast iron flanges riveted on

, .
Unl ess o h erwise t Specifi e d th e sizes of lap welde d stee l e xh aus t p ip e from
14
”to 22 ”in lu iv h all b tak n th e inside di ame t er Of th e p ipe
,
All pip 24 ”
c s e, s e e as .
in diam t and b o v
e e er a e shall be t
s andard weigh tfl anged cas t
iron pipe designed for w orking press ure of 100 p ounds per square inch .
tt
Flanges o n all pip e and fi ings sh all be plain face d and Sh all c onform t o
dimensions and drilli ng sh own on a ached sh ee tt t .
Ver ical t outboard exh aus t pipe bey ond exh aus t relief valve and back
pressure flanged galvanized S piral riveted pipe
valve sh all be .
Exh aust heads sh all be flanged galvaniz ed of am ple area with inside parts ,
of c opper as m ad e by th e Wrigh t M anufacturing C omp any .
All unions bel ow in di ameter Sh all be of ground joint typ e and made
of bras s .
All unions from to inclusive sh all be flanged standard weight ,
cast iron .
LOW PRESSURE WATER PIPIN G
All fittings
for low pressure w a er piping 4 in di ame er and above t t Sh all
t t
be s andard weigh flanged pa ern and m ade of cas iron tt t
”
.
tt
All fi ings below 4 sh all be s andard weigh cas iron screw end p a t t t tt
ern
"
.
All p ipe for low p ressure wat 4 in diam t

er e er and ab ve, o for use b o h wi h t t
c ol d and h ot wa er, sh all be t t
s andard weigh tfl anged cas t ir on designed for
working pressure of 100 p ounds per square inch
”
a .
All pipe for low pressure wa er below 4 S hall be t t s andard weigh t g lv a an
t
iz ed s eel pipe and S h all be h readed for screw end fi t tting s .
Flanges o n all pipe and fittings be plain faced and shall conform to
sh all
di mensions and drilling Sh own on a ttache d shee t .
All uni ons below sh all be s tandard weigh brass wi h ground joints t t
”
.
All uni ons from o 3 1/n inclusive t sh all be t

s andard weigh t flanged
t
cas iron .
SPECIFICATIONS 339
DRIP PIPING
( 1 ) HI GH PRE S S URE
tt
All fi ings for high pressure drip piping below Sh all be ex ra h eavy t
t
cas iron screw end pa ern tt .
All fi ings tt
and above S h all be extra heavy flanged cas iro n t .
All pipe for high pressure drips under shall be extra s rong lap welded t
t t
s e el hreade d for scre w e nd fi ings tt .
All pipe and ab ove S h all be full weigh s eel pipe wi h ext ra h eavy t t t
t
cas iron flange s screwed on and refaced in la h e t .
All uni ons below sh all be e x ra h ea y brass ground j oin pa ern of t v t tt

Econom ic or T uxedo make .
tt
Flanges on all pipe and fi ings sh all be sp o faced on the back o provide t t
t t
smoo h even be aring for b ol heads and nu s and sh all conform o dimensi ons t t
and drilling sh own on a ached S hee tt t .
(2) Low PRES S URE S

All fittings for low pressure drip s sh all be t
s andard weigh t cas ti o r n, screw
end pa tt ern .
All pipe S h all be t

s andard weigh t t s eel pipe th readed for screw end
fitt ings .
All uni ons below Sh all be t

s andard weigh tb rass uni ons t
wi h ground
j oints .
All uni ons o

and ab ve Sh all be t
s andard w eigh tfl ange d cas tio r n .
In all cases wh ere p ossible, wa t

er seals m ade wi h pipe t an d fitting s Shall
be used in pl ace of traps .
D RY AIR PI PIN G
fittings for dry air piping 4 ”

All and above S hall be standard weight fl ange d ,
cast iro n designed for 100 p ounds per square inch w orking pressure
"
.
,
All fittings under 4 sh all be standard weigh t cast ir on scre w end pattern .
All p ipe Sh all be standard weigh t steel pipe and sh all be pr ovi ded for S cre w
end fittings on sizes under
”
Pipe 4 in diameter and above sh all h ave standard weigh t cast iron flanges
made on .
flanges on both pipe and fittings shall be plain faced and shall conform
All
to dimensions and drilling sh own on attached Sheet .
All uni ons bel ow sh all be standard w eigh t brass uni ons w ith ground
joints and all uni ons and above S hall be standard wei gh t flanged cast
Iron .
OIL PIPING
tt
All fi ings for Oil piping shall be cas iron pa ern brass fi ings wi h screw t tt tt t
ends
t tt
.
All pip e Sh all be iron Size brass pipe hreaded for screw end fi ings .
All uni ons bel ow sh all be s andard weigh brass ground join p a ern t t t tt
of Economic or T uxe d o m ak e .
All unions and ab ove Shall be s andard weigh flanged cas iro n t t t .
AIR PIPING
tt
All fi ings for air piping S hall be s andard weigh cas iron wi h screw ends t t t t .
t
All pipe shall be s andard weigh lap welded s e el pipe hreaded for screw
-
t t t
end fi ings tt .
All uni ons below shall be s andard weigh brass wi h ground joints t t t .
All unions and ab ove shall be s andard weigh flanged cas ir on t t t .
ST EP BEAR IN G PIPIN G
All fittings for step
bearing p ip ing to ver ical urbines Shall be of cas s e el t t t t
tt
h ydrauli c pa ern, designed for from 2000 o 3000 p ounds per square inch t
t
w orking pressure wi h Economic ground joints made by th e Edwards S eam t
t
Special y C om p any .
All flanges and uni ons shall be of cas s eel wi h Economi c ground joints t t t
designed for same pressure as above fi ings and m ade by the Edwards S eam tt t
t
Special y C ompany .
All p ipe Sh all be double t

ex ra s r ng to lap welded t
s eel th readed for flanges
and uni ons specified ab ove .
JOINTS
Joint f high p s or ressure s ea t m p iping be made wi h Durabla gaske s
Sh all t t
in thi kn c ess, or of some oth er e quall y g oo d p acking as approve d by
Engineers .
J t
oin s for high pressure wa er p iping sh all be made wi h Dur abla gaskets t t
t t
in hi ckness , or wi h c orruga e d c opper gaske s coa e d on bo h sides t t t t
t
wi h Dix on s grap hi e or C allah an s cemen
’ ’
t t .
J t
oin s in low pressure s eam and wa er p iping sh all be made wi h Rain t t t
bow gask e s t t
in hi ckness, or of some o h er e qually goo d rubber p acking t .
Where flanges are screwed on pipe h ey sh o uld be made on as igh as it t t t

is safe and the pipe shall be m ade en irely hrough the flange un il it is flush t t t
t
wi h the face of the fl ange .
J t t
oin s m ade wi h screw end fi ings Sh all h ave pipe hreads h oroughl y tt t t
l h
s us e d w i h D ix o s grap e
n
’
t
hi o r C a ahan s cemen and m ade in o th e fit
ll ’
t t t
t t t
ings as igh as it is safe to screw hem t .
t t
All gaske s on bo h hi gh and low p ressure p ip ing Sh all ex e nd out o th e t t
t
inside edge of th e b ol h oles of flanges, excep on low p ressure p iping above t
” t t
14 in di ame er, where h ey Sh all ex end o th e o u side edge of flan ges t t t .
t t
All bol s for bo h high and low pressure join s Shall be made of bol s eel t t t
and Sh all h ave clean cut U S hreads wi h upse square h eads and semi . . t t t
finish ed h exagonal cold pressed nuts .
S UPPORT S
All piping and app ara us sh all t be supp r ed in a o t tho o r ugh and subs an t ti al
manner .
M ain t h d unl oth wi p ifi d h ll b uppo t d

s eam ea ers, ess er se s ec e , S a e s r e on a
h vyea t i on dj u t bl pip h i with o

cas r a ol l s a e e c ar c ncave r ers .
All oth pipi g h ll b erupp o t d by dj u t b l w ough t i on h ng

n s a e s r e a s a e r r a ers or
by b k t rac e s .
All h g d pp o t
an ers an h ll b in t ll d th t th y will n t int
su r s S a e s a e so a e o er ere f
in ny w y with th
a ap n io d o t tion of th piping
e ex a s n an c n rac e .
FLA N GES FOR PIPE

bends for Sizes and sm aller to be s andard
and
"
t
t t t
weigh cas iron hreaded ype ; 4 and larger o be Walmanco yp e t t t
”
.
FITTIN GS and larger to be s andard weigh cas iron, fl anged : 2 and t t t

t
smaller, s andard cas iron, hreaded t t
"
.
VAL VE S 2 and larger, excep s op and ch ecks and o her Special ies, o be t t t t t
t
iron bo dy, fl anged, ga e or angle valves, s andard weigh , ou side screw and t t t
y o ke ; large r S i zes fi ed w i h by pass
-
tt t
The sea ing faces of di scs and th e . t
t t
se a rings o be renewable bronz e Bonne o be arrange d for back sea ing . tt t
when the valve is Op en for pack ing under pressure Valves and sm all er .
to be all bronze .
t
FL AN GES , excep Walm anco yp e, on pipe, valves, and fi ings, o be faced t tt t
t t
s raigh across, ro ugh finish .
BOILER FEED LINES

t
The feed w a e r pipe from pumps to b oilers o be full w eigh lap-welded t t
t t
wrough s e el or iron Use brass pipe if quali y of w a e r demands it
. t t .
FI TT I N GS and l arger, excep ch ecks and fee d val ves ( gl obes) o be t t

t
iron b ody, flanged , ga e or angle v alves, s andard weigh , ou side screw and t t t
y oke, with bronz e stems Val ves 2 and sm al l er o be all bronz e
.
” t .
FLAN GES on pipe valves and fi ings o be faced s raigh acro ss, rough tt t t t
C o rrug ated lead gas kets ab o ut 1 ”
/i n thick , cut in rings to fit in id s e the b ol t
h oles .
EXHAUST LINES
Pipe for exh aus t lines t cas t iron to be lap-welded wro ugh s t t ee l,
”t ”
excep
Sizes 12 and small er t

s andard weigh ; 1 4 t o 20 outside d iame er, t
thi kc Sizes
. a er22
”nd o v not less h an t
FO R BEN Ds , see specifi ca ion for s eam lines t t .
CAS T IRON PI PE m ay be us ed for th e e xh aus o the c ondenser or for tt

t t
o h er lines if ch eap er han wrough ; weigh , etc , o c onform o sp ecifi ca ion t t . t t t
for flanged fi ings tt
”
.
FLAN GE S F OR PIP E and bends for siz es 1 2 and sm aller to be s andard t

t t t t
weigh , cas iron, hreaded yp e ; for pipe 1 4 and larger o be s andard weigh t t t
t tt
cas ir on a ach ed by Walmanco me h o d t
"
.
FIT TIN GS 3 and larger o be cas iron, flanged ; t

and small er, cas t t
t ”
ir on, hreaded Sizes 1 4 and smaller s andard weigh ; 16 and larger m ay
. t t ”
be low pressure .
VALVE S for siz es and larger, excep relief, back press ure , and o her t t
t t
Special ies o be iron b o dy , fl ange d , ga e or angle val ve s, preferably ou side t t
screw and y oke Inside screw valves wi h brass s e m ; outside screw and t t
” ”
.
y o ke m a y h ave s eel s em Sizes 1 0 andtsm all er standard w.ei h

g ; 1 2 and t t
larger may be low pressure, in whi ch case h ey are o have s andard weigh t t t t
t
flanges The sea ing faces of discs and se a rings are o be renewable bronz e ;
. t t
bonne tt
o be arranged for back sea ing when th e valve is open for packing t
under p ressure Valves 2 and smaller o be all brass
.
” t .
FLAN GES on pipe valves and fi ings o be faced s raigh a cross, rough tt t t t
SPEC IFICATIONS 3 43
Garl ock or R ainbow gaske ts l

/n
"thi k c cut in rings to fit inside the bol t
h oles .
WATER PIPIN G
Suction or disch arge p ip e (except cast iron) to be lap welde d wrought steel
”
Sizes 1 2 and smaller standard weigh t ; 14 ”
-
or ir on and larger not less than

"
.
V thi ck
. . Bends made as for t
s e am piping .
C AS T IRON pipe when used sh ould c onform o specifi ca ions for flanged t t
tt
fi ings
”
.
FLAN GES for pipe and bends for Siz es 12 and smaller to be s andard weigh t t
t t t
cas iron, hreaded ype ; for p ipe 1 4 and l arger o be s andard weigh cas
” t t t t
tt
iron a ach ed by Wal manco me h o d t
" ”
.
FITT IN GS for sizes 3 and larger to be cas iron, flanged ; 2 and small er t
cast i o th r n, reade d . Si 14
”d
zes an s maller t
s andard weigh t; 16
”nd la ga r er
eith t nd
er s a ard or low pressure as demanded by the service . Elbows long
radius .
ST OP VALVES and l arger o be s andard weigh , iron body brass t t t

t t
moun ed, flanged, ga e or angle v alves Preferably o u side screw and y oke t
”
.
t t
wi h brass s ems Valves 2 and smaller o be all brass . t .
FLAN GES on pipe valves and fi ings excep Wal manco yp e, o be faced tt t t t
t
s raigh t
across, ro ugh finish .
t
Cl o h Inserte d R ubber or Rainbow gaske s hick , cut i n rings to fi t t t
inside th e bol h oles ; for p ipe in the ground t use h eavy canvas , full face ,
dipped in red lead .
BLOW- O FF LI NES
PIPE BEN Ds to be full weigh lap-welded s eel In all par iculars same
AN D t t . t
as for s e am lines t .
FLAN GES for p ip e and bends o be s andard weigh , cas ir on, hreaded, t t t t t
( Same as for s e am lines ) t
'
screwed on and refaced . .
t
FI TTI N GS o be s andard weigh cas ir on, flanged t
Elbows, long radius ; t t .
t
use ex ra h eavy malleable scre wed ells if wi hin th e fire walls Header fit t .
ting s to be l a t e rals or single sweep t e es .
C AS T I RON PIPE m ay be desirable for a h eader b uried in th e ground,

then use h eavy weigh flanged pipe t .
BLOW O FF LINES from b oil ers o be double valved ; use one h eavy
- t
asb es o s p acket
d co ck , and one Wa lw ort h angl e p a ern bl ow- 3
0 valve, tt
flanged ends
fittings to t t
.
FLAN GES on pipe, valve s and be faced s rai gh o

acr ss, r ugh o
GARL O C K OR LEAD GAS KETS thi k c , cut in rings to fit in id s e the bol t

h oles .
SPE CI FICATI O N OF M ATERI ALS FOR STEAM PLANTS OP E RATI N G WIT H SATU
RATED STEAM PRES S URE S UP T o 250 PO UNDS PER SQUARE IN CH
ST EAM LINES
High pressure s eat m and drip pipe to b w ought”t l l p w ld d Fe r s ee , a - e e . or
to 200 p ound q in h i 7 d m ll to b full

foot ; 9 ”
s p er s uare c s zes an s a er e
pressures up
”
,
ca d weigh t ; 8
r 28 p ounds per - 3 4 p ound p f t ; 1 0 40 pound
-
s er oo -
s
p er foo ; 12 t — 50 p ounds per foo Sizes 14 and larger t thi k or h eavier

”nd
. c .
For pressures 200 p ounds p er square inch and over, 1 2 m aller to be

”nd l
a s
t
ex ra s r ng ; to 14 a arger thi ck .
PI PE F OR BE N Ds to be same weigh t as s raigh t t leng h s t unl ess of sh r o t

radi us, wh en h eavy pip e mus to b fini h d t ly to tb e use d . Bends e s e accura e
di m io to oid fo i
ens ns p o itio
av pt p io b drc n whi h g into s n, exce ex ans n en s , c
sh oul d b t ho t th di m io
e cu s d d w into pl
r er whi h will ll o w
\ an ens ns an ra n ace c a
th b d to
e enp d int o pl d fit p op ly wh
ex an th line h t ace an r er en e ea s .
F f pip
LA N GE S nd b d f or i d m ll
e a to b t h y en s or s zes an s a er e ex ra eav
w igh t m ll bl i o t l th d d typ w d
r n or s ee d f d F rea e e, scre e on an re ace or
" d l g m ll bl i o
e a ea e ,
.
i
s z es 4 an t l fl g (l w h b tio ) tt h d
ar er a ea e r n or s ee an es o u sec n a ac e
by W lm a m th o d h ould b
anco d e s e use
”
.
F 2
IT TI N GSd m ll to b t h y t i o th d d ; i
an s a er e ex ra e av c as r n, rea e s z es
an d l g to b t h y w i gh t ti o mi t l fl g d e av cas r n or se s ee an e
"dl g
ar er e ex ra e -
, .
V 2
ALVE S p t top an d h k d oth p i lti
ar er, exce to b s an c ec s an er S ec a es e
i o bo dy fl g d g t
r n , gl an el t h vy w igh t o t id
,
a e or an w e v a ves, ex ra ea e ,
u s e scre
an d y ok (F p e p to 1 75 p ou d m di m w ight
or ressures u l m y b n s e u e va ves a e
”
.
u d )
se Si. 8 d l g to b fitt d with
z es an pi by par er l Th e e one- ece -
ass va ve . e
sea ting f of di d th
aces t ing to b w bl h d b o
scs an ; bo t e sea r s e rene a e ar r nze nne
to b g d f
e arran e b k ti g wh th lv i op d f p ki g d
or ac sea n en e va e s ene or ac n un er
p ressure V lv . d m ll a to b ll b o
es an s a er e a r nz e .
F p t W lm
LA N GE S , ex ce typ pip lv d fitting to b f
a an cod e , on e, v a es an s e ace
with i d p oj ti o i id th b olt h ol ; b
ra se r ing u f
ec f nb olt ns e e es ear s r ace or
h d ea d t to b fi i h d i
an nu p ot f d e ns e , . e . s ace .
BO ILER FEED L INES
Th e fee d wa t er pipe t o l p w ld d
from p um p s to boil ers to b t
e ex ra s r ng a - e e
w o gh t t l
r u i o U b
s ee pip if th qu li ty of w t
or r n . d m d itse rass e e a a er e an s .
Fl g f
an es th p ip d b d to b
or e t h y w igh t m ll bl i o
e an en s e ex ra e av e a ea e r n or
t l (l w h b tio ) Si
s ee o u d m ll
sec th d d typ ; 3 d
n . z es an s a er, rea e e an
l g
ar er, W lm m th od Fitting
a anco d l g to b
e t h vy w igh t
. s an ar er e ex ra ea e
c asti o rmi t l fl g d Si
n or s e 2 -
d m ll
s ee to b t h y t
,
an e . z es an s a er e ex ra eav cas
or m ll bl i o
a th d d Elbow l o g di
ea e r n, re a e . s, n ra us .
V ALVES d l g pt h k d f d
an l (gl ob ) to b
ar er, exce c ec s an ee va ves es e
i o bo dy fl g d g t
r n , gl l
an e t h y w ight o t id
, a e or an w e v a ves, ex ra eav e ,
u s e scre
an d y ok with b o t m (M di um w ight l m y b d f p
r nze s e va ves e use
"
e, . e e a or res
sures u p t o 75 p o
1 d ) V l 2 d m ll to b ll b o
un s Fl g a ves an s a er e a r nze an es
”
. .
on pip l d fitting to b f
e , v a ves an d with / i d p oj tio in id ths e ace
1
lo ra s e r ec n s e e
bolt h ol ; b ing u f
es f b olt h dear d t t b fini h d i
s r ace p ot f d or ea an nu o e s e ,
. e s . ace .
Co g t dl dg k t
rru a e bout thi k t in ing t fit th i d f d
ea as e s a c cu r s o e ra se ace .
EXHAUST L INES
See exh aus lines t under speci ca fi tion s for plan t op ting wi thera 125 p ounds
st eam p ressure .
WATER PIPIN G
See w a t er piping under specifi ca i ons for plan t t Op era ti ng t

wi h 1 25 p ounds
t
s eam pressure .
and larger to be a ached by Walm anco me h o d tt

Semi-s eel flanges may t . t
be used for small siz es for pressures up to 1 50 p ounds .
FITT IN GS and larg er to be ex ra h eavy wei gh cas iron or semi-steel t t t

”
flanged Sizes 2 and small er to be ex ra h eavy , cas or malleable iron,
. t t
threaded Elbows, l ong radi us
. .
VA LVES and larger, exce p ch ecks and feed valve s ( gl obes) o be iron t t
t
body, flanged, ga e or angle val ves, ex ra h eavy wei gh , ou side screw and t t t
y oke, wi h bronze t tm (For pressures up to 1 75 p ounds medi um weigh t
”
s e .
valves may be use d ) Valve

. s 2 and small r to be all e bronze .
FLAN GES excep t Walmanco typ e on pipe, tt

valves and fi ings, to be face d
t
wi h l /u ' rai sed proj ec ion inside the bol t t h oles ; bearing surface for b ol t
t
head and nut o be finished, i e sp o faced . . t .
EXHAUST LINES
See exh aus lines t under speci ca fi tion s for plan t op ting with
era 125 p ounds
st eam pre ssure .
WATER PIPIN G
See wa t er p i ping un der Specifica ions for plan t t op ting with
era 125 p ounds
t
s eam pressure .
BLOW- O FF LINES
See bl ow-O E lines under speci ca fi tion s for plan t op ting with 250 p ound
era s
t
s eam p ressure tu t d t m ) ”
(sa ra e s ea .
C orruga ed lea t d g k t bo t / thi k

as e s a u l
n c , cut in rings to fit the rai s ed face .
N OTE S (C omm on to all Piping)

Dril li ng . T empla e s to be th e t American S t nd
a ard of for flanges
,
fittings and valves .
S upports t
N ot more h an 1 2 foo cen res, designed o provide for move
. t t t
t t
men in all direc ions ; use subs an ial an ch ors where necessary t t .
Drai na ge Provide ade qua e drainage arrangements wh ere ver necessary

. t
t
on all s eam lines .
Uni ons t
Provide sui able uni ons on small hreaded lines wherever neces
. t
t
sary o insure qui ck repairs and at all valve connec ions t .
Valves t
T he sea ing faces of discs and th e sea rings to be of renewable
. t
t t
bronze (or sui able me al) ; b onne o be arranged for back sea ing when th e tt t
val ve is open for packing under pressure .
CHAPT ER XIX
LIST o r BO OKS AND REFERENCES
T he foll owing sour ces of information are included as a means

of increasing the value of the book which is necessarily limi ted ,
in its treatment of the various phase s of piping and allied sub

j e cts It is not intended to be a comple te list Of books and articles
.
,
but is sugge stive and may be amplifi ed by the reader , .
A M
DA S,A I Woo d St
. Pip. Am S—
C E T n tion V l 41 ave e . . oc . . . ra sac s, o .
,
p 27
. .
ALLEN , K J Sizes of Flow and Re urn S eam M ains 1 04 pp ill Pub

. . t t . . . .
t
by Domes ic Engineering, Chi cag o, 1 907 .
AME RI CAN D IS T R I CT ST E AM C OM P AN Y Bulle ins Nos 1 03 o 1 43 c overing . t . t

t
sub j ec of dis ric h ea ing N or h T onawanda, Nt t t . t . Y .
AMERI CAN G AS IN STIT UTE S andard Specifi ca ions for Cas Iron Pip e . t t t
and Special Fi ings 5 5 pp tt
(Adop ed Oct 1 9 1 1 and Oct .Th e . t . .
C hemi cal P ublishing Co , Eas on Pa , 1 9 1 4 . t . .
T HE AM ERI CAN STAN DAR D PI PE FLA N GES , FITT IN GS AND T HE IR BOLTIN G .
t
Re p or of C omm i ee of Am Soc M E tt
Revised o M ar 7 and 20, . . . . t .
1 9 14 N . . Y .
AR M S TR ON G C O RK AN D INS UL ATION C OM PAN Y N onp areil High Pressure .
C overing 80 pp , 1 9 1 6 N onpareil C ork C overing for C old Pip es

. . 60 . .
pp , 1 9 1 6
. Pi sburgh , Pa . tt .
BA T CHE L LER , B C The Rapieif oin is described in the Ameri can M achin
. . J t
ist, April 23, 1 908 .
BJ OR L I N G , PHI LL IP R Pipe and Tubes 3 44 pp ill Whi aker and Co ,

. . . . tt .
Lo nd on, 1 902 .
BOOT H, WM H - S eam Pip es . 1 8 7 pp ill

. t
A C ons able C o , Ltd , . . . . t . .
London, 1905 .
BR OWN IN G , WILL IAM D Dim ens ions of Pipe, Fi ings and Valves . 88 tt .
pp ill
. 3 rd ed 1 9 10 For sale by Na ional Book C o , C ollinw ood, Ohi o
. . . t . .
CHAN D LE R , S M Burs ing S reng h Of C as -iron Elb ow s and T ees T es s

. . t t t t . t
at C ase Sch ool of App lie d S cience American M achini s , M ar , 1 906 . t . .
C O LLI N S , HURERT E — Pip es and Piping 140 pp ill . M cGraw . . .
Hill Book C o , N 1 908 . . Y . .
C ONDE N S ED C AT ALOG UE S OF M ECHAN I CAL EQUI PME NT Gives names and .
addresses of m anufac urers of p iping and e quipmen engineers, etc 6tht t .
Vol , O ct , 1 9 1 6
. Am S oc M E , N
. . . . . . . Y .
C RANE C OM PANY Th e Effec of High Tempera ures on the Physical Prop

. t t
t
e t t ies of S ome M e als and All oys, by I M Bregowsky and L W Spri ng, . . . .
Power Plan Piping Specifica ions t C hi cag o t . .

C RANE, R T Early Hi s ory of Gas Pipes

. . Engineering Record, uly 8, t . J
1 893 .
DUDLEY, ARTHUR W Exp erimen s wi h Wood Pipe in New Hampshire . t t

J
ournal of the New England Wa erworks Asso cia ion Sep , 1 9 16 t t . t . .
DUR AN D , W L Fl ow of S eam in Pipes (A C har )

. M echani cal World,
. t t .
M ay 26, 1 9 1 6 .
ELLI S , GE O RGE A T ables R ela ing o the Flow of Wa er in C as Iron . t t t t

Pipes 53 pp Press of Spri ngfield Prin ing C o , Springfield, M as s
. . 1 883 t . . .
EN GINE ER IN G STAN DAR DS C OMMI TTEE Le slie S R ober son, M IN ST C E . . t . . . .
S ec y Publis hed for th e C om mi ee by C L ockwood

’
. S on, Lond on tt . .
R ep ort No 10, 1904 Bri ish S andard T ables for Pipe Fl anges
'
. . t t .
t
R ep or No 21 , 1 905 Bri ish S andard Pip e Threads for Iron or S eel
. . t t t
Pip es .
Rep or N o 40, 1 908 t

Bri ish S andard Specifi ca i ons for Cas Iron
. . t t t t
t
S pigo and Socke L ow Pressure Hea ing Pipes t t .
Rep or N o 44 , 1 909 t
Bri ish S andard Spe cifi ca i on for C as Iron
. . t t t t
Pip es for Hy draul ic P ower .
Rep or N O 58 , 1 9 1 2 t
Bri ish S andard Sp ecifi ca ion for C as Iron
. . t t t t
t
S pigo and S o cke S oil Pip es t .
Rep or N o 59 , 1 9 12 t
Bri ish S andard Sp ecifi ca ion for C as Ir on
. . t t t t
t
Spigo and S ocke Was e and Ven ila ing Pipes, for o h er han S oil t t t t t t
Purp oses .
EVAN S , W H M o del Piping Sp ecifi ca ions Walw or h M fg C o , 1 9 1 5,

. . t . t . .
Bo s to n, M ass .
FORS T ALL , WAL T ON Th e Ins alla ion of Cas Iron S ree M ains 1 2 1 pp . t t t t t . .
T he Chemical Publishi ng C o , Eas on, Pa 1 913 . t . .
FOSTER , E H Fl ow of Superh ea ed S e am in Pip es

. . Am Soc M E t t . . . . .
T ransac ions, Vol 29, p 247 t . . .
FRIEND , N E WT O NJ Th e C orr osion of Iron and S eel Longmans, Green

. . t .
Co .
, N . Y . 19 1 1 .
GARRET T, J E S SE . M aking Cas Iron Pip e t . Jou n l of N r a . E . Waterworks

Asso cia i on, S ep , 1 896 t t . .
GER HARD, W P Gas Piping . . and Gas Ligh ing t . 306 pp . M cGraw
Hill Pub C o , N Y 1 908 . . . . .
GIBS O N , A H Wa t H mm in Hyd uli

. . er a er ra c Pipe Lines . 60 pp ill . . D .
Van No t dC N Y 1 909 s ran o .

, . . .
G UI LLA UM M T bl D t min ti o of P
E, . a e, e er a n re ssure Fall in S t ea m Piping .
J ou rnal Am S o c M . . . E .
, 1 9 1 4, p 0129 . .
HAR RIS O N SAFETY BOI LER Pa Th e Exh aus WORKS Phil adelphi a, t
”
. .
t t
S eam Hea ing Encyclopedi a, Bull e ins and C a al ogs, C ochrane Hea ers , t t t
S epara t o rs, M ul ip or Valves, etc t t .
HAWLE Y, W . C Woo den S ave Pipe

. t . 1 8 pp Engineers’ S o cie y
. ill . t of
Western Pennsylvania , Pitt bu gh s r , Pa . M ar 21 , 1 9 05 . .
HE RS CHEL , C LE ME NS . 1 1 5 Exp erimen s t on th e C arrying C ap aci y t of
L arge, Rive td e , Me tal C ondui s 1 22 t . to 1 30 pp . J . Wil ey S ons ,

N . Y . 1 897 .
HI LL S , H F . . Gas and Gas Fi tting s . 243 pp ill . . Whittaker Co .

, N . Y .
1 902 .
PRES T ON , ARTHUR C Experimen s on th e Fl ow of Oil in Pipes ournal. t . J

of Engin eering of th e Universi y of C ol orad o , Dec 19 1 5 t . .
PLUM B I N G GAS FITTI N GS Prepared for s uden s of the In erna i onal . t t t t

C orrespondence S ch ools Th e Colliery Engineer Co , S cran on, Pa . . t .
1 897 .
SAN G, A . Th e C orrosion of Iron and S t eel . M cGraw Hill Book C o , N - . . Y .
19 1 0 .
t
Specifi ca ions for C as Iron S oil Pipe and Fi ings 3 1 pp Hi zel t tt . . t
berger, Tietenberg Co , N 1 91 5 . . Y . .
S COBEY, FRED C Th e Flow of Wa er in Woo d-S ave Pipe

. 96 pp U S t t . . . .
Dep t
of Agricul ure Bulle in N o 376 G overnmen Prin ing Ofli ce,
. t t . . t t
19 1 6 Was hi ng o n, D C
. t . .
SN OW, WILLIAM , G Pipe Fi ing C h ar s 285 pp ill . D avid tt t . . .
Williams C o , N 1 912 . . Y . .
STAN DARD PI PE AN D PIPE T HREAD S Rep or of C omm i ee Am Soc . t tt . . .
M E T ransac ions Vol 7, pp 20, 4 14 ; Vol 8, p 29

. . t . . . . . .
STANDARD SPECIFICAT I O N S Am Soc for T es ing M a erials Edgar War . . . t t .
bur g, Sec y Treas , Phil adelphia, Pa

’
. .
A 53— 1 5 For Welded S e el and Wrough Pipe

. t t .
A 44—04 For C as Iron Pipe and Special Fi ings

. t tt .
ST AND AR DI Z ATION O F SPE CIAL T HRE ADS F OR FIXT URES AN D FI T TIN GS (S raigh t t
T hreads) — Rep or of C ommi ee of Am S oc M E T rans Vol 3 7,
. t tt . . . . . .
p . 1263 .
STAN LEY, W E L oss of Head in Pipes, Bends, Val ves and O h er Fi ings
. . t tt .
T he Purdue Engineering Review, M ay, 19 1 6 .
STE WART , R T S reng h of S eel T ubes, Pipes and Cylinders under

. . t t t
t
In e rnal Fluid Pressure Am S oc M E T rans ac ions , Vol 34 . . . . . t . .
WAL KER, W H T he Rela ive C orrosi on of Iron and S e el Wa e r Pipes

. . t t t .
. . t
N E Wa e r Works Ass ocia ion, B os o n, D ec 1 9 1 1 t t . .
WEHR LE , GEO RGE Ins ruc ions for G as C ompany Fi ers . Th e Gas Age t t tt . .
t
An Ex ensive Series of Ar icles beginni ng Sep , 1 916 t t . .
WESTO N , E B T ables Sh owing the Loss f Head Due to Fri c ion of Water
.
p
. t
in Pip es 1 70 pp D Van N os rand C o , N
. 1 89 6 . . t . . Y . .
t
Among th e e chni cal m agazines which c on ain much informa ion on pip t t
ing the foll owing m ay be men ioned t .
C ompressed Ai r M agazine .
Engineering N ews , N . Y .
T he Gas Age, N . Y .
Jo urnal of the A S M E . . . .
Journal of the N E Wa erworks Asso cia ion . . t t .
Power, N . Y .
t
Prac ical Engineer, Chi cago .
The Valve World, Chi cago .

APPEN DIX
Th e drawings sh own on Pla es 1 o 8 inclusive are Te-drawn for reproduc t t

tion from piping drawings prepared by S one Webs er Engineering C or t t
t
p oration for a s eam p ower plan (C ann on S ree S a i on) whi ch hey are t t t tt t
t
cons ructing for the New Bedford Gas Edison Ligh C ompany, New Bed t
t
ford, M assachuset s A brief descrip i on of th e plan is con ained in Th e
. t t t
t
Wal wor h Log for December, 1916, which says ha it is, perhaps, the last t t
t
w ord in every de ail as regards efficiency and low cos of opera i on, and con t t
by t
tow th ugh th o l u h into t g only
an elec ric unl ading o er ro e c a cr s er s ora e,
u h d o l b ing to d
cr s e c a It i t n f
e d f m to g by l
s re m ti
. n s ra s erre ro s ra e oco o ve cra e
and dump int h opp t th
cars t d of th t tion; f m h by kip
o ers a e eas en e s a ro ere s
ch ut to bunk
es t g t nd f fi ing i l
er s ora e a e o r a s e.
“
F om bunk
r to g t t m ti tok th o l i t n f d by
er s ra e o au o a c s ers e c a s ra s erre a
t ling l w igh
rave m h ing tw
coa e omp tm nt n f n th d
er, sa e av o c ar e s, o e or or an
th oth
e f outh boil
er By th
or s of bunk nd t ling
ers. h e use ers a rave as cars
the ashes are rem ved anddisp osed of in a c orresp ondingly modern way
o .
By the use of force draf and Babco ck t

Wil cox boilers hey are able o mee t t t
t
p eak l oads wi h a liberal boiler overl o ad T he s eam leads and mains are t
”
.
figured to provide enough s eam to mee any emergency which may arise t t .
All of the high pressure pipin g, and m os of th e low pressure work in hi s t t

t ti
s a was furni sh ed by th e W alw or h M anufac uring C ompany
on t t .
On the original drawings all fi gures and le t eri ng are made large and very t
t t
dis inct The large reduc i on necessary for repro duc i on h as of co urse caused
. t
a loss in the ma er of clearness tt
A grea deal of val uable informa i on in . t t
t t t
connec i on wi h the prep ara i on of piping drawings can be ob ained by a t
t
careful s udy of hese pl a es t t
Th e comple eness of th e no e s, descrip ions
. t t t
tt
of valves and special fi ings, ol d and new m a e rial , loca i on of cen re lines t t t
t
fea ures sh oul d be no ed t
The grade lines specified on the eleva i ons and
. t
t t t
th e lo ca i on of the nor h p oin on the differen plans make comparisons easy t .
These drawings are c ons idered yp ical for mo dern plan s opera ing at t t t
t
ab ou 200 pounds pressure .
t
Pla es 1 and 2 sh ow the main s eam pipe lines in plan and eleva ion t t .
Expansion is cared for by bends and l oops C onnec ions from the boil er s to . t
the 12 inch header are made by 6 inch bends Th e l oca i on of connec ions . t t
t
for indi ca ing pressure gauge and recording empera ure and pressure gauges t t
t
is indica ed on Pla e 1 t .
t
Pla es 3 and 4 give the plan and eleva ion O f the auxiliary exhaus lines t t .
t
Pla es 5 and 6 show the boil er feed lines in plan and eleva ion N o e th e t . t
enlarged detail for th e co nnecti ons at th e Bailey M e er t .
Pl a t
e t t
7 gives the plan and eleva ion for the boiler bl ow-off lines N o e the
.
t
l o ca ion of the valves .
t t t t t
Pla e 8 sh ows th e plan and eleva ion for th e hea er suc ion and ci y wa er t
lines .
t t t t t
For the use of h ese valuable drawings th e au h or is indeb ed o th e S one
t t t
Webs er Engineering C orp ora ion, who were kin d eno ugh o supply h em t
t
for his purp ose .
3 54 INDEX
tt
Bu weld pipe, 6 C ouplings , 44, 45
By-pass valves, 1 03 C overings, pipe, 289 ; forms of, 296 ;
t t
es s on, 289 ; hicknesses of, 295 t
C aps, 47 C rane Co , 53, 54, 5 7, 78, 82, 1 03,
.
C asing, woo d, 297 104, 1 2 1 , 1 46

t
C as ing all oys, U S Navy, Bureau . . C rimped end, 94
t
of S e am Engineering, 9 t
Crosby S eam Gage Valve C o , 100 .
C as tiron, bosses, 3 1 2 ; cyli nder Cro sses , 46

t t 13
es s, t t
C ylinder es s, 1 3
C t i on
as r pipe, Am 64, 65 ; . std .
,
di mm sions of hub and spig o , 7, t t

De ail drawing, 308
1 3, 1 5 ; fittings ,
49 ; flange ends , 7; Dimensioning drawi ngs, 3 1 2
formul ae for 1 2 ; j oints 96 ; plain
, , , Dimensions of, Am std flanged . .
1 6 ; uses of 7 ; weigh ts of h ub and

,
tt
fi ings, 6 1— 70 ; boiler ubes, 287 ; t
spigo t 1 4 ; weigh t of plain 1 6
, , tt
bras s fi ings, 55 ; Bri ish p ip e t
C ast steel fittings 71 ,
th d re a s, flanged
42 ; Bri ish t std .
C ast steel screw ed fittings 5 7 ,

fitting s 72—75 ; cast ir on b osses
, ,
C entral station h eating 21 7; con , 3 1 2 ; cast iron screw ed fittings ,
dens ation meter 225 ; interi or ,

50—54 ; C onverse l o ck j oint pipe ,
piping, 224 9 1 ; exp ansion j oints 278 ,
Chadwick-Bos to n Co .
, 30 Dimensions of fl anges standard ,
C hasers, num ber of, 40 w eigh t Walm anco 85 ; ext ra h eavy ,
C h eck v al ves, 1 1 1 ; h ydraulic, 235 Walmanco 86 ; extra h eavy Crane

,
C lark , Wal er R , 228 t . t

lap, 84 ; ex ra h eavy shr unk and
C learance, 40 peened, 86 ; ex ra h eavy ong ued t t
t
C losed h ea er piping, 1 90 and grooved, 8 7 ; extra he avy m ale
C ochrane steam-s ack and t cut-out and female, 88
valve, 1 93 Dimens ions of gl obe and ga e val ves, t

C oils, 3 16 ; drawings of, 3 1 7 1 04 1 1 1 ; h ub and spigo pip e, 15 ;
-
t
C old pip es, coverings for, 29 6 lead pipe, 3 2 ; malleable iron fit
C olor sys em, 288 t t ings, 5 6, 5 7 ; M a h eson j oin pipe , t t
C ompressed air p ip ing, 237 92 ; p ip e, 1 1 ; pip e bends , 2 75, 2 8 1 ;
C ompressed air rans mission t tables, pipe brack ets, 2 75 ; pipe saddles,
238 , 240— 243 t
283 ; rive ed p ipe flanges , 95 ;
C ondensers, 1 76 screwe d uni o ns , 78 ; spiral rive e d t
t t t
C onduc ivi y ch ar for gas pipes, 249 p ipe, 22 26 ; s raigh rive te d pipe,
—
t t
t tt
C ondui , spli ile, 299 27 ; Uni versal C I pip e, 9 7; . .
t t
C onnec io ns, boil er o header, 1 52 ; t t
Whi w or h pipe hreads, 43 t
exh aus t
m ain, 1 74 ; gas engine, D opes, pipe, 270
t
256 ; gas me e r, 252— 254 ; h ot t
D ouble ex ra s rong w ough pipe, 3 t r t
t t
w a er radi a or, 208 ; lubri ca or, 267 t D rainage , 1 6 1
spe cial , 88 ; ste am radia o r, 203 t Drainage fi ings , 1 67 tt
C onverse join s, 90 t Drai ning exhaus pipe, 1 73 t
Co pper pipe, 8 , 29 ; flanges for, 93 ; D rawi ngs, co nven ional represen a t t
t
m e h od of manufac ure, 8 ; uses t tio n, 307 ; di mensioning, 3 12 ; erec
of 8, tion, 306 ; fl anged, 3 1 5 ; gas piping,
C opp er tubing 28 5 , t
260 ; isom e ric, 3 1 9—327 ; obli que,
C orro sio n of pip e 2 , 3 28 ; oil piping, 266 ; pic orial, 3 1 9 t
INDEX 3 55
328 ; piping, 306 ; single plane, t

Feed wa er purifi er, live t
s eam, 1 57
3 18 , t
320 ; ske ching, 3 1 6 ; s eam t t
Fi eld rive ed join , 89 t
pip ing, 309 ; s eat m power plan t, Filling-in piece, 3 1 5
351 Fisher Governor C o , 129, 1 3 1 , 1 32 .
Drilling for b ol circles, 79 t Fish er reducing valve, 126

Drip and bl ow-ofi piping, 1 6 1 tt
Fi ings, fl anged, Am st d C I , . . . .
D rip piping, 339 58 —70 ; amm oni a, 7 1 ; Bri ish std , t .
D rip p o cke s, 1 63 t 72—75 ; conven io nal represen a t t

t
Dri ps from s e am cylinders, 1 67 t t
ions, 3 10 ; di s ance pipe en ers, 3 1 3 t
drainage, 1 67 ; form for lis ing, 3 07 , t
t
Educ or c ondenser, 1 85 ; piping for, gas, 247 ; h ydraulic, 233 ; oil pip e,
1 86 2 64 ; rive e d s eel t
pla e, 1 72 ; t t
Efficiency of pipe c overings , 290 screwed, 44—57 ; siz es of wa e r t
Elbows, 46, 5 9 supply , 233
t
Emergency s op valves, 1 1 8 , 121 tt
Flanged fi ings, s reng h of, 57 t t
Engineering S andards C ommi ee, 73t tt Flanged uni ons, 79
t
Engines, s e am lin es for, 1 54 ; exh aus t Flanges , Am std , 65—6 7 ; B ri ish
. . t
from ,
1 73 std , 72, 73 ;
. dimensi ons of, 85 ;
English p ip e, 22 ; formulafor, 22 drilling, 3 1 5 ; for copper pipe, 93 ;
t
Equali za ion of pip es, formula for, facing, 80 ; male and female, 8 1 ;
t
144 ; ables, s andard wrough pip e, t t raise d face, 80 Ii veted, 89 ;
1 47 ; ext ra to
s r ng, 1 48 ; double t
s raigh t
face, 80 o ngued and t
t
ex ra, 149 t
grooved, 8 1 wi h foll ower rings, 8 9
t
Equivalen leng hs of pipe, 90 elbow , t °
t
Fl ow of wa er in pipes, 227 ; char , t
1 45 ; elbow , tee, etc , 230 . 229
t
Erec ing, S pecifi ca ions, 341 t Foreign pipe hreads , 43 t
t
Erec ion drawings, 3 06 ; pipe , 269 Formul a, Barl ow ’ s, 20
Evans , H W , 341 . . Formul a for, air lif pumping sys em, t t
t
Exh aus h eads, 1 74 t
245 ; cas iro n pip e, 12 ; c ompressed
Exh aus t
piping, 1 72 ; me h od of t ai r t rans missi on, 23 8 ; opper
c pip e,
draining, 1 73 ; specifi ca i ons, 338, t 29 ; English
pipe, 22 ; flow of
3 42 t
wa er, 227, 228 ; gas pip es, 248 ;
t
Exhaus relief valves, 1 32 lead p ip e, 30 ; safe y val ves, 1 36 ; t
Expansi on, 2 74 S piral rive ed t
pip e, 22 ; s eam t
Expansion bends, 275 , 276 ; radii p ipes, 143 , 1 44 s rength of pipe, t
t
fo r, 280 ; hi ckness of pipe, 28 1 ; 1 1 ; w ooden s ave pipe, 34 t
val ues, 280 t
Fors all , Wal on, 255 t
Exp ansion char , 279 t t
Fo s er Engineering C o .
, 1 1 7, 1 3 1
Exp ansion joints, 96, 277 ; exh aus t Fuel piping, oil, 267 ; U S N avy, 268
. .
pipe, 1 76
Ex t heavy Am std C I pipe, 65
ra . . . . t
Gages, pipe hread, 37 ; s eam , 1 60 t
flanged fi ings, 63 tt Gas engine connec ions, 2 56 t
t t
Ex ra s rong wrough pipe, 3 ; dimen t tt
G as fi in g, 246
sions of, 18 ; weigh of, 1 8 t t
Gaske s, 271 ; amm onia, 7 1
t
G as me ers , 250 ; connec ing, 252 ; t
t
Farnswor h M fg C o , 64 . . S iz es of, 25 1
Feed piping, 232 Gas pipe, sizes of, 247, 257 ; es ing, t t
t
Fee d wa er h ea ers, 1 88 t 250
356 INDEX
Gas pipin g, arms, 261 ; d awings, 260 r

t
lo ca io n of, 247; obs uc i ons and tr t J nkins
e 1 00
joining, 255 ; ou le s, 256 ; pressure t t J et o
c ndensers, 1 80; piping for,
t t
es s, 255 ; sch edule, 257 ; sl ope 181
of, 255 ; Specifi ca ions, 255 ; s ems, t t Joint p n ion 277; fl
s, ex a s , anged for
261 t l pip 8 1 ; pip 76 ;
s ee e, e, specifi
Ga t e val ves, 99 —1 03 ; t
s andard pres tion 340; w ld d 76
ca s, e e ,
sures and dimensions, 1 04—1 1 1 ;

t
s reng th of , 1 04 Kewanee flanged union , 79
Giesecke, F E , 228 . .
Globe valves, 99 ; s andard pressures t Lap weld furnace, 4

and di me nsions, 1 04- 1 1 1 Lap weldi ng rolls, 5
G overnors, pum p, 1 28 Lap weld process, 3
t
Gravi y pip e lines, 226 t
La erals, 59
Gun bro nz e, 1 0 Lead pipe, formul a for, 30 his ory, 1 ; t
t
j oin s, 93 manufac ure of, 30 ; t
Handling pipe, 269 uses of , 8
Hea der, li ve s eam, 1 52 t Lip angle , 39
Heads and pressures of wa er, 227 t Li v t e s eam h eader, 1 52
t
Hea ers, fee d wa er, 1 88 ; piping for, t L o ti on of
ca val ves, 113
1 99 L ong bends, Bri ish t std .
, 75
t
Hea ing sys ems, piping for, 201 t L ong, H E , 21 7
. .
t
Hi gh empera ure, effec of, 1 46, t t L ong radius fi ings, 5 9 tt
1 50 t
Lubrica or connec ions, 267 t
Hi rshfiel d, C F , 1 38 . . L unkenh eimer C o , 54, 1 0 1 .
t
Homes ead Valve M fg C o , 1 1 6 . .
Hoppes M fg Co , 1 57, 1 63 , 1 75, . . M ain h eader, pipe lines from, 1 54

1 97 M all eable iro n fi ings, 55 tt
Hose, m e al, 284 t M as on Regula or Co , 123 t .
t t t
.
Hot w a er h ea ing, 206 ; d own feed M a erials for val ves 99 specifica ,
tm
sys e ,
208 ; forced circula ti o n ti on 334 ; s reng h
s, t t of , 9; sym
sy t m s e 208 ; m ains and ri sers, 21 0 ;

,
b ols for, 3 1 4
op t en ank sys em, 207 ; pip e siz es, t t
M a h es on join s , 90 t
209 M cM ill an, L B , 289 . .
t
Hot w a er suc ion pipe, 232 t t
M e al h ose, 28 4
Hub and spigo pipe, 1 3 ; weigh t t s of, t
M e er cock, 247
14 ; di mensions of, 15 t
M e ers, gas, 250; s t eam o
c ndens a
Hydrauli c pipe and fittings, 233 tion ,

225
Hy draulic s top val ves, 2 36 M ill t ests of w ough r t pip e, 20
Ingers oll Rand Co , 238, 244

-
. t
N a ional Pipe Bendi ng Co , 1 92 .
t
Inj ec or piping, 1 56 t
Na i onal Tube C o , 20, 38, 5 1 , 56, 78, .
t
Insula i on, 289 for wa e s and pipe , tr t 1 02
Int lo k w ld d n k 76
er c e e ec s,
Int io w t piping 233

er r a er ,
Int l A T t M t l 1 46
’ ’ ’
f ss n or es . a s,
I om t i d wing 3 1 9—3 27
s e r c ra ,
D V A N N O S T R A N D CO ’ S S H O RT T IT L E CA T A L O G
. .
Barnard, J M i i i am an
’
s Gui de
. H . Th e Nava l lt . 1 6mo, l thea er 1 00
Barnard, Major J G R otary M otion ( Science Series No . . . 1 6m m

l t lt t
.
Barnes, J B E emen s of M i i ary S k e ch i ng

.
. 1 6mo,
Barrus, G H Engi ne T es s . . t . 8 vo,
Barwise , S . Th e P urification of Sewage . r z m o,
Baterden , J . R . Timber .
( Westm inster Series ) 8 wo,
t l th t l t t
.
Ba es, E . L, . and Ch ar esw r o ,

F . P rac i ca Mah ema i cs and
Geom e ty r . ra mo,
P art I . Prelimi nary and El emen t
ary C ourse
P ar II t . Advance d Course
P ractical M a h ematics t ra mo ,
t l t
.
Prac i ca Geom e ry and Graph i cs . re m o,

Ba ty e , J . T h e S ci ence of W ork s M anag ement . ra m o,
— S t eam Boil ers and Combusti o n rz mo,
t
‘
Bay one T raini ng 1 6mo,
Bead l e, C . Ch apters on Paperm aking . Fi ve Vo umes l rz mo, e ach ,
Beaum ont, R
’
. Co lo r in W oven Design 8 vo ,
Finish ing of Textile Fabrics 8 vo,
t Cl oth s
.
— S and ard . 8 vo,

Beaum ont, W W . . Th e Steam- Engine Indicator 8 vo ,
ll l
. . .
Bechh ol d, H Co . oi d s i n Bi o ogy and M edi ci ne . T rans by J G

. . .
Blfll ow a ( I n P r ess ) .
P ottery
‘
Bec kwith , A . . . 8 vo , paper,

Bedell , F .
, and Pi erce , C A . . Direc t and Alterna ing Current M anual t .
0 8 V0 ,
Beech , F . Dy ei ng of Co tto n F abri cs svc,
Dyeing of W oolen Fabrics . . 8 vo ,
l l
.
Beg trup, J . Th e S ide Va ve . 8 vo,

Beggs, G E . . t
S re sse s in R ailway Girders and Bri dge s (I n P ress ) .
Bender , C E . . C ontinuous Bridges (Sc ience S eries No r 6m o, . .
t
.
— P ropor i ons of P i ns used i n Bri dges ( S ci ence S eries No . .
1 6111 0 ,
Bengough , G D . . Brass .
( Me t ll u gy S i
a r er es .
) ( I n P r ess ) .
B enne tt ,
H G Th e M anufac
. . tu of L th
re ea er svc,
Bernth sen , A . A Text -
book of Organic Ch em is ry t . Trans . by G .
M ’ Gow an xz mo,
Bersch , J . Manufacture of M ineral and Lak e Pigments . Trans by A C . . .
Wrigh t 8 vo,
l
.
Ber tin, L E . . M arine B oi ers Trans by L S R obertson . . . . 8 vo ,

Be v er idge , J . Paperm ak er ’ s P oc k et Book ra m o,
Bi nni e, S ir A . Rain fa ll Res ervoi rs and Wa t er S upp y l 8 vo,
Bi nns, C F . . M anua l of Prac i ca t l Po tting 8 vo,
Th e Potter ’ s Craft ra m o,
Birchmore , W H . t p t tion of G
. In er re a as Analysi s ra mo ,
Blaine , R G . . Th C l l d It Appli
e a cu us an s cati ns o Ia m o,
Bl ak e , W H B w V d M
re m ers
’
a e e cu 8 vo ,
Q tit tiv Ch mi l l t
. .
Bl asdal e, W . C . uan a e e ca A na y si s .
( Van No s rand s
’
T ex book s t .
) xz m o,
Bl igh , W . G . Th e Prac ical Design t of Irrigati on Work s . 8vo,
D V A N N O S T R A N D CO S S H O RT TIT L E CA T AL O G
’
. .
5
Bloch , L . S cience of Illumina i on t Trans by W 0 C in

. . . . l tn o 8vo, "s 2 o
l
B ok , A . ll
I umi na i on t and Ar tifi ci a Li gh ing l t rz mo, r as
Blii ch er, H . M o dern Indus rial Ch emistry t . Trans by J P M illing on. . . t .
*
8v0 , 7 5°
Bl yth , A . W
Foods : Their Compo sition and Analysis
. 8vo, 7 so
P ois ons : Th eir Effects and D et ec i on t .
7 so
Bockmann, F . Ce llul oid rz mo, so
Bodm er, G R . . Hyd uli M oto ra c rs and Turbines ramo, 5 ao
Boil eau ,T J T T bl
ravers e a es 8vo, 5 oo
T h El t o p l t
. . .
Bonney , G E . . e ec r -
a ers
’
Handbook t z mo, r so
Booth , N . Guide to th e Ring-spinnin g Frame ra mo , *
r 25
t
Boo h , W . H Wa er S ofte ning and Treatmen
. t t 8vc , *
2 so
S uperh eaters an d S uperh ea ing and Th eir Con ro t t l . . 8vo, *
r so
t
Bot ch er, A Crane s : Th eir C ons ruc i on, M echanica Equipmen
. t t l t and
Working
Trans by A Tolh ausen 4to
*
. . . . .
, 10 oo
Bottl ei , M M odern B eaching Agents Trans by C S a

'
. l . . . lt
er . . rz mo, *
2 so
Bottone , S R M agne o s for Automobi i s s
. . t l t ram o ,
*
I cc
l
Bou ton, S B . . Pres er v tion of Timb (S
a er . ci ence S eries No . r6 mo, 0 so
Bourcart, E Ins ec i ci des , Fungi cides and We e dkill er s
. 8 vo, t . .
*
4 so
Bourgougnon, A Ph ysical Prob ems ( S ci ence S eries No .1 6mo, l . . . 0 so
Bourry, E Tre a i se on C eramic Industri es
. Trans by A B S ear e t . . . . l .
8vc , *
5 oo
Bowi e , A .
J , Jr
. . A Prac i cal Trea is e t t on Hydraulic M ining Svo, 5 oo
Bow l T abl e s of C ommon R ock s

es , 0 . ( S cience S eri e s No . . 0 so
Bow s er , E A E em en ary Tre a i se on Anal ytic G e ometry
. . l t t ra mo, r 75
l t
E em en ary Treati se on th e Differen ial and In egral C al cu us t t l . rz mo , z 25
El e m nt e ary Trea i se t on Analyti c M ech ani cs rz mo, 3 00

El ementary Trea ti se on Hydro-m e ch anics . r am o , 2 so
A Treatise on Roots and Bri dg e s rz mo , *
2 25
Boycott, G . W M
C ompre sse d Air W ork and Diving . . 8vo , *
4 oo.
Bragg , E M M arine Engine D esign rz mo , *

2 00
ul
. . .
— Design of M ari ne E ngines and A xi i ari es 8 vo, *

3 cc
Brainar d, F R Th e S ex an ( S cience S erie s No 1 0 1 t t 1 6mo,

l t
. . . . .
Brass ey s Naval Annua for 1 9 1 5

’
W ar Edi i on . 8vo, 4 oo
Briggs , R . and Wolf , A . R . S team- He a ing t .

(S ci ence S eri es No .
68 1 6111 0 , 50
0
t l nB i gh t
l
.
Th e Li f e S t ory
*
Brigh C of S ir Ch ar es Ti so r 4 50
, .
Bri sle e , T J Intro ducti on to th e S tudy of Fu l ( O tlin e . u es of Indus

ti l t
. .
*
r a Ch emi s ry ) . . svc, 3 cc
Broa dfoot S K , . . Mo t
ors : S econdary Ba teri es t . t
(Ins al lati on M anual s
S i ) er es .
rz m o, *o
75
gh ton H H l t *
Brou ,
. . E ec ric Cranes and 9 00
1 6mo,
Brown, G Health y Foundati ons .
(S cience S eri es No 8 0 . . 0 so
t
.
*
Brow n, H . I rri ga i on . . svc, 5 cc
8 vo, *2 cc
Brow n, H Rubber n .
t I du t y
. .
W . A . P or tl and Cemen n s r .
Brown, Wm . N . Dipping, Burni shing, Lacq ueri ng and Bronzi ng

Brass Ware . . mo,
rz *r a
s
on Japanning rzmo, *r
— Handbook .
. .
so
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O R T T I T L E C A T A L O G
’
6 .
.
Brow n, Wm N . . T h e Art of E name i ng ll on Me tl a

I
mo,
ra
Ho us e D ecorating and P ain ing t r amo ,
t
Hi s ory of Decora ive Art t ra mo ,
Work sh op Wrink l es 8vc ,
Brow ne, C L Fi tti g n and Erecti ng of svc,
N
. . .
Brow ne, R . E . W t a er Me t ers .

( S ci ence S eri es o. 81 ) i o sm ,
Bruce, E M . . Pure Food T es t s . r amo ,
De t tiec on of Common Fo od A du eran s lt t rz mo,

Brunner, R . M anufacture of Lubrican s , Sh o e P olish es
and L ea h er t t
Dressings Trans by C S al er 8 vo, . . . t .
‘
3 oo
Buel, R H S afe y Val ves (S ci ence S eri es No r6mo, t 0 so

lt l
. .
l
. .
Bunk ey , J W Mi i ary and Nava Recogni ti on Book

. . romo, 1 00
Burl ey, G W La h es, T h ei r Cons ructi on and Opera i on

. . ramo, t t t r 25
Burnsi de, W . Bridge F ounda i ons t ra mo, *r

50
Burstall , F W
Energy Diagram for G as
. . . Wi th Text 8vo, r so
Diagram S ol d s epara ely . t *
r 00
t
Bur , W A Key to th e S olar C ompas s
. . r6 mo, l ea h er, t 2 so
Busk ett, E W Fire A ss ay i ng . . . rz m o, *
r 25
t
Bu l er, H J M o or Bo di e s and Ch as si s
. . t 8vo, *
z 50
Byers , H G , and Knigh , H G
. N o te s on
. t . . Q u litati a ve Anal ysis . . 8vo, *
r 50
W Brief Cours e in th e Cal culus mo,

’
Cain, ra
l t
.
— E as i c Arch es ( S ci ence S eri es No . . . e o,

M aximum S ress es ( S ci ence S eri e s No t . . r6n o,
t
Praci cal Designing Retaining of Walls .
(S cienc e S eries No .
i 6mo,
Th eory of S e el-concre e Arch e s and of Vaul e d S ruc ures t t t t t .
(S cience S eries No 1 6mg , .
Th eory of Voussoir Arch e s ( S ci ence S eri es No r6n o, . .
S ymbolic Algebra (S ci ence S eri e s No 1 6111 0 , . .
t
Carpen er, F D G eographi cal S urveying ( S ci ence S eri es No
. . . .
t
C arpen er, R C , and Di e deri ch s , H . In erna Combus i on Engines 8vo,
. . t l t .
t
C ar er, H A Rami e (Rh ea), China Gras s
. . ramo ,
t
Car er, H R M odern Fl ax , Hemp, and Ju e S pinning
. t
l
.
B each i ng , Dy ei ng and Fi ni sh ing of Fabri cs 8 vo, . .
Gary, E R S olu ion of Railroad Prob ems with th e S li de Rul e t l r6 mo,

l l t t
. .
Cas er, M D S imp i fied Rei nforced Concre e M ath em a ics

. . ra mo,
t
C a h cart, W L M ach ine De sign P ar I Fastenings
. . . t . sva,
t
C ath car , W L , and Ch afi e e , J 1.El em en s of G raphic S ta ics
. . . t t . 8vo,
Sh ort Course in Graph ics . . ra mo,
Caven, R M , and Lander, G D S ys t m ti
e a c Inorganic Ch e mi stryn amo,
ll
. . . .
Ch a k ey, A P Di esel Engi nes . .
Ch amb ers’ M a h ema ical Tabl es t t . svc ,

.
Ch amb ers, G F A t nomy s ro r61no,

l M th m ti l l
. .
Ch appe , E Five . Fi gu re a e a ca T ab es 8vo,

Ch arnock , M ech a ca ec n ni l T h ology 8vc,
Timber
'
Charpentier, P . . 8vo,
t
Ch a l ey, H Principl es and D esigns
. of Aeroplane s .
(S cience S eri es
No . 1 26 ) r6n o,
How to Use Wa t er Pow e r ra mo,

Gyrosta ic Balancing t .
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O R T T I T L E C A T A LO G
. .
’
C owell , W B . P ure Air, O z one , an d Water rz mo , *

z oo
Q t t
. .
Craig, J W , . . and W oo dw ard, W P ues i ons . . and A nsw ers Ab ou

E l t ec ri ca Appara us l t . . rz mo, l thea er,
Crai g, T .of a S ol id in a Fuel ( S ci ence S eri es

M o ion t . No . i 6mo,
Wave and Vortex M otion ( S ci ence S eri e s N o . . . r6 mo,
C ramp, W C ontinuous Curre nt M achine D e sign 8 vo ,
tt t
. .
Creh ore, A . d E gy C 8 . M ys ery of Ma er an ner . . vo,
C dy F
re e S ingl Ph
, C omm t to M oto
. 8 e as e u a r rs vc ,
*
2 00
C o k
r c F Ber, El t i Ligh ti g . T w Volum 8 . ec r c n . o es. vo .
V l I oTh G. ti g Pl nt . e e nera n a
V l II oDi t ib ti g S y t m
. nd L mp
. s r u n s e s a a s
C o k
r c er,F B nd A ndt M El t i M oto
. 8 .
, a re , . ec r c rs vo,
C o k
r c er,F B nd Wh l S S Th M g m t of El t i l M
. .
, a ee er, . . e ana e en e c r ca a
chinery ra mo , *
r 00
Cro ss , C F , Bevan, E J , and S indal l , R W

. . . . . . Woo d Pulp and Its Appli ca
ions t
(Wes minster t 8 vo ,
l t tv
.
Crossk ey , L R E emen ary P ersp ec i e . . . 8 vo,
Crossk ey, L R . .
, and Th aw , J . Advan ce d P erspec ive t 8vo,
l
C ul ey, J L Th e ory of Ar ch e s ( S ci ence S i Ner es o. r6 mo ,
t l S t ti
. . .
Cush i ng, H C , Jr , and Harri son, N . Cen . . . ra a on
Dadourian, H M Ana y ical M ech ani cs lt rz m o,

t t l t l th
. .
Dana, R T Handbook of Cons ruc i on p

. . an ra m o, ea er,
Danby, A Na ra c s a s a u e s tu l Ro k A ph lt nd Bit m n
8vo,
v t ( W tmi t
.
Da enpor , C e es ns er er es ). Th Book
8 vo, S i . . .
v
Da ey , N T h e Gas T urbine. 8 vo, . .
Davies, F H E ectric P ow er an d Traction

. . l
8vo , .
Found a i ons and M achinery Fixing t

(Ins all ati on M anual S eri e s ) . t .
r 6m o ,
Deerr , N S ug ar Cane . 8 vo, .
D eite , C M anua of S oapmaking

. Trans by S T King 4to , l . . . . .
D e l a Coux, H Th e Industria Us e s of W ater Trans by A M o rri s 8vo ,

. l . . . .
D el M ar, W A E ectric P ow er C ond uctors

. . 8 vo , l .
Denny, G A D e ep eve M ines of th e R and

. .
4 to,
-
l l .
Di am ond Dri ling for G o d l l .
D e R oo s , J D C Link ag es ( S ci ence S erie s N o

. . r om o , . . .
D err, W L B o ck S igna O pera i on

. . l
O b ong r am o , l t . l
M ai n tn e ance - of— Way Engine ering (I n P reparat i on ) .
Desaint, A . T h ree Hund red S h ades and How t o M ix T h em . . 8 vo,
D e Varona, A . ( S ci ence S eri es N o

S ewer G as e s .1 6m o, .
Devey, R G . . l
M il and Factory Wiring (Ins al a i on M anua s S eri e s ) . t lt l .
ra mo ’
Dibdi n, W J . . P urifica ion t of S ew ag e and W t a er 8 y o,
Dich mann, C arl Bas ic Open- H earth S te e Pro ce s s . l rz mo ,

t
Di e eri ch , K Analysis of R e sins , Bal sam s , and G um R e sins 8 vo ,
l t t l l
.
Di w or h , E C S ee Rai w ay . .
4 to .
Ding er, Lieut H C C are . . . and O peration of N aval M ach inery . . rz mo,
Dixon, D B M achin s s
i ’
. . t and S t ea m Engineer’ s P rac ical Calcul a or t t .
i 6mo, m orocco,
Do dg e, G F Di agrams for Desi gni ng Rei nforced Concre t e S t t ruc ures ,

foli o
. .
,
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T IT L E C A T A L O G ’
9
. .
Dommett, W . E . Mo to r Car M ech ani sm rz mo,

D orr, B F . . Th e S urveyor ’ s G uid e and P o ck e t Table - book .
r6 mo, moro cco ,

Draper, C H El ementary Te xt book of Ligh t, He a and S ound -
t rz mo,
t l
. .
“
— Hea and th e Pri nci p es of T h ermo dy nam i cs -

mo,
ra
l
.
Dron, R W Mi ni ng Formu as
. . . . . r amo , 1 oo
Dubbel , H High Pow er Gas E ngi nes . 8 vo,

Dume sny, P .
, an d Noye r, J . W oo d P ro duc t s, Dis illa t t es , and Extracts .
8 vo,
Dunca
n, W G . .
, and P enman , D . t l
Th e El ec rica Equi pmen t of Colli eri e s .
8 vc
Dunk ly
e , W . G . Desig n of M ach i ne El m t e en s
Duns tn
a , A E, . . and Th o l e, F B T
. . . T extb ook of t l
Prac ica Ch emis ry t .
r zmo,
Durh am, H . W . S aw s . . . 8 vo,
t
Du hi e , A L Decora ive G ass Proce sse s
. .
(Wes mins t l . t t er S erie s ) 8vo, .
t l
.
Dwigh , H B Transmis sion Line Form u as

. . 8 vo,
Dyson, S S Prac ic al T es i ng of Raw M ateria s
. . t t l 8vo,
Dyson, S S , and Clark s on, S S
. Ch emi ca W ork s
. . . l 8 vc ,
Ecc l es, W H . . W irel ess Te l egraph y and T e ep h ony l rz mo,

Eck , J . Li gh t , Radi a i on t and ll
I um ina t i on T rans
. . by P au l Hogner,
8 vo,
Eddy , H T . . M axi mum S resses t und er Concen t t d Lo d
ra e a s . . . svc,
Eddy, L . C . Labora ory M anua t l of A lt erna ti g C
n t urren s . . . rz mo,
l
Ede man, P Inven ions t t . t and Pa en s . r amo,
Edg umbc K Indu t i l El t i l M

e, i g I t m t
. 8 o s r a ec r ca eas ur n ns ru en s . v , .
(I P s ) n re s
Edl S wi t h d S w it h g
.
er, R . T by Ph L ub h 8
c es an c ear . rans . . a ac . . . vo,
Ei l
ss er, M Th M t ll gy of G old . 8
e e a ur . vo,
Th M t llu gy of S il
e e a 8 r ver vo,
Th M t llu gy of A g tif o
e L d e a 8 r r en er us ea . vo,
A H ndbook n M d E plo iv
a 8 o o ern x s es vo,
Eki n T C W t Pip d S w g Di h g Di g m f li o
a er e an e a e sc ar e a ra s o
El t i Ligh t C b M uf t
, . .
,
ec r c of 8
ar ons, an ac ure . vo,
Eli ot C W, nd Sto . F H C omp ndi ou M

.
,
l of Q u lit ti
a rer, . . e s anua a a ve
Ch mi l An ly i e ca m a s s ra o,
Elli C
s, Hy d g .ti on of Oi l 8 (I P
ro ena ) s . vo, n ress .
E lli
s, G M d n T h i l D wi g
. o er 8 ec n ca ra n vo, z oo
Enni Wm D s, Lin d Oil nd O th . S d O il .

8 s ee a er ee s vo,
Appli ed Th ermo dynami cs . 8 vo,

Flying M achine s T o- d ay rz mo,
Vapors for Hea Engines t rz mo,

Errnen, W F A M a eria s Us e d in S iz ing t l 8vo,
t
. . .
Erw i n, M T h e Universe and th e A om

.
ra mo,
Evans, C A M acadami ze d Ro ads
. . (I 72 Press )
. .
Ewing, A. J . M agne i c Induction in Iron t .

8vc,
Fairi e, J . No t es on Lead Ores .

. xz rno, *o
so .
- No te s on Po tt ery C l ay s . . rz mo, *r
so
.
10 D V A N N O S T RA N D C O ’ S S H O RT T IT L E CA T A L O G
. .
Fairl ey, W .
, and Andr e , G e o. J . Ven il a i on t t of Coal M ine s .
( S cience
S eri e s No . r6 mo, 0 so
Fairwe a h er, t
andC ol oni al P atent Law s W C Foreign 8 vo , ‘
3 oo
l Cement M ortars and Concretes

. .
Fa k , M S . . 8 vo, *z
50
Fanning J T Hydraulic and Water supply Engineering
, . . - 8 vo, ‘
5 oo
Fay I W Th e C o al tar C ol ors

, . .
- 8 vo, ao
Fe m bach , R L Glue and G e a ine lt 8 vo, *

3 oo
t t l l ty
. .
Fi r h , J B Prac i ca Ph y s ica Ch emi s

. . r ra mo,
Fi s ch er , E . Th e Pr epar ati on of O rgani c C ompounds . Trans by R V . . .
S tanford . 12 m04 *
1 25
Fi sh , c L
J L et t ering of Working Drawings Ob lo ng 8 vo , 1
t t of th e Paper L ocati on of a lo
. . .
— M a h ema i cs R ai r ad p ap er, rz mo, *

o 25
Fi sh er, H K C . . .
, and Darby, W . C . S ubmarine Cabl e T e s ting . 8 vo, *
3 so
l
F ei sch mann, W . Th e Book of th e Dairy . Trans by C . . M . Aikman .
svc , 4 oo
Fl eming , t n t u nt T n fo m Tw Volum
J . A . Th e Al er a e- c rre ra s r er. o es. 8 vo .
V l I
o Th Ind ti o of El t i Cu t e uc n ec r c rren s
*
5 00
Util i ti t
. .
V l II
o Th . f I du d C . e za on o n ce urren s 5 so
— P p g ti of El t i Cu
ro a a t on ec r c rren s . 8 vo, *
3 oo
A H ndbook f th El t i l L b o t y nd T ting Room

a or e e c r ca a ra or a es . Two
Volume s 8vo, e ach ,
*
5
Fleury, P . Prepara i on and Uses t of Wh ite Z inc P ai n t s 8vo, *
2 so
Flynn , P .
J . F ow l of Water .
(S ci ence S eri e s N o . rz mo, 0 so
Hydrau ic T abl e s l (S ci ence S eri e s No ro m o, 0 so
l l
. .
Forg i e, J . S h i e d T unne ing ( I n P r ess )

8 vo . .
Fo s t er, II A . . El t i e c r cal Engine ers’ P o ck e t- b ook .

(S eventh Edi ti on ) .
rz m o, l e ath er, 5 00
of Public Utilitie s and Factories

Engine ering Val uati on 8 vo ,
*
3 oo
Handb ook of El ectrical C o st Data 8vo (I n P ress ) .
F o wle F F O verh e ad Transmi ss ion Lin e Cro s sings rz m o

“
, . .
,
Th e S olution of Alternating C urre nt Problem s 8 vo ( I n P ress ) .
Fox W G ,
Transition Curve s
.
(S ci ence S eri es N o n o )
. i 6mo . . .
,
Fox W and Th om as C W
, .
, Practi cal C ours e in M ech anical Draw , . .
rz m o, r 25
Foye , J . C . Ch emi ca Prob l l em s .

( S ci ence S eri e s N o . i 6mo , o 50
H andbook of M in eral ogy (S ci ence S eri e s No . . . i 6mo , 0 so
Franci s, J . B . Low ell Hydrauli c Experim ents . .
4to , rs oo
Franzen, H Exerci ses i n Gas A na y si s ” . l rz m o, *

r 00
Freudem ach er, P W E ec ri ca M ining Ins tal . . l t l l tio

a ns .
(Ins tall tio a n
M anua l s S erie s . . rz mo,
Fri h , t J . l
A ternating C urre n D e sign t . 8 vo ,
Fritsch , J . M anufacture of Ch e mica M anure s l . Trans by D . . G rant .
8 vo, *
4 oo
Frye , A I . . l
Civi Engine ers ’ P o ck e t- boo k rz mo , l th
ea e r,
*
5 cc
Ful l er, G . W Inve s igations in o th e Purifica ion

. t t t of th e O h io River .
4 to r
Furne l, l J . Pain t s, C ol ors , O i l s , and Varnis h e s 8 vo .
G air d ner, J W . . I . Ear h wo rk t . SW ( 1 n P ress ) .
Ga nt L W E l ments of Electri c Traction 8 vo , ‘

. . e z 50
,
D V A N N O ST R A N D CO S S H O R T T I T L E CA T A L O G
’
12 . .
Gratacap, L P A Popular Gui de o M ineral s

. . t
Gray, J Elec rica Influence M ach ines
. t l
M arine Boil er D e sign .
mo,
ra
Greenh ill, G Dynami cs of M ech ani cal Fligh

. t 8vo,
Gregorius, R Minera W ax es Trans by C S a ter
. l . . . l ra mo,
Gri erson, R S ome M odern M e h ods of Ven il a i on
. t t t . . svc,
Griffith s, A B . . A Treatise on Manures rz mo,

Denta Me l t llu gya r . 8 vo,
8 vo,
Grossman, J Amm onia and Its C ompounds
. re mo,
t
Gro h , L A We ding and Cu ing M e a l tt tl s by Gases or E l t i ity
ec r c
t t
.
. .
( Wes mins er S eri es ) . 8 vo,

Grover, F M odern Gas and Oil Eng ines
. .
8 vc
Gruner, A Power-l oom W eaving
.
8 vo,
Grunsk y, C E T opograph i c S adia S urveyi ng i 6mo, t
t
. .
Gill dner, Hugo In ernal C ombusti on Engines Trans by H Diederich s

. . . . .
4to,
t
Gun h er, C 0
l l l
. .
Gurden, R L Traverse Tab es . . fo io, ha f morocco, . .
Guy, A E . . Experi ments on th e F l exure of Beams 8 vo,
Haenig, A . Emery and Emery Industr y 8vo,

Hainbach , R Pot ery Dec orati on Trans by C S a ter
. t
rz m o, . . . l
l
Ha e, W J Ca cu ations of Genera C h em istry
. . l l
ram o , l
ll
Ha , C H Ch em istry of Paints a nd Paint Veh ic es
. . ram o ; l
ll
Ha , G L E emen ary T h eory of A erna e Curren W ork ing
. . l t lt t t .
l
Hal , R H Governors and Governing Mech anism
. . rz m o,
ll
Ha , W S l
E ements of th e Difierential and I ntegra Calc u us
. . 8 vo, l l
Descrip ive Geometry t
8 vo o um e and a 4to a l as, vl t
Hall er, G F , and Cunningh am , E T Th e Te s a C o i
. . rzm o, . . l l .
Hal sey, F A Sl ide Va ve Gears

. . ram o, l
Th e Use of th e S ide Ru e ( Science Series No r6m o, l l . .
W orm and Spiral Gearing ( S cience S eries No 1 1 6 r 6mo, . . . . .
Hanc ock , H Textbook of Mechanics and Hydr osta ics

. 8vo, t
t
Hancock , W C Re frac ory M a eri a s ( M e a urgy S eri es ) ( I n P r ess )
. . t l . t ll .
.
H dy E El m nt y P in ipl
ar , . e e ar r c es of Gra phi St ti
c a cs rz mo,
H i ng H Engin ing L w
ar eer a
Law f Co t
.
, .
V l I o t
. . o n rac svc,
H pe J H Hyd ul i T bl
ar r, . . ra c a es on th e F low of W ater rs mo,
Ha i S M P
rr s, ti l T p g . . rac ca o o raph i ca l S urveyi ng ( I n P r ess ) .
Harrison, W . B . Th e M echa nics’ T oo - b ook l ra mo,

Hart, J W . . External Pl umbing W ork .
8 vo ,
Hin t s to Plumbers on Jo int W iping svc ,
Pr incipl es of Hot Water Supply .
. 8 vo,
Sanitary Plumbing and Drainage 8vo,
t
.
Haskins, C H . . Th e Gal vanome er and Its Uses r6 mo,

t
Hat , J A H . . . Th e Col oris t sq uare rz mo,
Hausbrand, E . Drying by Mean s of Air and S team . Trans by A C . . .
1 2 mg , *2
oo
Evapora ing, Con t d ensin g and C oo ing Apparatus l . Trans by A C . . .
Wright 8 vo, .
HO R T
‘
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S T I T L E C AT A L O G
’
. . I3
Hausmann, E . Te l egraph Engineering 8 vc,
Hausner, A Manufactur e of Pr eserved Foods and Sweetm eats

. Trans . .
by A M orris and H R obson . 8 vo, . .
H aw k esw orth , J Graph ica Handbook for R e i nforced C o ncrete Design

. l .
4 to,
Hay , A Con i nuous Curren Eng i neeri ng
. t t 8 vo,
Hay es, H V P ub i c U i i i es, T h eir Cos New and Dep reci a i on
. . 8 vo, l tlt t t . .
— l tlt
P ub ic U i i i es, T h ei r Fai r P resen Va ue and R e urn 8 vc, t l t
t
Hea h , F H Ch em i s ry of P h o og raph y
. . 8 vo ( I n P ress ) t t . .
H eath er, H J S El e ctri ca lE ngine erin 8vo,

. . .
g . .
v
H ea i sid e , O E . l ectr omagnetic Th e ory . Vo l s . I and II . . 8 vo , e ach ,
Vol III 8 vo ,
t
. . .
Heck , R C H . . . T he S eam E ng i ne and T urbi ne 8 vo,
t
S eam- Engine and O th er S team M o ors Two Vo ume s t . l
Vol I Th erm o dynam ics and th e M ech anics
. . . . 8 vo,
Vol II Form , Constr uction , and W ork ing
. . . 8 vo ,
Notes on l
E em e ntary Kinematics . 8 vo , boards,
Graph ics of Mach ine Forces 8 vo boar ds, *I 00
Heerm ann, P Dyer s’ M ateria s l Trans by A C W rig h t . . rz m o,

t t
. . . . .
Heidenrei ch , E L Eng i neers’ . . P ock e book of R ei nforced Concre e,
1 6 mo, l th ea er,
Hel l ot, M acq uer and D Apligny Art of Dye ing W oo , S i k and Cotton 8 vo , ’
. l l .
'
Henrici , 0 Sk e eton Structures 8 vo , l

t l l t l
.
Hering , C , and Ge man F H S t andard T ab es of E ec ro Ch em ica

. . .
-
Equi va en s l t
r z mo
,
Hering, D W Ess entia s of Ph ysics for C o e g e S tud ents l ll 8 vc ,

l l
. .
Hering Sh aw, A Domestic Sanitati on and P um bing Two V o

-
. . . s. . . 8 vo ,
B ering S h aw , A E em entary S ci enc e
- l 8 vo,
to l l
.
Heri ng C F P ow d ere d Coa Fue 8 vo,

‘
n, . . as
Herrmann, G Th e Graph ica Statics of M ech anism .

‘
l . Trans . by A . P .
Smith . rz mo,
Y l
.
Herzfe d, J l
Testing of arns and Texti e Fabr ic s 8 vc ,
l t t t
.
Hi debrand ,
A . Ai rs h ip s, Pas and P re sen 8 vo,
Hi l d enbrand, B . W . C bla e —M ak i ng .
( S ci ence S eri es No . . 1 6mo,
Hil di tch , T . P . A Conci se Hi s to y r of Ch emi stry rz m o,
Hill C S Co t I p ti o . ncre e ns ec n 1 6 mo,
Hi ll J W T h P ifi ti o of P ubl i W t l t
.
,
, . . e ur ca n c a er S upp i es . New E di ion .
( I n P r ess )
I t p t ti o f W t A ly i
.
n er re a n o a er na s s .
( I n P r ess ) .
Hi ll M J M
,
T h T h o y of P opo ti o
. . . e e r r r n . 8 vo,
Hi i I Pl t Gi d
rc , . Co t ti o (S i a e r er ns ruc n . c ence S eri es No . . . 1 6mo,
S t t i ll y I d t m i at S t
a ca - n e er n e resses . . rz mo,
Hirsh fel é, C F . . E ng ineering Th erm ody nami cs .
( S ci ence S eri es No .
1 6 111 0
Hoar, A . T h e S ubmari ne T orp edo Boa t ze mo :
Hobar t
,
H M . . Heavy E l ti l
ec r ca Eng i neeri ng 8 vo,
— Design of S t tia c T rans formers 1 2 111 0 ,
El t i ity
ec r c .
- 8 V °,
— El t i ec r c . 8v0 ,
— El t i P opul i o
ec r c r s n of S h ip s . . 8 v0 ,
'
14 D V A N N O S T RA N D c o xs S H O RT T I T L E C A T A L O G
.
Hobar , F t J
Hard S o deri ng, S of S o deri ng and Brazi ng
. . l t l ra m o,
Hobbs, W R P T h e Ari h me ic of E ec ri ca M easuremen s
. . . t t l t l t . . ra mo,
Hoff, J N Pai n and Varni sh Fac s and Formul as
. . t t rz m o,
l
Ho e, W Th e Di s ribu i on of Gas
. t t . 8 vo,
ll
Ho ey , A L Rai w ay Prac i ce . . l t .foli o ,
Hopk i ns, N M M o de Engi nes and S ma Boa s . . l ll t . . r amo ,
Hopk i nson, J , S h oolbred, J N , and Day , R E Dy namic E . . . . . l t i ity

ec r c .
( S ci ence S eri es No . . rfi mo,

Horner, J . Prac i ca t l Ironfoundi ng . . . 8 vo,
Gear Cu i ng, i n Th eory and P rac i ce
— tt t . . sva,
Horni man, Roy How o M ak e th e Rai w ay s P ay For th e W ar . t l . . 8 vo,
t
Hough on, C E T h e E emen s of M ech ani cs of M a eri a s . . l t t l . . rz m o,
t
Hous oun, R A S udi es i n Ligh Produc i on t . rz m o, . t t . 2 00
Hovenden, F t
Prac i ca M a h ema i cs for Y
oung Engineers . i z m a, t l t
t t l
How e, G M a h em a ics for th e Prac i ca M an
. r amo, t .
t
How or h , J vt l
Repairi ng and Ri e i ng G ass, Ch i na and Earth enw are
. ,
.
8 p p vo, a er,
Hoy t W E Ch mi t y by E p i m t ti o
, . . s e s r x er en a n v c,
Hubb d E T h Uti li ti n f W ood w t

ar , . 8 e za o o -
as e . . . vo,
Hiib J Bl h i g d Dy i g of V g t bl
ner, . d Fi b o M t i l eac n an e n e e a e an r us a er a s .
( O tl i f I du t i l Ch mi t y ) u 8 nes o n s r a e s r . vc,
Hud o 0 F I o
s n, d S t l ( Outl i . of I d t i l . r n an ee . nes n us r a
H m ph y J C W
u M t ll og ph y of S t i
re , ( M t ll gy S i )
. . . e a ra ra n . e a ur er es .
(I P ) n r ess .
Humph y A C Th Bu in re F tu s,f Engi n i gP ti 8 . . e s ess ea res o eer n rac ce . vo.
H t A
un er, B i dg W o k ” 8 (I P )
r e r vo n res s
Hu t G H H dbook f theT h o y of Col o
.
. . . .
rs , . . s an o e r r va,
Di tio y of Ch mi l
c d R w P du t nar 8 e ca s an a ro c s vo,
Lub i ti g Oi l
— F t d G
r ca s n s, a s an reases vc,
— S oaps sva,
Hurs t , G H, . . and S i mmons , W H . . T ex i tl e S oap s and Oi l s . . sy o,
Hurs t ,
H E, . . and Lattey , R T . . T ex t book
— of Ph y sics 8 vo,
— A l so l
pub i sh ed i n h ree p art s t .
Par t 1 Dy nami cs and Hea

. t .
P ar t II S ound and Ligh

. t .
P ar t I II . M agne i sm t and l t i ity E ec r c
Hutchins on, R W . .
, Jr . Long Di t n El t i P ow s a ce ec r c er Transmi s si on .
mo’ rz
t
Hu ch i nson, R . W Jr .
, .
, an d T h om W A E l t i ity i
as, . . ec r c n M i ni ng r z mo, .
( I n Press ) .
Hutchins on, W . B . Paten t s and How to M ak e M oney O ut of Th em .
rz mo
Hu tto n, W . S . Th e W ork s’ M anag er s Handbook ’
. svo z
Hyd e, E W S k ew Arch e s (S ci ence S eri e s No 1 5 ) r6 mo ,
l t l
. . . . .
Hy de, F S . . S o ven s, Oi s, Gums, W ax es .

. . 8 vo,
Induction Coils (S cience S eries No

ti l t ti
. .
I ngh am, A E . . Geari ng . A p rac ca rea se
Ingl e , H . M anual of Agricul tu ral Ch emistry

D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T I T L E CA T A L O G
’
16 . .
Kennedy , R . E l ti l
ec r ca I ns t ll
a ati ons . Five Vo um es l
S ingl e Vo l ume s
Flying M ach ines ; P ractice and D esign

of Aeroplane C onstruction
P rincipl es
’
Kennelly A E El ectro dynami c M ach inery

, . .
-
.
Kent W ,S trength of M aterials

.
( S cienc e S eri e s N o . .
Kersh aw J B C Fue l Wate r and G as Analysis

, . . .
,
El ectrom etallurgy (W e stm inster .
Th e El ectric Furnac e in Iron and S teel P ro duction

E l ectro T h erm al M eth od s of I ron and S teel Producti on
-
.
Kindel an J T rack m an s Help er ’

.
, . .
Ki nzbrunn er, C . A lt erna e t Curren t Windi ngs 8vo ,

t
C on inuous Current Arm ature s 8 vo ,
T e s ting of A ternating Curr ent M ach in e s l 8 vo ,
v to y
.
Kirk al dy , A W , and E ans A D Hi s r and E conom i cs of

t
. . .
T ranspor . svc,
Ki rk al dy , W . G Da i d Kirk al dy ’ s S y s em
. v t of M ech anical T esti ng . .
4 to ,
Ki rk brid e , J Engra ing for I us tra i on v ll t 8 vo ,

t l
.
Ki rk h am, J . E S ruct ura Engineeri ng

. . 8 v0 ,
Kirk woo d, J . P Fi tra i on of R i er Waters
. l t v 4 to,
Kirschk e , A G as and O il Engine s . rz mo ,
Kl ein, J F D es ign of a High spe e d S e am engine
. .
-
t -
8vo ,
Ph ysical S ignifi cance of Entropy 8vo ,
l
K i ngenberg , G Large E ec ri c P ow er S a i ons . l t tt .
4 to ,
t
Kni gh , R Adm A M M odern S eamansh i p
.
-
. . . 8 vo,
Knott, C G and M ack ay, J S P ractica M a h em atics l t 8vo ,

t
. . . .
,
Knox , G D . . S piri of th e
Knox , J . l lt Ph y si co Ch emi cal Ca cu a ions
m -
rz o,
Fi tio of A tm o ph i N it og
xa ( Ch mi l M o og ph )
n m s er c r en . e ca n ra s . . 1 2 o,
Ko t F
e s er, S t m El t i P ow Pl t
.
4t ea - ec r c er an s o,
Hyd o l t i D lopm t d E gin i g 4to

.
.
r e ec r c e ve en s an n ee r n
Koll Uti l i tio of W t P od t

,
. .
T Th
er, . 8 e za n as e r uc s . . vo,
C o m ti s e cs 8 vo ,
Kopp S W Gly i
e, . . cer ne 1 2 111 0 ,
Ko mi z P A n, Flo M i ll i g T . by M F lk 8 . ur n . rans . . a ner . . vo,
K m
re Rann, Appl i ti o of th Ph y i o Ch mi l T h o y to T h ca n e s c -
e ca e r ec
f t i g M th od
.
i l P o n ca d M T by H r ces se s an a nu ac ur n e s rans
E Pott
. . .
, 8 s vo,
K t hm K Y n nd W p S i i g
.
re c ar, . 8 ar a ar z n . vo,
L affargue, A A tt k i ac n T rench W arfare 1 6mo,

ll lm t l t
. . .
La i er, E V . . E M anua of th e S
e en ary ea m Engi ne ra m o,
Lamb ert, T . L ead and Its C ompound s 8 vo,
Bone P ro duc ts and M anur e s . 8 vo,
Lamb orn, L L C otton s ee d P ro ducts . . .
8 vo ,
M o d ern S o aps , C and e s , an d G ycerin l l 8 vo ,
Lamprech t, R Recove ry W ork Afte r Pi t Fire s . . Trans by C Sa . . lt er 8vo ,
Lancas t er, M. E l ti
ec r c Cook ing, Hea ing and t 8 vo,
t l l
. .
Lanch es er, F . W . Aerial F igh t Tw o Vo ume s . . 8 vo .
Vol I Aero dynami cs

t
. .
Vol I I .A erodone i cs .
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O ’ S S H O R T T I T L E C A T A L O G
. .
[7
Lanch es t er, F . W T h e F y i ng M ach ine

. l . svc,
Lange, K . R . By - Prod uc s of Coa —Gas M anufac ure t l t rz m o,
Larn er, E T . . P rincip es of A ternating Curr entsl l . rzmo .
L a Ru e , B F S w ing Bri dges

.
( S ci e nce S eri e s No
. . . r6mo ,
Las sar- C oh n Dr M o d ern S cientific Ch emistry

. Tran s by M M
. . . . .
P attis on M uir r e mo ,
l ll
.
Latim er , L H , Fi e d , C J , and How e , J W

. . Incand e s cent E ectric . . . . l
Ligh ting ( S cience S eri es N o r6mo , . .
tt
La a, M N Handb ook of Am erican Gas- Engineermg Practice
. . 8 vo , .
Am erican Prod ucer G as Practice 4to ,

lt l l t
.
Law s , B C S tabi i y and Equi ibri um of F oa i ng Bodi es

. . 8 vo, . .
L aw s on, W R Bri i sh Rai w ay s A Fi nanci a and Comm er ci a

. . t l . l l
S ur vy e . 8 vo,
L eask , A R . Bre akd owns at S ea . rz mo ,
R e frig erating M ach ine ry r zmo ,
l ” l v
.
“
Leck y, S T S W ri nk es i n Pract ica
. . . Na ig at i on avo,
L e D oux , M Ice —M ak ing M ach ine s ( S cience S e ri e s N o ro mo ,

l l obl ong to
. . . .
Leed s, C C . . M ech anica Draw i ng for T rad e S ch oo s .

4 ,
— M ech ani ca l Draw i ng for Hi gh and Vo ca iona t l S ch oo l s 4to ,
L e févre , L . Arch itectura P ottery l . Trans . by H K Bird . . and W M . .
Bin ns .
4to ,
L eh ner , S . Ink M anufacture Trans by A M orr is and H R obs on 8 vo , . . . .
Lemstrom, S . l t t
E ec ri ci y in Agr i cu ure and Hor i cu ure 8 vo, lt t lt
Le tt s, E . A . tl
Fundam en a P rob em s i n Ch emi s try 8 vc, l
Le Van, W
S team Engin e Indicator ( S cienc e S erie s N o 78 ) i
. B .
-
. . . 6m o ,
Lew e s , V B Liqui d an d G as e ous Fue s
.
(W e s minster
. l . t . 8vo ,
C arboniz ation of C oa l . 8 vo ,
L ewi s , L P Rai w ay S igna Engin e ering l l 8 vo ,
t t l
. . . .
L ew i s Au om a i c M ach i ne R i f e ; Op erat ion of . . 1 6 mo
Li ck s, H E . . Recrea i ons i n M a h ema i cs t t t re mo,

Fi v L tt t l
T e eg raph i c Cod e
’
Li eber, B . F . L i eber s e e er S andard . . 8 vo,
C od e . G erman Edition 8 vo ,
S panish E diti on 8vo ,
French Edition . 8 vo ,
T ermina Ind e x l . 8 vo ,
Lie b er’ s Appe ndix folio ,
1
Handy T ab e s l .
4 to ,
Bank e rs and S to ck brok er s ’ C o d e an d M erch ants and S h ippers ’
B l ank T ab l es . . 8vo , *
1 5 oo
C ombination Co d e . 8 vo , oo
Engin e ering C o d e . 8 vo , *
12 so
Liverm ore , V P . .
, and Williams , J . Ho w to Be c ome a C ompetent M otor
m an rz mo ,
v
.
Li ings tone , R D e s ign and C ons truction of C ommutators 8 vo ,

l t t t
.
M ech ani ca Desi g n and Cons ruc i on of Genera ors . . 8 vo,

L l oy d , S . L . Fer i izer M a tl t erial s ( I n P r ess ) .
Lobbe n, P . M achinis t nd D ft m n H ndbook

s
’
a ra s e
’
s a . . 8v0 ,
Lock woo d, T D . . El t i ity M g ti m
ec r c d El t o t l , a ne s , an ec r - e egraph . . 8 vo,
— E l ti l
ec r ca M eas u m ret d th G lv om t en an e a an e er . rz mo,
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T IT L E C AT A L O G
’
18 . .
Lodge , 0 .
J . El ementary M ech anics
l
S ignal ing Acro ss S pac e wi th out Wire s
t
Lo e wens ein, L C , and Cri ssey, C P C en rifugal Pumps t
tt
. . .
Lomax , J W Co on S pi nni ng
. . . rz mo
Lord , R T D e c ra ve and Fancy Fabri cs
. . o ti
Loring , A E A Handb ook of th e E e c romagnetic T el egraph
. . l t
Handbook ( S ci ence S eri e s N o
v ll t l
. .
Lo e , D H P rac ica S w it ch w ork

. .
Low, D A Appli e d M e ch anics (E emen

. . l t ary)
Lubs ch e z , B J P erspe c ive . . t

Luck e , C E . . G as Engine De sign
P ower Plants : Design, Efli ci ency, and P ower C o sts . 2 vo l s.
(I n P reparation ) .
Luck i esh , M . Co lo r and I ts App i ca i on l t 8 vo,

— Li gh t an d S h ad e and T h ei r A pp i ca ions l t . 8 vo,
Lung e, G . Coa tar l -
and Am moni a . T h ree Vo umes l svc,
T ech ni ca l l
Gas A na y si s 8 vo,
M anufac t of S ulph u i A id nd Alk li Fou Vo lum

ure r c c a a . r es . . 8 vo
Vol I S ulph u i A id In th p t rc c re e ar s
S upp l m t
. . .
— Vol I e en svc ,
dL bl nSo
. . .
Vol . H . S lt C k a Hyd o h l o i A id a d e, r c r c c an e a c a In two

parts
Vol IH Amm onia S o da
. . .
Vol IV . . t olyti M th o d
El e c r c e s .
(I n P ress .
)
T ech ni ca l Ch mi t H dbook e s s
’
an rz mo, l thea er, so
l M th od of Ch mi l A ly
.
— T ech ni ca e s e ca na si s
T rans by C A
. . . . Keane
in c oll ab oration with th e o
c rps of speciali sts .
Vol . I . In two parts

Vol . H . In two parts
Vol . III . I n t w o parts .
Th e set (3 v ol
om pl ete s .
) c
Luq uer, L M . . M ineral s in Ro ck S ecti ons
M acewen, H A Food Inspection . . 8vc ,

M ack enz ie , N F N o tes on Irri gation Work s . . 8vo ,
M acki e, J How to M ak e a Woo en M i P ay
. l ll 8 vo,
M aguir e , Wm R D omes i c S ani ary Drainage . . t t and l
P umbing . 8 vo ,
l l
M a co m, C W T ex book on Graph i c S a i cs
. . t tt . . 8 vo,
l l
M a co m, H W S ubmari ne T e egraph Cab e. . l l .
( I n P r ess ) .
Ma ll t A
e , . C om pound Engine s . Trans by R R Bue . . . l .
(S cie nce S eri e s
No . i 6m o,
M ansfi e d , A N l . . El e ctro- magne s ( S ci ence S erie s No t . . . e o,
M ark s, E C R . . . t
C ons ruction of Cranes and Lif ing M ach inery t . rz m o,
C ons t u tion d Wo king of P ump
r c an r s rz mo,
M anu ac ure r an eef t of I on d S t l Tub

es . I z mo ,
M e c a ca ne e r n h ni l Engi
a er a s i g M t i l rz mo ,
M ark s , G C Hydraulic P ow er Engineering

. . 8vo ,
t
Inven i ons , P atents and Des igns 12 mg ,
M ar l ow, T G Drying M achinery and Prac ice
. . t svc ,
20 D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T IT L E CA T A L O G
. .
’
t
M erri t, Wm H Fiel d Tes i ng for G o d . . t l and l
S i ver r6 mo, l ea h e r, t
t
Mer ens T act i cs and T ech ni que of Ri
. v er Cro ssi ng s . T rans l t d by
a e
W Krug er 8 vo,
n
. . .
M i erzinski, S . Waterproofing of Fabrics . Trans by A M orr . . i d H

s a .
R ob s on . . 8vo ,
Miessner, B F Radi o Dynami cs . . rz mo,
M ill er, G A D eterminan t
s. (S ci ence S eri es No
ll
.
t odu tio to i l logy

.
Mi er, W J . . In r c n to Hi s r ca Geo 2 00
M ilroy, M E W . . . Home Lace mak ing -

. r z mo,
Mi ll C s, . N . E l men
e t ary M ech ani cs for Engi neers . . 8 vo,
M it h ll
c e , C A . . M ineral and Aerate d W aters 8vo,
M it h ll
c e , C A . . and Prideaux, R M . . Fibre s Us e d in Tex ile t an d A ie d ll
Industrie s . 8 vo ,
M i ch ell , C F , and G A
t . . . . Building C onstruction and Drawing . r z mo .
l
E em entary C ourse
Ad v ance d Co urse
M onckton, C C F . . . Radi o tl e eg raph y .
(W estmins t
er S erie s ) . 8 vo ,
M on t eve rd e , R D . . Ve s P ock et G t lo ss ary of English - S panish , S panish

Engli sh T ech nical 64mo, ea h er, l t
l t t
.
Montg omery , J H E ec ri c . . W iri ng S p eci fi ca i ons ” . 1 6 m o,

M oore , E C S Ne w T abl es for th e C omp e e S o u i on ofG
. . anguill e t an d
. lt lt
Kutter’ s Formul a “ 8vo , .
t t
.
M orecroft, J H , and Heh re, F W Sh o r C ourse in El ec rical Te sting

. . . . .
8 vo ,
M organ, A P Wirel ess T el egraph Apparatus for Ama
. . tu e rs rz mo ,
M o s es, A J Th e Ch arac ers of Crysta s
. . t l 8 vo ,
— an d P ars ons, C L E emen s of M i nera ogy . . l t l . 8 vo,
. . l
M o ss, S A E em e nts of Gas Engine D e sign ( S cience S eries No 1 2 1 ) r6mo, . . .
Th e Lay out of C orli ss Va e G ear s (S ci ence S eries No r 1 9 ) r 6m o ,

-
lv . .
M ul for d, A C Boundaries and Landmark s . . r z mo ,
l
M ul in, J P M odern M oul ding and P attern making
. . r z mo , -
M unby, A E Ch emi s ry and Ph ysics of Bui ding M a eri al s

. .
(W e s t t l t .
minster 8 vo ,
t
.
M urph y, J G Prac i cal M ining . . r6m o, .
M urray, J A Soils and M anure s . (Westmins e S e ies )

. 8vo, . tr r . .
N as mith , J Th e S ud e n
’
s Cot on S pinni ng
. t t t
R ecent C ott on M ill C o nstruc i on t
N ea v e , G B , and Heilbron, I M
. I dentifi ca i on of O rgani c C ompoun d s
. . . t .
‘
r z rno, r 25
N eils on, R M Aeroplane P a ents . . t . 8 vo , *

2 oo
N erz , F S e ar ch ligh ts
. Trans by C R o dg ers . . . 8 vo , ‘
3 oo
N euberger, H and Noalh a , H T ech no ogy of P e t . l t rol eum. Tran s by .
J . G M cIntosh . . 8 vo, .
*
10 oo
Ne w a ll J W Drawing, S izing and t
Cu ting Bevel-gears sve , 1 so
ll l oth
. .
,
New e F H , and Dray er, C E

. . . . E ngineeri ng as a Career . . rz mo, c “r 00
, ,
paper, 0 7S
New begi ng , T Handbook for Gas Engi neers and . . 8 vo, *
6 50
l t l lt
.
Ni co , G S hi p Cons ruct i on and Ca cu a i ons

. 8 vo, *
5 00
Niph er. F E Th eory of M agne ic M easurem e n s

. . t t 1 2 111 0 : l 00
D VA N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T I T L E CAT A L O G
. .
’
2 1
N i sbe t , H . Grammar of T ex i tl e Desig n .
l
N o an, H Th e T el e scope ( S ci ence S eri e s No
.
t t t l t
. .
Nor h , H B Labora ory Ex p eri men s i n Genera Ch emi s ry

. .
.
Nugent, E Trea ise on O p ics . t t rz mo,
O ’ connor, H Th e Gas Engineer’ s P o ck e tbook rzmo, l eath er,

.
3 50
O h m, G S , . and Lo ck woo d, T D
. G a anic Circuit Transla e d by . . lv . t
William Franci s ( S ci ence S eri e s No r6mo,
l t Q t tv l l
. . .
O sen, J . C T ex book of
. uan i t a i e Ch emi ca Ana y si s-
8vo,
O l ss on, A M o or Con ro , in Turre
. t t l t Tu ni ng r and Gun El eva ing t .
(U S . .
N avy El ec rical S eri e s , N o t I ) rz mo, paper,

v
.
Ormsby , M T M S ur ey i ng . . . .
rz mo ,
O ndin, M A S andard P o yph as e Appara us t l t and t

Sys ems 8vo,
t l
. .
Ow en, D Recen Ph ysi ca Research

. . . 8 vo,
P ak e s, , W . Th e S ci e nce of Hygi ene

C C . . and
8vo, Nankivell , A T . .
*
r 75
t t t
.
P al az, A Indus ri al Ph otome ry

. Trans by G W P at erson, Jr 8vo, . . . . .
00
Pame ly, C C olli ery M anager’ s Handb ook 8 ve , *

10 00
t l t
. .
P ark er, P A M T h e Con ro of W a er svc, *

5 oo
l t l
. . . .
P arr, G D A E ec ri ca E ngineeri ng M easuri ng

. . . 8vo, .
*
3 50
P arry , E J Ch emi s ry of Essen ia Oi s and Ar ifi cia P erf umes,
. . t t l l t l
( In P r ess )
l
.
— Foods and Drugs T w o V o ume s . .
Vol I Ch emical and M i cro s copica Ana ysis of Foods and Drugs
. . l l .
*
7 50
Vol II S al e of Foo d and Drugs Act *
3 00
t t t
. . .
and Cos e, J H Ch emi s ry of Pi gmen . . s 8 vo, *

4 50
P arry, L No es on A oy s t ll 8vo, *
3 oo
t ll t
.
M e a iferous W as es 8 vo, *z oo
— A na l
y si s of Ash es and A oy s ll 8 vo, *z
oo
Parry, L A R isk and Dangers of Var i ous O ccupa ti ons

. . 8 vo, *
3 oo
Parsh a ll H
, . F .
, and Hobart , H M . . Ar m ature W indi ngs 4to,
*
7 50
Electric Railway Eng ine ering 4to,
*
ro oo
P ar sons, J L Land Drai nag e . .

*r
50
Pars ons, S J Malleable Cast Ir on . . 8 vo, *z
50
Parfington, J R High er M ath ematics for Ch emi cal S tudents rz mo, *
z oo
T ex tbook of T h ermodynami cs
. . .
*
. 8 vo, 4 oo
Passm ore A C Technical Term s Used in Arch itecture

, . . 8 vo, so
P atch ell , W H El ectri c P ow er in M in es
. . .
‘
4 oo
P aters on, G W L Wiring Cal cul ati ons rz mo, *

z 00
El ectri c M i ne S i gnall i ng Install ati ons
. . .
— . . rz mo, *
r 50
Patters on, D Th e Col or Printing of Carpet Yarns
. 8 vo, *
3 so
Color Match ing on Text iles 8vo, *
3 oo
- T ext i l e Co l or M ixi ng sva, *
3 oo
Paulding, C P Condensation of Steam in Co ered and Bare Pipes 8 vo,

. . v . .
*z cc
Transm issio n of Heat through C o d- storage I nsulation rz mo, l *

r 00
P ay ne, D W Iron Founders Handbook
’ *
. . svc, . .
4 oo
P eck ham, S F S o i d Bi um ens . 8vo,
. l t *
5 oo
P e ddi e , R A Engineering and M e . . t llu gi

a r cal Books ramo, *
r so
Peirce, B Sys em of Ana ytic
. t l 4to, 10 oo
tv l
.
— Li nnear Associa i e A ebra

g .
4to, 3 oo
Pendred, V . Th e Railway Locom otive .

( Westminster Series ) . 8 vo, *z
oo
22 D VA N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O R T T IT L E CAT A L O G
. .
’
P erk i n, F M P rac i ca M e h o ds t l t of I norgani c Ch emi s ty r 1z mo,

t
. . . .
P errin, J A oms 8 vo,

l t
. .
- an
d J agg ers, E M E emen
. . . ary rz mo,
l t i l Di t ibutio
’
Perrine , F A c . . . C onductors for E e c r ca s r n 8 vo,

Petit, G . Wh ite Lead and Z inc W h ite Paints 8 vo ,
Peti t , R . How to Bui d l an Aeroplane . Trans by T O’ B Hubbard,
. . . and
J H Ledeboer
. . 8 y o,
t
Pe tit, Lieut .
J . S . Graphic Processes .
( Science Series No . r6 mo,
Phi lb i k P
r c , . H . Beams and Girders .
( Science Series No . r 6 1n o,
Ph i lli p l
.
J s, . Go d Assay i ng . 8 vo,
Dangerous 8 vo,
Phin, J Seven Foll ies of rz mo ,
Th e Indicator Han
. .
Pick w orth C N dbook

, . . . Tw o V o umes l . mo , each ,
xz
L ogar ith ms for Beg inners r z mo b oards,

.
Th e S ide R u l l e r z mo,
l of Bl ow pipe Analysis Eigh th Editi on revised Trans

P attner’ 5 Manual - .
, . .
by H B C ornwall ”
m
. 8 vo . .
,
ter ( Science Series No 3 5 r6 mo

.
Plympton G W Th e Aneroid Baro e , . . . .

,
How to bec ome an Engineer (Science Series No 1 0 0 r6 m e . . . u

,
Van Nostrand s Table Book (Science S eries No 1 6 mo

’
. . .
,
Poch et M L Steam I nj ectors

, Translated from th e French
. .
(Science . .
Series No . r6 mo,
t
P ock e Logar ith m s to Four P a ces l .
( Science S eries No . . r 6 mo,
l e at h er,
Poll eyn, F . Dressings and Finishings for Tex i tl e Fabrics 8 vo,

Pope , F G O rganic Ch e mi s ry
. . t .
P o pe, F L M odern Practice of th e E ectric Te egraph

. . l l 8 vo ,
l ll t
. .
P opp ew e , W C P reven ion of S m ok e 8 vo,

t l
. .
S rength of Materia s 8 vo ,
P orr i tt , B . D . T h e Ch emi s ty r of Rubber .
( Ch emi ca l M onograph s,
No ) r amo,
*
3 . r 00
"
.
P orter, J t Flying M h in
. R . He i c o p l er ac e r z mo, r 25
‘
Po tt H E Ch mi t y f th Rubb Indu t y
s, e s r o e er s r t
( O u lines of Indus
t i l Ch mi t y )
. . .
r a e s r 8 vo,
Prac ti l Compou di g of Oil T ll ow d G

ca n n s, a an rease . 8 vc ,
Pra tt K Boil D gh t
, . er rau rz mo ,
Hi gh S p d S t m E gi ee ea n nes avo,
Pra y T J
,
Tw ty Y
.
,
w ith th I di to
r. en ears e n ca r 8 vo,
St m T bl ea d E gi Co t t a es an n ne ns a n 8 vo ,
Pre li i C E th d Ro k E
a , . ti o ar an c xcava n . 8 vo ,
G ph i l D t min ti o of E th Sl op
ra ca e er a n ar es 8 ve ,
Tunneli ng . N e w Editio n . 8 vo,
D re dging . A Prac ical Tre a ise t t 8 vo ,
Presc o tt, A B Organic Ana ysi s l . 8 vo,
a
. .
Presc o tt, A B , . . and Joh nso n , 0 C . . Q lit tiv

ua C h em ica An l ysis
a 8 vo ,
e l . .
Presco tt, A B . .
, and Su i ll v an, E C . . First Book i n ua itati e Ch em1 stry Q l v .
rz mo,
Pri de aux, E B R Proble ms in Ph ysical Ch e mi str y ” 8 vo,
t ll
. . . .
P rimrose, G S C . . . Z i nc ( M e a urgy S eri es )

. . P r ess ) .
Pri nce, G T . . F l ow of W ater rz mo, ‘

o o
D V A N N O S T RA N D CO S S H O RT T IT L E C AT A L O G
’
24 . .
R ei nh ar d t C W T h e T ech ni c of M ech ani ca l Draf ing ,t "

obl ong 4to
, . .
, b oard ,
>
s r oo
l
,
Reiser, F . Hardening and Tem pering of Stee . Trans . by A M orris and .
H . r z m o,
Re iser, N . l
Fau ts in th e M anufacture of W oolen G oods . Trans by A . .
M orris and H R obson

. .
8 vo ,
Spinning and W eaving Ca cu l l ati ns o . 8 vo,
Renw ick , W G Mar b e . . l and Marb l e W ork ing 8 vo,
Reul eaux , F T h e Cons . t u to
r c r . T rans . by H H . .
Reut erdahl , A . T h eory and Desig n of Reinforced Concre e A rch es 8 v o, t .
Rey , J ean . T h e Rang e of E l tiec r c S earch igh P roj ec ors l t t 8 vo,
Reyn ol d ; s O .
, and I de ll , F . E . Trip e Expansi on Engines l .
( Science
S eries N0 go ) . . . 1 6m o,
Rh ead, G F S im p e Structura W oo dw ork
. . l l Iz m o,
t
.
Rh odes, H J Ar t of Li h ograph y . . . . 8 vo,

R ice , J Joh nson W W A New M eth od of Obtaining th e Differ
. M .
, and , . .
e ntial of Functi o ns rzme ,
Ri ch ards W A Forgi ng of Iron and S teel

, . rz mo .
,
Rich ards W A , and N orth H B , M anual of C em ent T esting

. rz mo .
, . . .
,
R ich ards on , J Th e M odern Steam Engine . 8 vo . .

,
Richardson S S Magnetism and Electric ity , . rzmo .

,
Ridea l , S . G ue l and l
G ue Testing . . 8 vo ,
Rimm er, E J Boi er Explo si ons , C o laps es . . l l and M i sh aps . 8 vo,
Rings, F Concrete in Th e ory and Practice
. rz m o,
R einforce d C oncre e Bri dg es t 4to,
l
.
Ripper, W C our se of I nstructi on in M ach ine Drawing

. . fo io ,
R oberts, F C Figur e of th e Earth 6m o,
'
.
(Science Series No . . . I
R oberts, J , Jr . . Laboratory W ork in E l e ctrica lE n gineering 8 vo ,

t
R ober s on, L S . tub Boil
Water - e ers 8vo,
l C ompo itio
. .
R obinson , J B . . A h it t
rc ec ura s n . 8 vo ,
R obinson , S . W . P ti l T
rac ti th
ca r ea se on e Teeth of Wh eels .
( Science
Series No . 1 6m o ,
Rai lo r ad Ec on om ics .
( Science Series No . r6 m o,
Wrough t Ir on Bridge M em ber s ( Science . S eries No . r 6m o,
Robson, J . H M ach ine Draw ing

. and S ket ch i ng . . 8 vo,
l
Roeb ing, J A Long and S h or S pan . . t R i lw y B i dg
a a r es fo i o, l
Rogers, A A Labora ory; Gui de of In . t du t i l Ch mi t y
s r a e s r 8 vc,
— E l t i l Ch mi t y
emen s t of Indus r a e s r . rz m o,
— M u l of I du t i l Ch mi t y
an a n s r a e s r . 8 vo,
Rog F M gn ti m of I o V
e rs , . l (S i a e s r n e ss e s . c ence S eri es
R oh la d P nC oll o i d l ,
d C y t ll oi d l S t t. a an r s a a a e of M a ter t . Trans . by
W J B itl d n d H E Pott . . r an a . . s mo , rz
Rolli on C
ns Alph b t ,
. a e s . Oblong, rz mo,
Ro J Th P tt n m k r A i t t
’
se , . e a er - a e s s s s an . . 8vo,
Key to Engine s and Engine- running rz m o,
Ro s e , T K Th e Preci ous M eta s

. (Westmins er S eries )
. 8vo, l . t . .
Ro senh ain, W G lass M anufac ure (Westmins er S eri es ) svc t t

l t ll t t t ll
. .
. ,
P h y si ca M e a urgy , An I n roduc i on to ( M e a urgy S eri es ) . .
8 vo,
t
Ro h , W . A . Ph y si ca l Ch em i s ry t 8vo,
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O R T T IT L E C A TA L OG
. .
’
25
Row an, F .
J . P rac ica t l Ph ysi cs of
th e M o dern S eam boi er t -
l svc, *
3 00
and Ide ll ,
F . E . Boi l er Incrus a i on and Corrosi ontt . ( S ci ence
S eri es N o . . e 0,
Rox burgh , W . Genera l Foundry Prac ice t . t
( W es mi ns t er S eri es .
) . sve,
Ruh mer, E . Wirel ess Te l eph ony Trans by J Ers kine M urray . . .
-
. . 8vo,
Russ e ll , A . Th eory of El ectric Cabl e s and N etwork s . 8vo,
Ru tl ey, F . E l em en s of t Minera ogy l rz mo,
S anford, P G Nitro- expl o sive s . . 8 vo,

S aund ers, C H Handbook of Prac ical M ech anics . . t i 6m o,
l e ath er,
S ayers, H M . . Brak es for Tram Cars 8 ve ,

S ch e e e , C W l . . Ch emi cal Essays 8 vc ,
S ch eith auer, W . Sh al e O il s and Tars 8 vo ,
S ch erer , R Cas ein Trans by C S a er . . . . lt 8 vo,
S ch idrowitz , P Rubb er, Its P ro duction and Industria Us es . l 8vo ,
S ch ind er, K l
Iron and S tee C ons ruction Work s . l t . re mo ,
S ch mall , C N First C ourse in Analytic G eom e ry, P ane
. . t l and S o id l .
rz mo, ha lf l th ea er,
S ch meer, L . Fl ow of Water 8 vo,

S ch um ann, F . A M anual of Hea i ng t and Ven it l ti a on . . re mo, l thea er,
S ch w arz , E H L . . . Causa l Geo logy . . 8vo,

S ch w eizer, V . t ll tio of R i
Di s i a n es ns . . 8 vo,
S co tt , W W . . Q l it tiv A ly i
ua a e na s s. A Labora to y r M anua l .
S t andard M th od of Ch mi l
e s A na y si s
e ca l . 8 vo,
S cri bner, J . M . Eng ineer s’ and M ech ani cs Compani on
’
. . 1 6 mo, l eat h er,
S cudder, H . El ec ti l
Conduc ivi y
r ca t t and I oni za ion t Cons t an t s of
Organi c Comp ounds . . 8 vo,

S ear l e, A . B . M odern Bri ck mak i ng . . 8 vo,
C emen t Concre e and Brick s t 8 vo,
,
”
. .
S ear l e, G . M “ Sum n ers

’
.M eth od . Condensed and I mpro vd e .
( S ci ence S eri es No . rfi mo,

S ea to n, A . E . M anua l
M arine E ng i neering ” of . 8 vo
S ea to n, A . E ,
and Rounth w ai te, H M P ock e book . . t of M ari ne ngi E
neeri ng 1 6 m o, ea h er, l t
S eel i gm ann, T , T orri lh on, G L , and Fal connet, H Indi a Rubber and
. . . .
Gu a P erch a tt
T rans by J G M cI ntosh 8 vo, . . . .
S ei de , A lll lt . t
S o ubi i i es of Inorgani c and Org ani c S ubs ances svc, . . .
l
S e ig man, R l
A umi num t ll
( M e a urgy . P r ess ) . .
S ll w W H
e e S t l R il
, . . ee a s 4 to ,
R i lw y M i t n
— a E gi i g a a n e ance n neer n rz mo,
S t
en er, G Outl i of Ph y i l Ch mi t y
. nes s ca e s r ra mo,
— T t book of I g i Ch mi t y
ex - nor an c e s r re mo,
Sever, G F El t i E g i .
i g E p im t . 8 ec r c n neer n x er en s vo, boards,
Sever,G F d T ow d F
. L bo to y d F to y T t
.
, an nsen , . a ra r an ac r es s in E l ec
trical Engi neeri ng . 8 vo,

S ew a ll , C H Wire ess T e
. . l l egraph y . . 8vo,
- L essons i n T e l egraph y rz mo, *
r 00
D VA N N O S T R A N D C O S S H O R T T I T L E C A T A L O G
’
26 . .
S ew e ll ,
T . T h e Cons t u ti o
r c n of Dy namos avo,
S ex to n, A H . . Fue l and R efrac ory M a eri a s t t l ramo,
-
Ch emi s ty r of th e t
M a eri a s of Engi neeri ng l ram o,
— A lloy s ( Non -
Ferrous ) . 8vo,
S ex to n, A H . and P ri mrose, J . S G The M e
. . t ll u gy
a r of I r n and o S t l ee .
8 vo
S ey mour, A M o dern P ri n ing I nk s . t . . 8 vo :
S h aw , Henry S H M ech ani ca In egra . . l t to rs .
( S ci ence S eri es N o .
1 6m0 ,
S h aw , S . Hi s to y r of th e S taff rdshire o Po tt eri es svc,
— Ch emi s ty r of Compounds Us ed i n P orce l ai n . 8 vo,
S h aw , T . R . Dri i ng v of M ach ine T oo l s .
S h aw , W . N Forecas ing W ea h er
. t t . 8vo,
S h e don, Sl .
, and Hausmann, E Di rec . t Cu rren tM ach i nes ra mo,
— A lt erna ti ng Curren t M ach i nes r amo,
S h e don, Sl .
, and Hausmann, E . E l tiec r c t
T rac i on and T ransm i ssi on
Engineeri ng ra mo,
Ph y si ca l Labora to yr Exp eri men
for Engi neeri ng S ud en s 8 vo, t s, t t . .
S h i e ds, l J . E . t
No es on Engi neering Cons ruc i on ra mo, t t .
S h reve, S . H . t t
S reng h of Bri dges and Roof s 8 vo,
S h unk , W . F . T h e Fi e d l r amo, moro cco,
S immons , W H, . . and l to H A
A pp e n, . . Handbook of S oap M anufac t ure,
8 vo
S i mmons, W H . .
, an d M i t h ll C A c e , . . E dib l e Fa t s and .svo
:
S i mpson, G . Th e N v l Co t
a a to ns ruc r . . . rz mo, m orocco,
S impson, W . Foun d ti o
a ns . . . 8 vo .
( I n P r ess ) .
S i nc air, A l of th e Locomotive Engine 8vo h alf l e ath er

De v lopm e e nt
W M anufacture of P aper ( W estmi nster S eri es )

. .
, ,
S i ndal l , R . . 8 vo . . .
,
S indel l R W , and Bacon W N

,
Th e T e sting of Woo d P ulp
. . 8 vo , . .
,
S l o an e T O ’
C El em entary El ectrical C alcul ati on s r z mo
S mallw ood J C M ech ani cal Laboratory M eth o ds ( Van Nostrand s
. .
, ,
. .
T extbook s ) l eath er
. .
,
rz mo .
, ,
S mith C A M Hand book of Testing M ATERIALS

, . . . 8 vo , ,
S mith , C A M , and Warren, A G . N ew S te am Tab e s

. . . . l 8 vo ,
t
S mi h , C F t l lt t t t
Prac i ca A erna i ng Curren s and T e s ing
. . 8 vo ,
P ti l T ting of Dy mo
rac nd M oto ca es na s a rs
S mi th F A R i lw y Cu v
. . . a a r es
S t d d T u ou t n A m i an R i l o d
an ar rn s o er c a r a s I 00
M i t f W y St d d
a n enance o a an ar s
S mith F E H ndbook of G l In t u tio f M a e nera s r c n or e ch ani cs

S mith H G M i
. .
, .
,
l d th M i o op
. . nera s an e cr sc e
S mith J C M uf tu
,
f P i t
. . an ac re o a n
S mi th R H P i ip l
,
f M hi .Wo k . r nc es o ac ne r
— Advanced M achi ne W ork
S mi h , t W . Ch emis ry of Hat M anufac uring t t rz mo,
S ne ll , A . T El e ctric M o ive P ow er
.
’
t 8vo,
S now , W G . . Pock e b ook t of S team Heating and Ventilation ( In Press ) . .
S now , W . G .
, and Nolan, T .Ventilatio n of Buildings ( S cience S eri es .
No . . ro mo,
S od dy, F . Radioac ivi y t t . . 8vo,
28 D V A N N O ST RA N D C O S S H O RT T IT L E C A T A L O G
’
. .
S ur, F .
J . S . Oil Prospec ing and Ex t t tirac ng . 8 vo, *r 0 0
S venson, C . L Handbook on Pi ping

. . 8 vo, 3 oo
S w an, K . Pa t nte s, D e s igns and Trade M ark s .

(We stminster
*
8 vo, z oo
S winburne , J , Wordingh am , C H . . .
, and M artin T C . . t
El ec ric Currents .
( S cience S eries No . r6 m o,
Swoope , C . W . Le s sons in Practical El ectrici y t . r em o ,
T ai l fer, L . B l each i ng Li nen and Co tto Y n arn and Fabri cs 6 cc
Tate , J S . . S urch arge d an d Differen Form s of R e aining- walls t t .

( S ci ence
S eri e s No r6 mo,
lo ll W t S pp l i
.
T ay r, F N S ma
. . mo a er u es ra ,
— o y i Ci i l E gi
M as nr i g 8 n v n neer n vo,
T y lo
T U S u v yo H db ook m l th ’
a r, . . r e r s an rz o, ea er,
— B k bo ac of P p ti ne m ers ec ve . rz o, 1 00
T y lo
a W P P ti l C m t T ti g
r, .
8 . rac ca e en es n . . vo,
T mpl ton W
e e P ti l M h ni Wo k h op Comp ni o
, . rac ca ec a
’
c s r s a n .
m mo o o rz o, r cc z oo
T t M th od St m P w Pl t (V
,
T enne
y E H , f . . es e s or ea o er an s . an
No t d T tbook ) s ran m ’
s ex s . 12 0,
T y H L
err , I di Rubb . d it M nuf tu
.
(W tmi n t S i ) n a er an s a ac re . es s er er e s .
8 vc , *
2 oo
Th ayer, H R S truc ural De sign. 8vo . t . .
Vol I E em ents of S truc ura D esign l t l

l t t
. .
Vol II Design of S i m p e S ruc ures

. .
Vol IH D esign of Advanced S truc ure s t (I n P reparati on )

t
. . .
Founda i ons and M as onry ( In P r epar a ti o n ) .
Th i es s, J . B one Practice
.
, and 8vo Joy, G A . . T oll T e l e ph , so
Th om C , and Jone s W H
, . T e l egraph ic C onn ecti ons obl ong rzmo , . . . .
, , r 50
Th omas C W P aper mak ers Handbook
, . .
(I n P ress ) - ’
.
Th omps on A B O il Fi elds of Russ ia 4 to

Oi l Fi el d Devel opment
, . . . .
,
— .
Th ompson, S P Dynamo El ectric M ach ine s ( S ci ence S eri es N o

. . . .
r6 m o,
Th omps on, W P Handbook of P atent Law of All Co un ri e s t i 6mo ,
t
. . .
T h om son, G M odern S ani ary Engi neeri ng . rzmo
Th om s on, G S . . M ilk and Cre am T esting

M o dern S anitary Engineering , H ous e Drainage , e tc
Th ornl ey, T C ot on C ombing M ach ines . t

t W t
C o ton as e .
Cotto S pin i n n ng . 8 vo .
Fi t Y
rs e ar .
S ond Y
ec e ar . .
Th i d Y r e ar
Th urs o , J W
M o d ern Turbine P ractice
. . 8vo,
Ti dy, C M eymott . Tre atmen of S ewage ( S ci ence S erie s No 94 ) r6mo, . t . . .
T illman s, J Wa er P urifi cation and S ewage Dispo sal Trans by t

l
. . .
Hugh S T ay or 8 vo, . .
*
2 oo
Tinney, W H . . G ol d- mining M ach inery 8 vo,

Tith erl ey, A W . . Laboratory C ourse of O rganic Ch emi s ry t 8vo,
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O R T T IT L E C AT A L O G
.
.
’
T i zard, 11 T
. .
( I n P ress ) .
T o ch , M Ch emis ry an d Tech no ogy of Paints

.
t l 8 vo,
M ateri al s for P ermanent P ainting rz mo,
T od, J and M cGi bbon
.
, W C M ari ne E ng i neers
’
Board . . of T rade
Ex ami na i ons t 8 vc ,
T od d, J , and W h a , W B
.
Prac i ca S am ansh i p ” ll . . t l e 8 vo,
T onge , J . C oa l .
(Wes mi nster
S eri es ) t . 8vo,
T owns end , F . l
A terna ing Curr ent Engin eering t 8 vo , boards,
t ll
.
T ow nsend, J . S Ioniz a ion of Gases by Co i si on

.
8 vo,
t
Transac i ons of th e American Ins titute of Ch emica Engineers 8vo l
vl
.
,
Ei gh t o um es now ready Vol I t o I X 1 9 0 8 1 9 1 6 ” 8 vo, each , . . .
-
. .
Travers e T abl es .
(S ci ence S eri e s N o . . r6m o,
m orocc o ,
T rei ber, E . Foundry M ach i nery T rans by C S a er
. . . lt r z m o,
Trink s , W .
, and Housum , C . S h aft G o ern ors v
( S cie nce S eri e s N o . .
r6m o,
Trowbri dg e , W . P . Turbin e Wh eels .

( S cie nce S eri e s No . r6 mo ,
l
.
Tuck er, J H A M anual of S ugar Ana ys is ” 8 vo ,

n
. .
ll t
. .
Tunner, P A . . Tre atis e on Ro -

urning . Tra sby J BP . . . ears e .
8 vo , tex t and folio atlas , 10 oo
Tum bu ll , Jr .
, J, . and R ob ins on , S . W . A Treatis e on th e C ompound
S te am- engin e .
( S ci ence S eri e s No 8 . r6 m o,
T urner, H . W orst ed S pi nners’ Handbook . . r amo, z oo
ll
Turri , S M E em entary C ours e m P erspecti
. . l v e rz m o,
T w y ford, H B Purch asi ng . .
T y rre ll ,
H G . . Desig n and Cons t tio ruc n of M i ll Bui di ng s ” l
Concre t e Bri dg es and Cu l t ver s 1 6 mo l thea er,
t t
Ar i s i c Bri dg e Desig n 8 vo,
Und erh ill , C R . . So l en o i ds , E l t om

ec r agne ts an d E l ectr omagnetic Wind
m
ing s rz me, *
2 oo
Underw ood, N , and S u i ll v an, T V Ch e i s try and T e ch no logy of
t
. . .
P ri n i ng I nk s
Urq uh ar t J , . W . El t o pl tiec r -
a ng ra mo
E l e ctr otyping .
Usborn e , P O G . . . D es i gn of S imp l e l
S te e Bridges
Vach er, F . Foo d I nspec to r s

’
Handbook . rz mo,
Van No t
s rand s
’
Ch e mi l ca A nnua l . Four h i ssue t 1 91 8 l eath e
. r, re mo , 3 00
— Y ear Book of M ech ani ca l Eng ineeri ng P r ess ) .
Van W agenen , T F . . M anua of Hydrau ic M ining l l . r6m o ,
Ve ga, Baron Von . L ogarith m ic T ab e s l 8 vo , c loth ,
ha lf m o rr c o o ,
Vincen t , C . Amm onia an d its C om pound s . Tr ans by M . .

J . S al ter 8 vo , .
l
Vo k , C . Hau age l and Winding App iance s l 8 ve ,
Von G eorgi e vics , G . Ch e m ica T ech no l lo gy of T exti e l Fibres . Trans .
by C S a te r . l . 8 vo ,
Ch e mistry of Dy e stuffs Trans by C S a ter
. 8vo , . . l .
Vo s e , G L . . G raph ic M eth o d for S o ing C ertain ue s ions i n Ari h m etic lv Q t t

and A g ebral ( S cience S eri e s N o . . r6 m6,
D V A N N O S T RA N D C O S S H O RT T I T L E C AT A L O G
’
. .
Vosm aer, A . Ozone .
Wabner, R Ventil ation in M ine s Trans by C S alter

. . . .
Wade E J S e condary Batteri es

, . .
Wadmore T M El ementary Ch e mi cal Th e ory

,
. . .
Wad sworth , C Primary Battery Igni tion

Wagn er E Preserving Fruits Veg e tabl es and Meat
. .
.
, , ,
Wagner, J B A T reati se on th e N atural and Arti ficial

. . Process es of
Wood S easoni ng sva,
Wal dram, P J Principl es of S tructural M e ch ani cs

. . rz me ,
Walk er F Aeri al Navigation
, . 8vo,
l
.
Dynam o Bui ding ( S ci ence S eri es No 9 8 r6 m o,

t t t Medi ci ne
. . .
Wal k er, J Organi c Ch em i s ry for S uden s of

. . . . 8 vo,
Walk er , S . F . St eam Boi l ers, Engi nes and T urbi nes sve,
t t
Re fri g era ion, Hea ing
d an Ven i t l tio a n on S h ipboard . . . ra m o,
l t t
E ec ri ci y i n M i ni ng svc,
ll i T y l A J B i g
.
Wa s -
a er,
'
. . ear n s and Lubri ca ion t svc,

A i l er aWi Rop w y or re e a s . . sve,
S ugar M ach i nery . . re m o,
Wal sh , J J . . Ch emi s t y d Phy
r an s i cs of M ini ng and M i ne V en i t l ti o a n,
I2 m0,
W ank l y n, J A W a er . . t A ly i na s s . r z m o,
W ansbrough W D T h e , . . A B C of th e Di fferen i a t l
— l
S i de Va lv es 1 2m0 ,
Waring Jr , .
, G E . . S ani t ary Condi i ons t .
( S ci ence S eri es No . . 1 6 m o,
S ew erag e and Land Drai nag e .
— M odern M e h ods of S ew ag e Di sp osa t l rz m o, 2 00
How o Drain a Hous e t . r z m o,
W arnes A R Coal T ar Di sti llati on

, . . 8 vo,
Warren F D Handbook on Rei nforced Concrete
,
. . 1 2 m0 ,
Watk ins A Ph otogr aph y ( W e stmi nster S eri es )
, . . . svc,
W atson, E P S mall Engi nes and Boi l ers

. . . rz m o,
Watt, A El ectro pl ating and El ectro refini ng of M etal s
.
- -
sve,
E l t o m t llu gy
ec r -
e a r . . i s ,
T h e A rt of S oap M ak ing . 8 vo,
t
L ea h e r M anuf ac ure t . . sve,
P aper M ak ing -
. . 8 vo,
W ebb H L Gui de to th e T esting of I nsul ated Wi res and Cabl es r z mo

,
. . .
,
Webber W H Y T ow n Gas ( Westmi nster S eri es )

,
. .
8 vo, . . . .
*
2 oo
W egma nn Edw ard Convey ance and Di stri buti on of W ater for
W ater S uppl y
.
,
8 vo ( I n P r ess )
Wei sbach , J A M anual of T h eoreti cal M ech ani cs
. .
. .
.
8 vo . .
,
sh ee
Wei sbach J and Herrmann G M ech ani cs of Air M ach i nery

,
.
,
8 vg ,
. . .
,
Well s M B S teel Bridge Designing. .

svc . .
,
Weston E B Loss of Head Due to Fri cti on of Water i n Pi pes rzmo

,
, . .
. .
,
Wh eatley O Ornamental Cement W ork

, .
svc . .
,
Wh ipple S An El ementary and Practical T reati se on Bri dge Bui l ding

, .
.
svo,
Wh ite, t t llu gi l l t ’
C H M e h ods of Me a r ca A na y si s .
( Van Nos rand s
t
. .
T ex book s ) .
ra mo,
D V A N N O S T R A N D C O M PA N Y
.
r
r e pa e d
p to su pply , e ith er fro m
th e i r co m pl et e s t o ck or at
s ho rt no t ice
A ny T ec hn ic al or
Sc ie nt ific Bo o k
In ad d it io n to pub l i s hing a ve ry la r g e
an d v a r ie d nu m be r of S C I E N T IF IC AND
E N G I N E E R I N G Bo o k s, D V an N o st r a nd
.
C o m pany h av e on h and th e l a r g e st
a ss o rtme nt in t h e Un ite d S tate s o f such
b o o k s i ss ue d by A m e r i c an and fo r e ig n
pu b l i s h e rs.
A ll inq ui r ie s ar e che e r fully and c are
fully an sw e r e d an d c o m ple te c at alo g s
s e nt fre e o n r e q u e s t .
A R K PL A C E N EW Y O R K
'
2
5 P

AHandbookonPiping 10071000

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AHandbookonPiping 10071000

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PREFACE

T here many things which every engineer is assumed to

alway s so readily available as to j ustify thi s assumption In .

designing some pieces of work requiring the use of piping th e ,

designer h as often been under th e necessity of sear ching thr ough

perhaps without ﬁnding the detail s desired The inconvenience

T his work is thus offered for th e purpose of supplying in con

accessories It is hope d that th e variety and extent of th e t ables

ill ustrations and formulae will be sufﬁ cient to make it of value

use. In th e case of tables of size s the names of the different com

book A list of books and reference s is given in Chapte r XIX

with a view to extending th e usefulness of this work .

orginali ty can be made for the substance of the information thus

obtained but it is hoped that the form of presentation will com

T he thor wishes to express his appreciation of the complete

and valuable responses with whi ch h is inquiries were met by the

companies and individual s

ticular th e services of Prof T homas E French and M r W J

CARL L SVEN SEN

Pipe Flange T ables Special C onnec ions C onverse oin s t J t

Exhaus Heads t Vacuum Exh aus Pipes Classes of C ondensers t

densers Jet C ondenser Piping Barome ric C ondenser Pip t

Int io Piping f C t l St tio

CHAP TER XVIII

LI S T OF BOOKS AN D REFEREN CES

Pla t e 2 Ma in St eam Lines Eleva ions t .

Pla t e 3 Auxiliary Exh aus Lines t Pl an .

Pla t e 4 Auxiliary Exh aus Lines t El eva ions t .

Pla t e 5 Boiler Feed Lines Plan .

Pla t e 6 Boiler Feed Lines Eleva ion t .

Pla t e 7 Boil er Bl ow- OE Lines .

Hi storical . branches of engineering involve the con

made of various materials are used Wood was probably one .

of the ﬁrst piping materials and a piece of early wood piping is

sh own in Fi g 1 Pipes made of holl ow hemlo ck logs were used

with the ﬁrst waterworks constructed in America at Boston , ,

In tropical countries b amboo tub es are used for conveying

ancien t times Tubes made of potte ry have been found in pre

T he metho d employed was to b end an iron plate to form a skel p .

patented in 181 2 by an Englishman named Osborn For convey .

spe ciﬁ cation for an improvement in th e manufacture of tubes

either wi th or without a mandrel and th e e dges butte d against,

eac h other T he basis of th e present process was invented by

C ornelius Whitehouse in 1 825 Between 1 830 and 1 8 34 th e ﬁrst

butt weldi ng furnace in th e United States was built by M orris

T asker and M orris in Philadelphi a In 1 84 9 Walworth N ason .

built the Wanalancet Iron Tube Works at M alden M ass of ,

which Robert Briggs was construction engineer O ther early .

pipe mi lls were those of Grifﬁth Brothers Allison Company , ,

and G irard T ub e C om p any Philadelphia and S eyfert M cM anus

and tin lined iron or steel .

Wro ugh t Iron and S teel Wrought iron or steel pipin g is

Wrought iron pip e because of its expense h as been largely dis

Iron Pip e is often taken to refer to th e Briggs S tandard si e s z

rather than to the m aterial of whi ch the pipe is m ade and so it is

to welded pipe made of steel If real wrought iron pipe made

should be used T here are differences of Opinion as to the superi

ority of one over th e other e speciall y in th e m att er of corrosion

S ome people consider that th e cinder whi ch rem ains in th e wrought

pipe h as a higher tensile strength than wrought iron In 1 91 5 .

approximately 90 per cent of th e wrought pip e was m ade of steel

a reversal of conditions of twenty years ago when wrought iron

was m ostly used .